Population ecology of Allium ursinum, a space-monopolizing clonal plant
Spatial ecology and genetic population structure of the ...
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
0 -
download
0
Transcript of Spatial ecology and genetic population structure of the ...
Spatial ecology and genetic population structure of
the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus
vulpecula) within a New Zealand urban
environment
Amy Louise Adams
A thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
at the University of Otago, Dunedin,
New Zealand.
March 2013
ii
Abstract Invasive species are a major threat to global biodiversity due to the competitive and
predatory pressures they exert on indigenous species, and the alterations they cause to
native ecosystems. Within New Zealand, introduced mammalian species have had
significant impacts on native fauna and flora, and are responsible for population
declines and extinctions. One of the most devastating invasive species in New Zealand
is the Australian common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr1). The
behavioural flexibility and generalist lifestyle of this species enables it to exploit a wide
range of food sources and habitats, including urban areas. For an invasive species to be
effectively managed, knowledge regarding its spatial ecology and population genetics is
essential. Possums have not been studied within urban New Zealand environments, but
it is well documented that urban-based populations of animals can behave and use
resources differently than in their native habitats. This study aimed to investigate the
distribution, habitat use, and genetic population structure of possums within an urban
environment in New Zealand and provided new insights to inform control operations.
Within invaded environments, the distribution and availability of key resources
required by a species for survival will partly determine species distribution and habitat
use. WaxTags® were deployed in five urban habitats to collect presence/absence data
which were analysed using the software PRESENCE. Occupancy models revealed that the
probability of possum occupancy within the urban environment was influenced by the
type of habitat, supplementary food resources, and proximity to forest fragments. These
results indicate that possums do not use the urban habitat evenly at a broad scale.
Lightweight GPS collars were used to investigate the spatial ecology of urban possums.
The accuracy and performance of these collars were assessed through stationary field
tests within three residential habitat types. Fix rates and error around collected locations
were influenced by sky availability, vegetation complexity, distance to buildings, and
satellite configuration. Estimated error values were incorporated into subsequent spatial
analyses to generate more robust conclusions regarding habitat selection.
1 See Appendix 1 for authorities of all species mentioned in this thesis.
iii
GPS collars were deployed on 24 brushtail possums trapped within residential gardens.
Home ranges estimated using minimum convex polygons and Brownian bridges
revealed that sizes of home ranges varied considerably between individuals within the
urban landscape and in relation to possums in other environments, with males having
larger home ranges ( x = 4.86 ha) than females ( x = 2.42 ha). Resource utilisation
functions were used to assess resource selection at a finer scale within the urban
environment. The strongest selection was consistently for forest fragments and
residential areas composed of structurally-complex vegetation, and areas in closer
proximity to forest fragments. For urban possum management to be effective, control
needs to target these habitat types concurrently to minimise reinvasion potential.
Recently, molecular genetics have been incorporated into the management of invasive
species to identify potential reinvasion pathways, allowing the identification of
‘eradication units’. An attempt to eradicate possums from the Otago Peninsula is
currently underway. Potential reinvasion sources were investigated by determining the
population structure of possums from seven locations around Dunedin and within the
rural environment on the Otago Peninsula using twelve microsatellites. Population
clustering determined by STRUCTURE and TESS, coupled with differences in genetic
variation between populations, revealed a potential reinvasion pathway onto the Otago
Peninsula from residential suburbs at the base of the Peninsula. This implies that if an
urban buffer zone is well managed based on the fine-scale GPS information, the Otago
Peninsula should remain possum-free.
iv
Acknowledgements Firstly, I would like to extend my sincere thanks to my supervisor Dr. Yolanda van
Heezik (Zoology Department), and co-supervisors, Prof. Kath Dickinson (Botany
Department), and Dr. Bruce Robertson (Zoology Department) for their unwavering
support, encouragement, guidance, valuable input, and advice over the last few years.
Without this, this research would not have been possible.
This research was made possible with the generous financial assistance from the
Department of Zoology, the Federation of Otago Graduate Women (Brenda Shore
Award for Women), the Royal Society of New Zealand (Hutton Fund), and the Marples
& Marples Ecology Fund. I am also grateful to have been supported for three years by a
University of Otago Postgraduate Scholarship, which made this research opportunity
possible for me. This study was authorized by the University of Otago Animal Ethics
Committee (spatial analysis component: AEC D38/09; genetics component: ET 3/12).
This research was carried out with the intention of providing valuable spatial and
genetic data to the Otago Peninsula Biodiversity Group (OPBG) to assist in their
(hopefully successful!) eradication attempt of possums from the Otago Peninsula. This
data will highlight potential re-invasion pathways and habitat selection of urban
possums to enable successful implementation and management of an urban buffer zone.
As such, I would like to thank Rhys Millar and Rik Wilson from the OPBG, in which
earlier discussions with them regarding the possum eradication helped shape this
project to what it is today.
To all the landowners who answered my call for possums and the Dunedin City
Council (particularly Scott MacLean), I extend a massive thank-you for the generous
use of your properties throughout the course of this research. Without your backyards,
parks, or forest fragments, this research would not have been possible. I am very
grateful to previous possum students, Danilo Hegg and Charlotte Seifert, who taught
me how to trap, handle, collar, and radio-track possums. Their knowledge and
assistance was invaluable. A huge thank-you goes to Dave McPhee who retrieved my
un-cooperative possums after months of unsuccessful trapping efforts by myself. Alas,
not all possums were retrievable, with a couple still adorning very expensive necklaces!
v
Sarah Fisher, your enthusiastic attitude towards fieldwork (Chapter II) made working
on weekends bearable and I thank-you for your dedication and company on those hot
(and wet) summer days. I would also like to thank everyone who provided me with
possums (or ears) for the genetic component of this study including Jo Forrester, Danilo
Hegg, Dave McPhee, Rik Wilson, and various farm owners in Aramoana. You all made
my life that much easier.
To everyone who assisted me with data analyses, I would like to extend my sincere
gratitude. Firstly, to George Pickerell for assistance in identifying bite marks in
WaxTags®, and to Dr. Darryl MacKenzie and Dr. Konstanze Gebauer for advice on
site occupancy modelling (Chapter II). Secondly, to Alastair Neaves, Dr. Paul Denys,
and Mark Denham from the School of Surveying for advice on validation methodology,
subsequent valuable insights into data analyses, and the training and lending of GPS
equipment (Chapter III). I would also like to thank Sheena Townsend and Aviva Stein
for statistical advice. Thirdly, to Sarah MacDonald, Bevan Pelvin, and Dr. Tony Moore
for GIS support (School of Surveying; Chapter IV). A special mention must be made to
Dr. Mariano Rodríguez Recio for long discussions about spatial ecology methods,
advice, technical assistance, and continued support until analyses were completed.
Fourthly, I would like to thank Niccy Aitken and Dr. Andrea Taylor for information
about possum primers, Dr. Dianne Gleeson and Dr. Robyn Howitt (both from Landcare
Research) for supply of several possum primers, and Karen Judge and Dr. Tania King
for laboratory support and training (Chapter V). Also, a special thanks to Nicolas
Dussex who was subjected to ample genetics-related questions, but who always had
time to assist me. Thanks also go to the Department of Zoology technical staff
including Kim Garrett (I really loved the fishing trips in exchange for dealing with my
possums), Ken Miller, Murray McKenzie, Esther Sibbald, Vivienne McNaughton,
Nicky McHugh, Erik Liepins, Jonathon Ung, and the ever-so-helpful Ronda Peacock
and Wendy Shanks.
Thank-you is also warranted to all the people who make up the Department of Zoology
(especially the Genetics lab and the Spatial Ecology group), who have been a great
support to me during the last few years in various ways and have made the work
environment a friendly place. I would also like to extend a huge thank-you to all my
friends and family who have provided me with strength and support to make it through
vi
this challenge called a PhD and who have listened to countless possum stories and PhD
woes. Thanks for always being there for me and making these years enjoyable. George,
I thank-you for being a wonderful office mate and friend, and always lending an ear
and offering valuable advice. To Kim Harris, a fellow PhD student and friend, thank-
you for all our much needed coffee breaks, being my buddy at various workshops, and
for the valuable R codes. Sabrina Hock, I valued our friendship throughout your stay
here in New Zealand and appreciate your time in providing valuable comments on the
draft of this thesis once you had returned home. My paternal grandparents, John and
Shirley Adams, thank-you for your weekly letters and “greenie”. My maternal
grandparents, Roy and Marj Olsen, who sadly both passed away in 2012, thank-you for
your weekly care packages. To my partner Shane Tuffery, I thank-you for your
continued support, love, and patience. Thanks for keeping me sane and forcing me to
take time out! To my mum (Lynnette Adams), dad (Barry Adams), and sister (Kylie
Patterson): there are no words to communicate how deeply appreciative I am for your
unconditional love, support, and words of encouragement. So I extend to you, from the
bottom of my heart, two simple words: thank-you!
“Smooth seas do not make skillful sailors” (African Proverb)
vii
Table of Contents
Abstract ...........................................................................................................................ii
Acknowledgements ........................................................................................................ iv
Table of Contents ..........................................................................................................vii
List of Figures ................................................................................................................ xi
List of Tables ............................................................................................................... xiii
List of Abbreviations ................................................................................................... xiv
1 General introduction........................................................................................... 16
1.1 Biological invasions ......................................................................................... 17
1.1.1 Invasive mammalian species on islands....................................................... 18
1.1.1.1 New Zealand as a case study for biological invasions ......................... 18
1.1.2 Invasive mammalian species in urban habitats ............................................ 21
1.2 Urban ecology .................................................................................................. 22
1.3 Collecting data on animal behaviour and resource use .................................... 24
1.3.1 Wildlife tracking methods ............................................................................ 24
1.3.2 The Global Positioning System (GPS) for wildlife tracking ....................... 24
1.3.3 Advantages and limitations of GPS telemetry ............................................. 25
1.4 Analysing animal movement and resource use ................................................ 27
1.4.1 Home range estimates .................................................................................. 27
1.4.2 Resource selection........................................................................................ 29
1.5 Genetics as a tool for population structure and connectivity ........................... 31
1.6 Biology of the study species: Trichosurus vulpecula ....................................... 33
1.6.1 Description ................................................................................................... 33
1.6.2 Behaviour and social organisation ............................................................... 33
viii
1.6.3 Diet ............................................................................................................... 35
1.6.4 Reproduction ................................................................................................ 36
1.6.5 Distribution .................................................................................................. 37
1.7 Trichosurus vulpecula impacts on New Zealand’s flora and fauna ................. 39
1.8 Thesis structure and overall aims ..................................................................... 40
1.8.1 Author contribution ...................................................................................... 42
2 Predicting distribution patterns for common brushtail possums
(Trichosurus vulpecula) in an urban environment ........................................... 43
2.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 44
2.2 Methods ............................................................................................................ 47
2.2.1 Study area ..................................................................................................... 47
2.2.2 Possum surveys ............................................................................................ 49
2.2.3 Statistical analysis ........................................................................................ 52
2.2.4 Model evaluation.......................................................................................... 54
2.3 Results .............................................................................................................. 56
2.3.1 All urban habitats ......................................................................................... 57
2.3.2 Residential analysis ...................................................................................... 57
2.3.3 Estimated possum distribution ..................................................................... 57
2.3.4 Model evaluation.......................................................................................... 61
2.4 Discussion ........................................................................................................ 63
2.4.1 Detection probability.................................................................................... 65
2.4.2 Limitations ................................................................................................... 66
2.4.3 Model evaluation.......................................................................................... 67
2.4.4 Management implications ............................................................................ 67
3 An evaluation on the accuracy and performance of lightweight GPS
collars in an suburban environment.................................................................. 69
3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 70
ix
3.2 Methods ............................................................................................................ 73
3.2.1 Study area ..................................................................................................... 73
3.2.2 Stationary collar tests ................................................................................... 73
3.2.3 Data analysis ................................................................................................ 75
3.3 Results .............................................................................................................. 77
3.4 Discussion ........................................................................................................ 83
3.4.1 Limitations ................................................................................................... 86
3.4.2 Management implications ............................................................................ 87
4 Understanding home range behaviour and resource selection of
invasive common brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula), in urban
environments ....................................................................................................... 89
4.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 90
4.2 Methods ............................................................................................................ 94
4.2.1 Study area ..................................................................................................... 94
4.2.2 Possum trapping and handling ..................................................................... 95
4.2.3 Data filtering ................................................................................................ 96
4.2.4 Home range estimations and habitat use ...................................................... 97
4.2.5 Core areas of activity ................................................................................. 101
4.3 Results ............................................................................................................ 101
4.3.1 Home range sizes ....................................................................................... 102
4.3.2 Resource selection within home ranges ..................................................... 106
4.3.3 Core areas of activity ................................................................................. 112
4.4 Discussion ...................................................................................................... 112
4.4.1 Home ranges .............................................................................................. 113
4.4.2 Habitat selection ......................................................................................... 117
4.4.3 Limitations ................................................................................................. 121
4.4.4 Management implications .......................................................................... 122
x
5 Identifying the genetic population structure of an invasive pest species
for control purposes .......................................................................................... 124
5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................... 125
5.2 Methods .......................................................................................................... 130
5.2.1 Sampling .................................................................................................... 130
5.2.2 Microsatellite genotyping .......................................................................... 131
5.2.3 Data analyses.............................................................................................. 134
5.3 Results ............................................................................................................ 137
5.4 Discussion ...................................................................................................... 145
5.4.1 Management implications .......................................................................... 151
6 General discussion............................................................................................. 153
6.1 Key results and management implications ..................................................... 155
6.1.1 GPS technology.......................................................................................... 155
6.1.2 Control recommendations .......................................................................... 156
6.2 Recommendations for future research ............................................................ 159
6.3 Conclusions .................................................................................................... 161
References ................................................................................................................... 162
Appendices .................................................................................................................. 202
Appendix 1: List of species ........................................................................................ 203
Appendix 2: OPBG possum eradication information ............................................. 205
Appendix 3: Incremental graphs .............................................................................. 207
Appendix 4: Resource utilisation function equations ............................................. 211
xi
List of Figures Figure 2.1: Examples of the three residential habitat types ............................................ 49
Figure 2.2: Locations of the WaxTag® sampling .......................................................... 51
Figure 2.3: Determining the optimised threshold for converting continuous
probabilities into presences/absences .......................................................... 55
Figure 2.4: Detection of possums within five urban habitats ......................................... 56
Figure 2.5: Receiver operator curves for the final occupancy models ........................... 62
Figure 3.1: Mean fix success rates of lightweight GPS collars under different sky
availabilities in residential habitat ............................................................... 78
Figure 3.2: Mean location error associated with HDOP values ..................................... 80
Figure 3.3: Mean location error (µLE ± SD) for each HDOP value .............................. 80
Figure 4.1: Location of possum home ranges in Dunedin............................................ 103
Figure 4.2: Example of home ranges for a female and male possum ........................... 105
Figure 4.3: Mean use of habitats within possum home ranges in Dunedin .................. 108
Figure 4.4: Mean use of habitats within female and male possum home ranges ......... 109
Figure 4.5: Probability distribution map of possums in Dunedin ................................ 110
Figure 4.6: Probability distribution map for a female and male possum ..................... 111
Figure 5.1: Locations of the sampled possum populations .......................................... 129
Figure 5.2: Mean genetic relatedness estimates among possum populations .............. 138
Figure 5.3: Mean female and male genetic relatedness estimates ................................ 139
Figure 5.4: Principal coordinates analysis for possum populations around Dunedin
and on the Otago Peninsula ....................................................................... 140
Figure 5.5: Genetic and geographic distances among possum populations ................. 140
Figure 5.6: Bayesian inference of the number of population clusters in possums
around Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula ............................................ 143
xii
Figure 5.7: Posterior estimates of individual admixture coefficients for possums
generated from STRUCTURE and TESS ................................................. 144
xiii
List of Tables
Table 2.1: Descriptions of the urban habitat types ......................................................... 48
Table 2.2: Models investigating site occupancy and detection probability of
possums within urban habitats ..................................................................... 58
Table 2.3: Models investigating site occupancy of possums in residential habitats ...... 59
Table 2.4: Urban possum occupancy estimates generated from the final model ........... 60
Table 2.5: Variables included in the final residential occupancy model, their
coefficients, and standard errors .................................................................. 60
Table 3.1: Fix success rates and location errors in residential habitats under
different sky availabilities .............................................................................. 78
Table 3.2: Models explaining the fix success rate of lightweight GPS collars .............. 79
Table 3.3: Models explaining the location error of lightweight GPS collars ................. 82
Table 4.1: Home range and core area estimates for possums in Dunedin .................... 104
Table 4.2: Description of the resource utilisation function for possums ...................... 107
Table 4.3: Home range sizes of possums in New Zealand and Australia .................... 115
Table 5.1: Details of the twelve microsatellite loci ...................................................... 132
Table 5.2: Summary of the genetic variation previously described in possum
populations throughout New Zealand........................................................ 133
Table 5.3: Genetic variation among possum populations around Dunedin and on
the Otago Peninsula ................................................................................... 138
Table 5.4: Pairwise values of Slatkin's lineralised FST among possum populations
around Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula ............................................ 141
Table 5.5: Estimation of migration rates among possum populations around
Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula ........................................................ 142
Table 5.6: Inferred STRUCTURE population cluster for possums ............................. 145
xiv
List of Abbreviations
2-D Two Dimensional
3-D Three Dimensional
Aa Aramoana
AIC Akaike’s Information Criterion
AICc Akaike’s Second-order Corrected Information Criterion
ANOVA Analysis of Variance
AUC Area Under the Curve
BB Brownian Bridge
BBMM Brownian Bridge Movement Model
BMV Brownian Motion Variance
BZ Buffer Zone
CAR Conditional Autoregressive
CBD Central Business District
CS Cape Saunders
DIC Deviance Information Criterion
DOP Dilution of Precision
FSR Fix Success Rate
GIS Geographic Information System
GPS Global Positioning System
HDOP Horizontal Dilution of Precision
HE Expected Heterozygosity
HO Observed Heterozygosity
HWE Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium
LE Location Error
LMM Linear Mixed Model
MCMC Markov Chain Monte Carlo
MCP Minimum Convex Polygon
NZ New Zealand
OPBG Otago Peninsula Biodiversity Group
PB Portobello
PC Port Chalmers
xv
PCO Principal Coordinates Analysis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
PDF Probability Density Function
Res 1 Residential 1
Res 2 Residential 2
Res 3 Residential 3
RMS Root Mean Square
ROC Receiver Operating Characteristic
RSF Resource Selection Function
RUF Resource Utilisation Function
SD Standard Deviation
SE Standard Error
TH Taiaroa Head
UD Utilisation Distribution
VDOP Vertical Dilution of Precision
VHF Very High Frequency
Chapter I: General introduction
16
Chapter I:
1 General introduction
A common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) within an urban garden.
Chapter I: General introduction
17
1.1 Biological invasions
Biological invasion describes the introduction of invasive exotic animal or plant species
into new areas outside their natural range where they have the potential to threaten
native biodiversity and alter ecosystems (Courchamp et al. 2003; Clavero & Garcia-
Berthou 2005). Invasive species, either through accidental or deliberate introductions,
are now considered to be one of the leading threats to global biodiversity causing
global, national, and local changes to biotas (Thomsen et al. 2011). There are four
stages required for an exotic species to successfully invade an ecosystem: (1) the
species needs to be transported to an area outside of its historical range; (2) once in a
new area, the exotic species must become established; (3) once established, inter-
specific interactions between the native community of the newly invaded area and the
invasive species occur; and (4) there is continual spread of the invasive exotic species
from the area of establishment (Williamson 1996; Shigesada & Kawasaki 1997; Shea &
Chesson 2002). Generally, for an invasive species to establish and experience
population growth, the invaded area must have resources for the species to exploit, have
niche opportunities, and have no, or reduced, natural enemies present (Williamson
1996; Shea & Chesson 2002).
Once an introduced species becomes established in a new environment, through biotic
interactions it can cause numerous ecological impacts at individual, population, and
ecosystem levels (Ebenhard 1988; Williamson 1996; Vitousek et al. 1997; Parker et al.
1999; Mack et al. 2000). Impacts include hybridisation, changes to the growth and
mortality rates of native species at individual and population levels, altered co-
evolutionary relationships such as predation and competition, transmission of diseases
and parasites, altered community composition, and modified ecological processes and
ecosystem functioning (e.g. resource and nutrient availability, and primary
productivity). Invasive species can also cause anthropogenic threats, including threats
to agricultural industries that provide livelihoods for many human populations.
Mammalian species often have a higher invasion success than other animal taxa and
can be damaging to native wildlife and ecosystems (Courchamp et al. 2003; Jeschke
2008; Vila et al. 2010). One of the leading causes of mammalian invasions is the
deliberate introduction of species, which has increased with the escalation of dispersal,
Chapter I: General introduction
18
travel, and colonisation by humans globally (McKinney 2006). Reasons for deliberately
introducing mammalian species include cultural nostalgia, where European settlers re-
created a European landscape in the newly colonised area (Williamson 1996); the
establishment of recreational game and food sources (e.g. feral pigs (Sus scrofa), feral
goats (Capra hircus), and Himalayan thar (Hemitragus jemlahicus); Veblen & Stewart
1982; Conry 1988); economic gain (e.g. cattle for agriculture; Pimentel et al. 2005),
arctic foxes (Alopex lagopus) and red foxes (Vulpes vulpes) to establish a fur trade
(Bailey 1993)); as companion animals (e.g. dogs (Canis lupus familiaris) and cats
(Felis catus); Pimentel et al. 2005); and as biological control agents (e.g. ferrets
(Mustela furo) and stoats (M. erminea) in New Zealand, and red foxes in Australia to
control European rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus; Howard 1967)).
1.1.1 Invasive mammalian species on islands
Islands are particularly vulnerable to biological invasions and their subsequent
ecological impacts, especially exotic mammalian species, due to their simplified trophic
webs, high endemism rates, low diversification of native species, and subsequent niche
opportunities for invaders including availability of resources and fewer natural
predators, competitors, and parasites (Shea & Chesson 2002; Courchamp et al. 2003).
Furthermore, invasive mammals have a more pronounced impact on native species
which evolved on islands in the absence of mammals as they often lack adaptations to
cope with the presence of exotic mammalian predators (Atkinson 2001). Consequently,
native animal species can quickly reduce in numbers and range after exotic mammals
are introduced onto islands, primarily due to direct predation and competition for
resources (Elton 1958; Iverson 1978; Taylor 1979; Dickman 1996; Courchamp et al.
2003).
1.1.1.1 New Zealand as a case study for biological invasions
New Zealand, which is comprised of three main islands, has had 55 mammalian species
introductions since the mid-19th
Century, with 32 of these species successfully
becoming established (Veitch & Clout 2001). These exotic mammals have had
devastating impacts on New Zealand’s ecosystems and endemic species, which evolved
predominantly in the absence of land mammals, and thus mammalian predatory and
Chapter I: General introduction
19
browsing pressures (Atkinson 2006). In the absence of mammals, large birds assumed
the dominant roles of herbivores (e.g. the six genera of extinct moa) and predators (e.g.
Haast’s eagle (Harpagornis moorei)), resulting in distinctive guilds and plant-herbivore
co-evolutionary relationships within New Zealand (King 2005; Atkinson 2006). Thus,
native animal species are extremely vulnerable to predation and competition imposed
by introduced mammals (Atkinson 2006). Since the introduction of mammalian
species, numerous native avian species have gone extinct, and there have been
reductions in population numbers and range distributions for many more birds, as well
as for native invertebrates and reptiles (Towns & Daugherty 1994; Clout 2001).
Mammalian species posing the most risk for New Zealand’s native fauna (primarily
through predation of eggs, fledglings/juveniles, and adults) include the Australian
common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr), cats, ferrets, stoats, weasels
(M. nivalis), hedgehogs (Erinaceus europaeus), rats (Rattus rattus, R. exulans, and R.
norvegicus), and the house mouse (Mus musculus) (Parkes & Murphy 2003).
Due to the impact invasive mammalian species are exerting on New Zealand’s native
species and ecosystems, New Zealand is one of the leaders in the management and
control of exotic species (Saunders & Norton 2001; Courchamp et al. 2003), and has
achieved significant reductions and eradications of invasive pest populations over the
last few decades (King 2005; Clout & Russell 2006). Traditionally, eradication efforts
were restricted to small, offshore islands in an attempt to create predator-free offshore
islands, which can then be used as refugia for populations of threatened native species
occurring on the mainland (Saunders & Norton 2001; Clout & Russell 2006). From
1900 to the 1970s, control of mammals was aimed at eradicating medium to large-sized
animals (>10 kg) from small offshore islands (5 - 219 ha) through traditional trapping
and shooting (Clout & Russell 2006). Successful eradication of smaller mammals
occurred from the 1980s, on ever-increasing island sizes due to thorough planning,
development of new baits, improved trapping devices, and technological developments
(Saunders & Norton 2001; Cromarty et al. 2002; Towns & Broome 2003; Clout &
Russell 2006). As such, 17 exotic mammalian species have successfully been
eradicated from 140 small offshore islands reaching over 10,000 ha in size (Saunders &
Norton 2001; Clout & Russell 2006).
Chapter I: General introduction
20
Control of invasive mammalian species on mainland New Zealand remains a challenge
due to the large size of the islands: North, South, and Stewart Islands, and the continual
reinvasion pressure from surrounding uncontrolled areas (Saunders & Norton 2001). As
complete eradication is often not feasible on large islands, species management is
directed at controlling or removing invasive species from target areas (e.g. the
'Mainland Island approach', which can reach up to 6000 ha in size; Saunders & Norton
2001), especially in areas with high levels of endemic wildlife (Courchamp et al. 2003).
For example, the creation of mainland predator exclusion sanctuaries (e.g. Hurunui
Mainland Island (12,000 ha) in Canterbury, Maungatautari (3,400 ha) in the Waikato,
and Orokonui Ecosanctuary (250 ha) in Dunedin). Due to technological developments,
such as aerial toxic bait application, mainland control initiatives can now be
implemented over more extensive and remote areas (Saunders & Norton 2001).
However, to achieve predator control on large islands, control needs to be more
intensive, and maintained and monitored for longer than is required on offshore islands
(Saunders & Norton 2001). Additionally, these initiatives generally require an
associated education focus aimed at the community, which is achieving some success in
securing community involvement in subsequent conservation management strategies
(Saunders & Norton 2001).
Formulation and improvement of management and control methodologies to eradicate
or reduce population numbers of an invasive species to minimal levels on larger islands
requires the identification of where to effectively direct control efforts. Detailed
knowledge of the behaviour, spatial ecology (spatial patterns of individuals and
populations in relation to the spatial configuration of landscape features; Collinge
2001), and genetic population structure of invasive species within a specific habitat is
essential. A detailed understanding of how invasive species are distributed and move
across a landscape, how they use different habitats, and what resources or features they
select or avoid will consequently enhance the success rate of control strategies by
providing information for use in methodological design, such as optimal placement of
bait stations and trap lines. The continual development of wildlife tracking technology,
molecular genetics tools, and computational abilities enables the investigation of
invasive species, which can be coupled with developments in eradication techniques to
ultimately improve the probability of success of control operations.
Chapter I: General introduction
21
1.1.2 Invasive mammalian species in urban habitats
Invasive species are also present within rapidly expanding urban environments. There
is increasing evidence that these habitats can support significant populations of both
native and exotic species, with some areas supporting higher native species richness
than surrounding rural areas (Blair 1996; Pickett et al. 2008; van Heezik et al. 2008a),
and in some cases providing refugia for threatened species (Mason 2000). Urban areas
are also primary sites for interactions between people and wildlife (Turner et al. 2004;
Miller 2005; Pickett et al. 2008). The ability of animal species to survive in urban
environments is dependent on whether they can modify their behaviour to adapt to
urban stresses, and utilise highly modified, fragmented habitats (Roitberg & Mangel
1997; McKinney 2002, 2006).
Research on the effects of invasive species in urban environments is largely lacking, yet
they are likely to be having negative biodiversity effects, causing reductions in
abundance, diversity, and fecundity of native species within cities, as they do elsewhere
(Brown et al. 1993; Innes et al. 1994; Sadlier 2000). The urban landscape is highly
fragmented, consisting of a mosaic of habitat types ranging from relatively undisturbed
patches of natural habitat, through to residential suburban areas interspersed with
fragments of remnant forest, to highly developed commercial or industrial areas. This
results in an irregular spatial distribution of resources which is a key factor in
determining the behaviour, movements, and space use of animals throughout a
landscape (MacArthur 1972; Taylor et al. 1993; McKinney 2002; Holt 2003; Guisan &
Thuiller 2005). Populations within urban areas can thus use resources and space
differently than in their more traditional habitats (Ditchkoff et al. 2006; Baker & Harris
2007). Due to the capability of invasive species to exploit fragmented, modified
environments, their impacts on native species are likely to extend from natural
vegetation fragments and into residential habitats. Hence, there is a need to understand
the spatial ecology of invasive species in urban habitats to help understand their
potential impacts on native fauna and flora to enable the formulation of effective
control strategies in these landscapes.
Chapter I: General introduction
22
1.2 Urban ecology
Urban ecology is a relatively recent scientific discipline that has developed as a result
of a growing acknowledgment of the role that rapidly expanding urban areas worldwide
play in supporting biodiversity (Grimm et al. 2008). Increased urbanisation of human
populations have meant urbanization is the number one cause of habitat loss in many
countries, but despite the extreme modification of urban landscapes, evidence supports
the important role urban biodiversity plays in maintaining ecosystem function,
providing habitat for wildlife populations, in some cases providing refugia for
populations threatened elsewhere, and also providing the human population with
opportunities to interact with nature; this has been shown to be good for our
psychological and physical well-being (Gregory & Ballie 1998; Mason 2000; Mortberg
& Wallentinus 2000; Pickett et al. 2008; van Heezik et al. 2008a; Faeth et al. 2011). It
is important to gain a comprehensive understanding of how urbanisation affects animal
species for both conservation and management purposes (Czech et al. 2000; Davison et
al. 2009; Gehrt et al. 2009). Within urban environments, species compositions,
richness, evenness, and abundances can be drastically altered (Faeth et al. 2011). Urban
ecology investigates relationships between habitat characteristics and species
behaviour, examines community structure across a gradient of urbanisation, and
examines how habitat conversion alter species distributions and abundances (e.g. Blair
1996; Tigas et al. 2002; Kaneko et al. 2006; Marks & Bloomfield 2006; McKinney
2006; Adams 2008; Horn et al. 2011). Investigation of urbanisation impacts have
largely been directed at understanding how native species respond to habitat
modifications in order to increase conservation of urban populations or understanding
population dynamics of species that are causing human-wildlife conflict (e.g. Marks &
Bloomfield 2006; Baker et al. 2007; Adams 2008; Gehrt et al. 2009; Gese et al. 2012).
While urbanisation often negatively affects animal species causing population
displacements, declines, and extinctions, some species thrive in these environments
(Riley 2006). Urban-adapters can modify their behaviour to survive, such as changing
the timing of their activity patterns (McClennen et al. 2001; Tigas et al. 2002; Riley et
al. 2003; Ditchkoff et al. 2006) or exploiting novel food and den resources (Tigas et al.
2002; Riley 2006; Baker et al. 2007; Davison et al. 2009; Wright et al. 2012; Podgorski
et al. 2013) and are often exotic species. Some species even reach unusually high
Chapter I: General introduction
23
densities within urban environments (Marks & Bloomfield 2006; Riley 2006;
Podgorski et al. 2013).
Despite urban areas increasing in their extent worldwide, knowledge regarding the
spatial ecology of invasive species in urban areas, which is required to successfully
manage urban-based populations, is sorely lacking (Magle et al. 2012). Both conserving
and controlling urban-based species is dependent on gaining a thorough understanding
of the processes, both anthropogenic and natural, which influence their spatial ecology
(Faeth et al. 2011). While there are some common themes in urban ecology, such as
alterations in animal behaviour and space use, generalisations within the literature
relating to species responses to urbanisation should be treated with caution due to the
large variations between and within species, and the differing levels of urbanisation
between locations (Gese et al. 2012). Although still in its infancy, this discipline can
greatly benefit from an interdisciplinary approach to improve our understanding of the
spatial ecology of species persisting in urban environments and to create effective
control strategies for invasive species.
A multidisciplinary spatial approach provides the opportunity to collect species-specific
information regarding distribution, behaviour, resource selection, and population
connectivity at both broad and fine scales using different techniques. Collected data can
be collated and examined to provide a more in-depth understanding of species
requirements across the urban environment, which cannot be gained by analysing
information at only one scale. Additionally, information can be examined at both
population and individual levels, providing insights into variation between individuals
within a population and to produce generalisations regarding the population as a whole
across the entire landscape. This thesis investigates the spatial distribution, habitat use,
and genetic population structure of the invasive Australian common brushtail possum
(T. vulpecula) inhabiting urban environments in New Zealand to enhance the success of
both urban-based control strategies and an eradication programme within adjacent rural
habitat.
Chapter I: General introduction
24
1.3 Collecting data on animal behaviour and resource use
1.3.1 Wildlife tracking methods
Traditionally, data used to evaluate distribution, abundance, behaviour, and resource
selection of animal species have been collected using methods such as direct field
observations (Sanderson 1966), observations of animal presence including hairs, scats,
and footprints (e.g. Gompper et al. 2006; McKelvey et al. 2006; Sulkava 2007), mark-
recapture (e.g. Beamesderfer & Rieman 1991), site occupancy (e.g. Reunanen et al.
2002; Gormley et al. 2011), distance sampling (e.g. Buckland et al. 2001), spool-and-
line tracking (e.g. Anderson et al. 1988; Key & Woods 1996), radio-tracking via Very
High Frequency (VHF) radio-tags (e.g. Carey et al. 1990; Tew & Macdonald 1994;
Tchamba et al. 1995; Samuel & Fuller 1996; Bradshaw et al. 1997; Chamberlain et al.
2002; Dahle & Swenson 2003), and satellite tracking (Higuchi et al. 1996; Seegar et al.
1996). These methods are often time-consuming, expensive, and labour intensive.
Additionally, many animal species, including mammals, are elusive, evading direct
observation or are unobtainable due to the remoteness and inaccessibility of the land.
This can result in limited information being able to be obtained with the use of the
above methods (MacKenzie et al. 2002; Gu & Swihart 2004; MacKenzie et al. 2006).
1.3.2 The Global Positioning System (GPS) for wildlife tracking
In 1995, the development of fully operational Global Positioning System (GPS)
technology enabled the use of GPS telemetry to investigate habitat and resource
selection, use of space, and animal movement patterns of large animals in more detail
and at a higher accuracy (e.g. Rodgers et al. 1996; Galanti et al. 2000; Belant &
Follmann 2002; Creel et al. 2005; Dussault et al. 2005; Horne et al. 2007; Storm et al.
2007). GPS receivers include attachments such as collars, harnesses, backpacks, or are
simply glued or taped on to the animal (Samuel & Fuller 1996). These devices operate
by searching for satellites at pre-determined time intervals and if greater than three
satellite signals are acquired, they will store the GPS location (known as positional
fixes or fixes) of the animal (Rodgers et al. 1996). This location is calculated by the
receiver, which uses the continual satellite signals transmitted from 24 satellites that
orbit the Earth twice a day, with each orbit following a near-identical path (El-Rabbany
2006; Samama 2008). If a position is successfully collected, the accuracy of the
Chapter I: General introduction
25
resulting location can range from centimetres to kilometres (Capaccio et al. 1997;
Hulbert & French 2001; Villepique et al. 2008). Information collected by GPS receivers
include dates, times, geographical co-ordinates, and performance information, such as
number of satellites present and dilution of precision (DOP) values. Receivers are
retrieved via recapturing tagged individuals, through an automatic release when the
battery is nearly drained, or remote activation of a built-in release system (Merrill et al.
1998). Upon retrieval of the receiver, positional data stored in the built-in memory of
the GPS receiver is obtained by downloading the data using appropriate computer
software (Rodgers et al. 1996; Sawyer et al. 2007).
Due to the size and weight of GPS receivers, GPS-tracking of wildlife to investigate
resource selection, movements, and behaviour has been traditionally limited to large
mammals including moose (Alces alces; Moen et al. 2001; Dussault et al. 2005),
wolves (Canis lupus; Merrill et al. 1998), grizzly bears (Ursus arctos; Nielson et al.
2002; Gau et al. 2004), elephants (Loxodonta africana; Galanti et al. 2000; 2006), lions
(Panthera leo; Valeix et al. 2009), and chacma baboons (Papio cynocephalus ursinus;
Pebsworth et al. 2012). More recently, smaller species have been able to be fitted with
GPS receivers due to the miniaturisation of batteries and other technological
components. Examples include ocelots (Leopardus pardalis; Haines et al. 2006), feral
pigeons (Columba livia; Rose et al. 2005), feral cats (Recio et al. 2010), and the
Australian common brushtail possum (Blackie 2004; Dennis et al. 2010).
1.3.3 Advantages and limitations of GPS telemetry
GPS telemetry has numerous advantages over traditional VHF radio-tracking. Unlike
VHF telemetry, animal positions are continuously collected over any pre-configured
time interval without the presence of a fieldworker (Rumble & Lindzey 1997). This
enables data to be collected from any area, including inaccessible or remote areas,
under any weather conditions, and at any time (Rodgers et al. 1996; Rumble & Lindzey
1997). The ability to select time intervals for data collection often means that more
spatial data (positional fixes) are collected compared to VHF studies (Cain et al. 2005;
Land et al. 2008). For example, Rumble et al. (2001) collected more data from four
GPS collars on elk to analyse behaviour and habitat use than three technicians did using
VHF collars on ten times the number of elk. Collected GPS data are more indicative of
Chapter I: General introduction
26
natural behaviour as animals are not disturbed by the close proximity of fieldworkers as
with VHF radio-tracking (Blackie 2004; Cooke et al. 2004). GPS location data are also
generally more accurate (reported errors of 30 m) than location data acquired via
triangulation of VHF radio-signals, which can have errors of up to 500 m (Marzluff et
al. 1994; Rempel et al. 1995; Zimmerman & Powell 1995; Frair et al. 2010). The
advantages of GPS telemetry can facilitate investigation of animal behaviour,
movement, space use, and resource selection at fine ecological scales.
Despite all of the advantages of GPS telemetry, the performance and accuracy of
receivers when deployed on animals can be limited by blocked satellite signals, which
leads to missed positional fixes or a lower accuracy of collected positional fixes (Frair
et al. 2004). Of particular relevance to subsequent analyses using GPS-collected data is
that of location (or positional fix) error. Only locations under an acceptable error level
should be used in analyses, meaning filtering of the location data is required (Lewis et
al. 2007). A common filtering method of GPS fixes is to use the information collected
by the receiver on the number of satellites present and/or the dilution of precision
(DOP) for each stored positional fix to filter out positional fixes below or above a
certain threshold (Moen et al. 1996; D'Eon & Delparte 2005). This is based on the
assumption that positional fixes are more accurate with lower DOP values and with
more satellites present when the positional fix was acquired (D'Eon et al. 2002; D'Eon
& Delparte 2005). However, this filtering method can result in the discarding of
accurate data, while outliers are retained (D'Eon & Delparte 2005; Lewis et al. 2007).
Hence, alternative post-processing methods may be more suitable to filter location data,
such as applying correction factors (Frair et al. 2004) or using characteristics of animal
movement (turning angles, speed; Bjorneraas et al. 2010) to identify large location
errors.
GPS telemetry is also limited by the high costs associated with the corresponding
technologies required (Hebblewhite & Haydon 2010). Such costs generally limit the
number of animals able to be tracked, due to the number of GPS devices
accommodated by research budgets. This then limits the ability to make robust
conclusions from the data collected to answer research questions (Samuel & Fuller
1996; Cooke et al. 2004; Girard et al. 2006). However, costs associated with GPS
technology are continually decreasing and with appropriate research questions and
Chapter I: General introduction
27
study designs, GPS telemetry can be extremely beneficial in the study of animal
movement, behaviour, and resource selection (Lizcano & Cavelier 2004).
1.4 Analysing animal movement and resource use
A common way to investigate space use of animals from collected GPS locations
throughout time is by home range analyses (Garton et al. 2001). Home ranges are
defined as ‘the area traversed by the individual in its normal activities of food
gathering, mating and caring for young’ (Burt 1943), and are associated with finding
resources for survival and reproduction including food, water, shelter, and mates (Krebs
& Davies 1997). Thus, home ranges reflect the relationship between the availability and
abundance of essential resources required by a species within the environment and
consequent animal movements based on the animal’s understanding of the environment
i.e. its cognitive map (Powell 2000; Borger et al. 2008). For example, large, over-
lapping home ranges can indicate that resources are patchily distributed or available at
low densities within the local environment (Borger et al. 2008). Animals will use
specific areas within their home ranges for different behaviours which again reflects the
abundance and spatial distribution of resources (Marzluff et al. 2001; Faeth et al. 2011;
Powell & Mitchell 2012). Within urban-environments, human disturbance and habitat
modification act to modify the behaviour, movements, space use, and home ranges of
animals, largely due to the patchy distribution of resources (Tigas et al. 2002;
Podgorski et al. 2013). Some appreciation of how the use of space by urban-based
animals has been modified as a result of the environment can be gained by comparing
home range sizes between rural and urban environments (Gehrt et al. 2009).
Knowledge of home range sizes, space utilisation, and resource selection by animals
can then be used in the management of urban populations.
1.4.1 Home range estimates
Describing the home range of a species can be difficult as range size varies depending
on the method used to collect location data from individuals (e.g. radio tracking,
spotlighting, GPS telemetry) and the time frame that these locations are collected over
(Jolly 1976; Ward 1978; Ward 1984; Powell & Mitchell 2012). Additionally, a variety
of techniques exist that calculate home range sizes for animals but which vary in
Chapter I: General introduction
28
accuracy and suitability, and it is recommended that more than one method is used
(Harris et al. 1990; White & Garrott 1990; Kernohan et al. 2001). Due to the number of
methods available to researchers, home ranges are often calculated with little
understanding of how they are being derived and what they mean (Powell & Mitchell
2012). Traditionally, minimum convex polygons (MCPs) have been used to estimate
home ranges by connecting the outer locations collected for an individual to calculate
the maximum area of use (Mohr & Stumpf 1966). However, MCPs provide no
information on the intensity of space use and are very sensitive to peripheral locations
which may result in the home range including large areas that are not (or rarely)
frequented by an individual (Harris et al. 1990; Laver & Kelly 2008).
A more recent approach to calculating home ranges is by creating a utilisation
distribution (UD), which is a two-dimensional probability density of space use by an
animal over a given timeframe. In addition to estimating the size of the home range,
UDs also estimate the intensity of use within the home range by the animal and are
referred to as probability density functions (PDFs; Van Winkle 1975; Worton 1989;
Kranstauber et al. 2012). Unlike the MCP, where the boundaries simply represent the
outermost set of locations, the UD boundary is produced using the entire distribution of
locations (Kernohan et al. 2001). UDs use location data to describe the intensity of use
for each location by assessing the probability that the animal occurs there as determined
from the density of animal locations within the home range (Van Winkle 1975;
Kernohan et al. 2001; Marzluff et al. 2001). As UDs represent the intensity of space
use, they can be used to determine core areas of use, thus be used to identify important
resources for the animal (Samuel et al. 1985; Marzluff et al. 2001). UDs are becoming
more favoured in spatial ecology studies compared to MCPs, as they can depict
numerous cores of activity, are less sensitive to outliers, eliminate unused areas, and are
not reliant on outer locations to anchor their corners (Kernohan et al. 2001; Hemson et
al. 2005).
A relatively recent approach at examining animal movements and space use is that of
mechanistic home range models (Moorcroft et al. 2006; Moorcroft & Barnett 2008).
These spatially-explicit mechanistic models predict an animal’s use of space by
integrating information on the sequence of animal locations and the time spent between
each location (Horne et al. 2007; Kranstauber et al. 2012). This space use is derived
Chapter I: General introduction
29
using correlated random walks that are applied between successive locations to estimate
the movement path of the animal and develop two-dimensional probability density
functions (PDF; Moorcroft et al. 1999, 2006; Horne et al. 2007). Additionally,
ecological, behavioural, and environmental factors, as well as the presence of
conspecifics, can be incorporated into mechanistic models to enable examination of
important resources or factors impacting animal behaviour and movements (Moorcroft
et al. 1999; Kernohan et al. 2001; Marzluff et al. 2001; Moorcroft et al. 2006;
Moorcroft & Barnett 2008). Mechanistic models provide higher predictive and
explanatory power than previous descriptive models (Moorcroft et al. 1999; Marzluff et
al. 2001).
One example of a mechanistic model which estimates home ranges and portrays animal
movements is the use of Brownian bridges (Bullard 1999; Horne et al. 2007). The
Brownian bridge movement model (BBMM) is an advancement over traditional kernel
UD approaches, as it models the movement paths of animals while eliminating non-
used areas which would traditionally be included in the home range (Bullard 1999;
Horne et al. 2007). This is achieved by using Brownian bridges, which are continuous-
time stochastic models of movement, that estimate the probability of an animal being at
a location conditioned upon the distance and time between successive locations, and the
mobility (speed of movement) of the animal (Bullard 1999; Horne et al. 2007). These
methods are likely to be superior to traditional methods as they can reveal more
accurate depictions of individual home ranges, ultimately providing more insights into
space use by animals, which in turn will increase the effectiveness of control efforts for
invasive species.
1.4.2 Resource selection
Resource distribution is widely considered as the main variable influencing animal
distribution, movements, and space use (Turchin 1998; Powell 2000; Adams 2001;
Borger et al. 2008; Roshier et al. 2008). As limiting resources (food, shelter, and
conspecifics) are generally distributed heterogeneously across a landscape, animal
movements and selection of habitats and resources are often non-random (Borger et al.
2008). Selection of habitats is therefore regarded as a behavioural choice where an
animal purposefully selects a particular area/s over other available areas (Boyce &
Chapter I: General introduction
30
McDonald 1999). Within a home range, areas are not all used equally, and typically
each animal has core areas of use. These areas are generally more intensively exploited,
reflecting a localised abundance and quality of desirable resources (Boyce & McDonald
1999; Benhamou & Riotte-Lambert 2012). Habitat and resource selection therefore
assumes that an animal is intentionally selecting a particular habitat or resource and that
this selection results in an increase to the individual’s survival, reproduction, and/or
fitness (Thomas & Taylor 2006). Identification of home ranges and core areas, and the
resources they contain, is required to implement successful conservation or control
measures. Resource selection studies are widely used to investigate how species use
space in relation to resource availability, habitat type, topography, and landscape
features (e.g. Koehler & Hornocker 1991; Barton et al. 1992; Boyce & McDonald
1999; Rettie & Messier 2000; Grinder & Krausman 2001; Manly et al. 2002; Apps et
al. 2004; Dussault et al. 2005; Moorcroft et al. 2006).
Traditionally, habitat or resource use by animals has been investigated using resource
selection functions (RSFs; Boyce & McDonald 1999; Manly et al. 2002), which
indicate resources within a landscape that are disproportionately used compared to their
availability (Boyce & McDonald 1999; Erickson et al. 2001). Selection is investigated
by comparing used habitats and/or resources to those that are available (Manly et al.
2002). An RSF is then created using data collected from either a used versus unused
(presence/absence) or a used versus available (presence/availability) study design
(Boyce & McDonald 1999; Boyce et al. 2002; Manly et al. 2002). The main criticism
surrounding RSFs is the arbitrary definition of habitat and resource availability
(Aebischer et al. 1993). Defining available habitat and resources is especially difficult
in urban environments due the highly heterogeneous nature of the landscape (Marks &
Bloomfield 2006). More recently, resource utilisation functions (RUFs) have been
developed and are beginning to be implemented in resource selection studies to
investigate the intensity of resource use (Marzluff et al. 2004; Horne et al. 2007;
Rittenhouse et al. 2008; Long et al. 2009). RUFs entail the creation of a UD, where the
intensity (height) of the UD can be related to landscape variables within the home range
of an individual through the use of multiple regression adjusted for spatial
autocorrelation (Marzluff et al. 2004; Millspaugh et al. 2006). The inclusion of a UD
enables space to be treated as continuous, instead of discrete as in RSFs, increasing the
accuracy of resource use in selection studies (Marzluff et al. 2004). Again, the
Chapter I: General introduction
31
increased accuracy of these methods at depicting resource use by a species can be used
in management decisions for invasive species to ultimately enhance the success of
control campaigns.
1.5 Genetics as a tool for population structure and connectivity
Molecular genetics analyses have been valuable in the conservation and management of
threatened animal species (e.g. Paetkau et al. 1997; Spong et al. 2000; Hrbek et al.
2005; Robertson 2006; Robertson et al. 2007; Jamieson 2011; Grueber et al. 2012). For
example, individuals can be selected based on their genetic make-up for translocations
to minimise the probability of inbreeding and reduced genetic variation which would
render the translocated population vulnerable to environmental changes (Spong et al.
2000; Jamieson 2011; Grueber et al. 2012). Additionally, based on gene flow patterns
between populations, reserves or protected areas can be established or enhanced to
ensure the continued exchange of migrants, thus genes, between populations or to re-
populate depleted populations (Hrbek et al. 2012). Such analyses have only recently
been incorporated into the management of invasive species, but are proving to be
extremely valuable in understanding populations and designing subsequent control for
them (see Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim et al. 2005; Gleeson et al. 2006;
Rollins et al. 2006). For example, the geographic source of invasions has been
identified using genetic markers (Pinceel et al. 2005; Carvalho et al. 2009).
Genetic analyses using polymorphic genetic markers, such as microsatellites, are used
to identify population structure and connectivity of populations, which reflect
movement and/or dispersal patterns (Neigel 1997; Balloux & Lugon-Moulin 2002;
Abdelkrim et al. 2007). Gene flow (i.e. the number of alleles exchanged) between
populations is a reflection of genetic structuring within populations and is usually
evident to some degree within a species (Balloux & Lugon-Moulin 2002). The genetic
population structure of introduced species is impacted by historical processes, life
histories (such as the mating system of the species), and environmental barriers to gene
flow (Donnelly & Townson 2000; Gerlach & Musolf 2000; Palsson 2000; Tiedemann
et al. 2000). Founding populations are often genetically less diverse than the original
population, having a limited representation of alleles due to the often small number of
individuals involved in the introduction event (Nei et al. 1975; Clegg et al. 2002).
Chapter I: General introduction
32
Further losses in genetic variation occur through population bottlenecks after
colonisation, through genetic drift which causes loss of alleles and changes in allele
frequencies, limited migratory options, and inbreeding (Chakraborty & Nei 1977;
Allendorf & Luikart 2007). Furthermore, habitat can have important implications for
dispersal and hence genetic structure of populations. For example, many urban-adapted
animal populations have lower genetic diversity compared to rural counterparts because
of founder effects and restricted gene flow in the highly fragmented urban landscape
(e.g. Wandeler et al. 2003; Rutkowski et al. 2006; Evans et al. 2009). Additionally,
isolation by distance is a main cause of genetic differentiation between populations;
populations that are geographically distant are genetically more different than
populations that are geographically close (Wright 1946; Hardy & Vekemans 1999).
Gaining an understanding of the genetic structure of invasive species populations can
improve the development and effectiveness of implemented control or eradication
measures (Hampton et al. 2004; Taylor et al. 2004). Genetic tools are increasingly
being utilised to identify possible reinvasion pathways in association with areas
undergoing control of a target species, which reveals the potential for eradication
failure (Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim et al. 2005). This is because
“eradication units” (populations spatially close enough for migration to occur) can be
determined, identifying all populations requiring simultaneous eradication to avoid
recolonisation (Robertson & Gemmell 2004). For example, molecular genetics was
used to infer population structure in Norway rats (R. norvegicus), leading to their
ongoing, successful eradication from sub-Antarctic South Georgia (Robertson &
Gemmell 2004). Alternatively, genetic variation (thus gene flow) between populations
can highlight areas conducive to reinvasion that can then be prioritised in ongoing
control efforts to minimise the potential of reinvasion occurring in the
controlled/eradicated area. Knowledge of the population structure, coupled with
knowledge surrounding habitat use and movement patterns of a species, can be used to
successfully identify areas within an environment associated with high probability of
presence for that species to formulate effective control initiatives. As such, molecular
genetics is being incorporated into numerous studies to improve pest management,
including control of feral cats in Hawai’i (Hansen et al. 2007), and management of
European starlings (Sturnus vulgaris) in Western Australia (Rollins et al. 2006). Results
from such studies have shown how genetic analyses can be utilised to minimise the risk
Chapter I: General introduction
33
of eradication failure and are thus recommended to be incorporated into the formulation
of successful and realistic control strategies for invasive species (Abdelkrim et al. 2005;
Gleeson et al. 2006).
1.6 Biology of the study species: Trichosurus vulpecula
Introduced mammalian herbivores are a serious threat to New Zealand’s native biota
(Nugent et al. 2001). One of the most widespread and devastating mammalian species
to have been deliberately introduced to New Zealand is the Australian common
brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula; hereafter referred to as possum).
1.6.1 Description
The possum belongs to the family Phalangeridae, which consists of 28 species of
nocturnal tree-dwelling marsupials, including brushtail possums and cuscuses (Groves
2005). Species from the Phalangeridae family are native to Tasmania, Australia, New
Guinea, and the islands east of the Solomons and west of the Celebes (Kerle 1984;
Groves 2005).
Male and female possums do not differ significantly in size or weight; adults range
between 650 - 930 mm in total length, with body mass ranging between 1.4 - 6.4 kg
(Cowan 2005). However, the size of possums within New Zealand generally increases
in a southerly direction, with individuals being significantly heavier in the South Island
compared to possums in the North Island (Cowan 2005). This pattern is correlated to
cooler annual temperatures in the South Island, with possums conforming to
Bergmann’s Rule (larger individuals of a species occur within colder environments;
Yom-Tov et al. 1986; Cowan 2005).
1.6.2 Behaviour and social organisation
Possums are generally arboreal, and have opposable first and second digits on their
forefeet, as well as long, prehensile tails to enable grasping of branches (Wilkinson &
Dickman 2006). However, they also spend some time on the ground, with this time
increasing in areas of fox control in Australia (Pickett et al. 2005), and in New Zealand,
which lacks the main ground-based predators of Australia: foxes, dingoes (Canis
Chapter I: General introduction
34
familiaris), carpet pythons (Morelia spilota), and lace monitors (Varanus varius)
(Cowan & Clout 2000). Possums also have the ability to swim, but generally avoid
entering water sources (Cowan 2005; Cowan et al. 2007).
Possums are primarily solitary, with social interactions generally only occurring
throughout the breeding season or when adult females have dependent offspring (Jolly
1976; Kerle 1984; MacLennan 1984). However, there is an extensive overlap of home
ranges between individuals, with den sites typically being the only space defended
(Crawley 1973; Green 1984; Cowan 2005). When interactions between individuals
occur, the older, larger individuals are generally dominant over the younger, smaller
possums (Jolly 1976; Biggins & Overstreet 1978; Day et al. 2000). When possums with
similar dominance statuses coincide, they will mutually avoid using an area together
(Winter 1976).
Den sites of possums in Australia generally occur above ground, due to the presence of
ground-based predators (Cowan 1990, 2005). Hollow tree trunks or branches, epiphyte
or vine thickets amongst tree branches, or spaces under roofs are typical possum dens
(Cowan 1989, 2005). Ground-based den sites in New Zealand include hollows within
fallen trees, in burrows of other species, under logs, tree roots, wood piles, dense
thickets of vegetation, and rock outcrops (Cowan & Clout 2000; Cowan 2005; Glen et
al. 2012; Rouco et al. 2013). Individuals generally move between five to ten different
den sites, usually switching between dens every couple of nights (Cowan 2005). Males
tend to use more den sites than females, with dens often being utilised by more than one
individual, but which are not inhabited at the same time (Green & Coleman 1986;
Cowan 1989; Paterson et al. 1995).
Possums will emerge from their dens about 30 minutes after sunset, having been active
in their dens for one to two hours beforehand (Ward 1978; MacLennan 1984; Cowan
2005). However, activity is suppressed by strong winds and heavy rains, which can
delay emergence from dens by up to five hours (Ward 1978). After emerging,
individuals generally stay in the vicinity of their den, either sitting, grooming or moving
around (Ward 1978; MacLennan 1984). Individuals are usually the most active between
11:00 pm and 2:30 am (Paterson et al. 1995). Possums spend about one to two hours
per night feeding (10 - 15% of time), with the rest of the time spent grooming (10 -
Chapter I: General introduction
35
15% of time), sitting (45% of time), and moving about (20 - 30% of time). Feeding
occurs in two to three different sessions, at two to four sites throughout the night, and is
separated by sitting and moving between feeding sites (Ward 1978; MacLennan 1984).
It is thought that the low proportion of time spent feeding per night is not a reflection of
food availability, but instead is limited by their ability to detoxify anti-herbivore
chemicals present within vegetation and/or their ability to extract nutrients and energy
from consumed food (Nugent et al. 2000). Males will return to their dens after females,
who return one to two hours before sunrise in winter, but just before sunrise in summer
(Ward 1978).
1.6.3 Diet
Possums are generalist and opportunistic folivores, with foliage accounting for 50 -
95% of their diet (Kerle 1984; Smith & Lee 1984; Nugent et al. 2000). In Australia,
possum diet is comprised mostly of Eucalyptus leaves, but they will also eat foliage
from a range of other plant species (Fitzgerald 1984; Kerle 1984; Evans 1992).
Possums have clear preferences for different plant species with these preferences
differing between locations (Green 1984; Cowan 2005). Preferences are influenced by
the plant species available in an area, the abundance of the available plant species,
presence of non-foliar foods such as fruits, and the age, toxicity, and digestibility of
leaves (Fitzgerald 1976; Coleman et al. 1985; Cowan 2005). This selectivity often
results in individuals returning to the same tree night after night until it has been
completely defoliated (Leutert 1988; Payton 2000). The variation in the concentrations
of secondary metabolites and nutrient content between individual trees may contribute
to the selectivity exhibited by possums (Cowan 2001).
Many of the plant species browsed by possums, especially Eucalyptus, have low
nutritional value and possums have a limited ability to remove adequate nutrients and
energy from consumed food (Nugent et al. 2000). To help compensate for this, possums
have a low metabolic rate, and the hind-gut mixes and digests food, enabling small food
particles that are more easily digested to be selectively retained (Hume 1999; Nugent et
al. 2000). Nevertheless, these adaptations do not fully compensate for a small gut
capacity. Possums therefore require additional high-nutrient and/or high-energy food
sources to supplement their foliage diet. For example, they are known to frequently
Chapter I: General introduction
36
consume a variety of non-foliar food sources including flowers, fruits, human food
scraps, roses, and vegetables from private gardens, which tend to have a higher nutrient
and energy value than tree foliage (Bolton & Ahokas 1997; Pass et al. 1999; Matthews
et al. 2004; Harper 2005). When available, these food sources (especially fruits) are
generally preferred over foliage, and can increase reproductive success and the carrying
capacity of possums in an area (Kerle 1984; Evans 1992; Nugent et al. 2000; Ramsey et
al. 2002).
In New Zealand, possum diet is comprised largely of foliage from over 80 native forest
canopy tree species, with the bulk of the diet comprising a number of dominant canopy
tree species (e.g. northern and southern rātā (Metrosideros robusta and M. umbellata),
kāmahi (Weinmannia racemosa), and kohekohe (Dysoxylum spectabile)), and small tree
species or shrubs (e.g. pāte (Schefflera digitata), māhoe (Melicytus ramiflorus), fuchsia
(Fuchsia excorticata), and five-finger (Pseudopanax arboreus)) (Payton 2000). When
available, the diet is supplemented with fruits, flowers, epiphytes, vines, buds, bark,
fungi, ferns, grasses, vegetable crops, invertebrates, bird eggs, and chicks (Warburton
1978; Bolton & Ahokas 1997; Pass et al. 1999; Nugent et al. 2000; Cowan 2005; Glen
et al. 2012). Possums are also known to scavenge on carcasses, including rabbits, pig,
and deer (Cowan 2005).
1.6.4 Reproduction
The reproductive strategies of possums are poorly known; they may be polygynous
(males mate with more than one female; Sarre et al. 2000; Taylor et al. 2000), but are
not monogamous (Taylor et al. 1999). Depending on local population dynamics and
environmental conditions, females will mature between one to two years of age, while
males mature at two years of age (Tyndale-Biscoe & Renfree 1987). The majority of
females give birth during autumn, although if females have good body condition and
there is a good food supply they can give birth again during spring (Kerle 1984). Joeys
remain with their mother for between seven and nine months, after which time they
disperse (Clout & Efford 1984; Efford 1998; Cowan & Clout 2000; Cowan 2005).
Males tend to move and disperse more frequently and further than females, who tend to
establish home ranges adjacent to their mother’s (Clout & Gaze 1984; Ward 1985; Pech
Chapter I: General introduction
37
et al. 2010; Blackie et al. 2011). Dispersing possums move an average distance of five
km and can move up to three km per night, with several moves possibly being made
before establishing a home range (Cowan & Rhodes 1993; Cowan et al. 1996; Cowan
et al. 1997). However, when females do disperse, they often travel larger distances than
males, with two females being recorded to have dispersed 32 km and 41 km
respectively in rural habitat (Efford 1991; Cowan & Clout 2000).
Research on the life expectancy of possums in the wild is lacking. The maximum
lifespan in New Zealand is estimated to be 14 years, with survival rates showing a
decrease beyond seven years of age (Brockie et al. 1981; Coleman & Green 1984;
Efford 2000).
1.6.5 Distribution
Within Australia, possums have the widest natural distribution of all marsupials; they
are widespread throughout Tasmania and the south-western, eastern, and arid central
areas where they occupy any area with trees, and are most common in forested or
wooded locations, with abundance highest in south-eastern dry woodlands (Kerle 1984;
Harper 2005). However, possums have disappeared from over half of their original
natural range in Australia (Kerle et al. 1992; Kerle 2004; Paull & Kerle 2004).
Densities of possums in the natural habitats where they remain in Australia are
generally low, at less than one individual per hectare, but they can reach up to four per
hectare in forested habitats (Kerle 1984; Kerle 2004; Matthews et al. 2004; Paull &
Kerle 2004). Low densities and declining populations can be attributed to predation
from animals such as dingoes, foxes, carpet pythons, powerful owls (Ninox strenua),
and wedge-tailed eagles (Aquila audax), disease, human modifications to the
environment (habitat disturbance and loss), and competition for food and shelter with
other marsupials (Kerle et al. 1992; Clout & Erickson 2000; Efford 2000; Kerle 2004).
Because possums are behaviourally flexible and show a wide tolerance to
environmental conditions, they are also found outside of their natural habitats, and in
particular have adapted to urban environments (Kerle et al. 1992; Kerle 2001; Cowan
2005). Urban habitats contain novel resources such as abundant food supplies, both
vegetation and human-subsidised foods, and artificial den sites which possums are able
Chapter I: General introduction
38
to exploit (Statham & Statham 1997; Kerle 2001). Due to the availability of these
additional resources, which are not present in natural environments, possums can reach
high densities in urban habitats in Australia ranging from five to seven individuals per
hectare (Kerle 2001; Eyre 2004; Matthews et al. 2004; Hill et al. 2008).
The first successful introduction of possums to New Zealand was in 1858 with the aim
of establishing a fur industry (Pracy 1974). At least 127 separate liberation events of
both Australian and New Zealand-bred possums have occurred since then, carried out
by the New Zealand government, acclimatisation societies, and private individuals
(Pracy 1974; Clout & Erickson 2000). Originally, it was viewed that the presence of
possums in New Zealand was beneficial due to the provision of a fur and skin trade,
thus in 1911 they were protected under the Animals Protection Act 1908 (McDowall
1994). However, as possum densities and distributions increased, their negative impact
on the native flora and fauna became apparent, and the government reversed the
protection of possums in 1947 and sanctioned possum control initiatives (Clout &
Erickson 2000). The major habitat that possums occupy in New Zealand is native and
exotic forests, but are also found in sand dunes, montane scrublands, sub-alpine
grasslands, tussock grasslands, drylands, swamps, farmland, orchards, and urban
gardens. Today, possums occupy more than 90% of New Zealand, with dispersal into
previously uninhabited areas still continuing (Green 1984; Cowan 2005).
While densities of possums vary greatly within New Zealand, they can reach densities
of up to 20 times that found in their native habitats in Australia (Coleman et al. 1980;
Efford 2000; Rouco et al. 2013). The success of possums in New Zealand has been
attributed to several factors. Firstly, they are able to tolerate a wide range of
environments and implement an opportunistic and generalist feeding strategy, feeding
on a wide range of foliage and non-foliar food items (Clout & Erickson 2000).
Secondly, they have experienced a release from predators (foxes, dingoes, carpet
pythons, lace monitors, wedge-tailed eagles, and powerful owls), competitors (other
arboreal marsupials and gliders for food and shelter), and parasites (Smith & Lee 1984;
Clout & Erickson 2000; Cowan 2005). Thirdly, forests in New Zealand lack chemical
defences; more species are palatable and have higher nutrient levels compared to forest
tree species in Australia, especially in eucalypt forests which have low levels of
phosphorus and nitrogen (Brockie 1992; Cork 1996; Clout & Erickson 2000). Fourthly,
Chapter I: General introduction
39
there was an unoccupied niche in New Zealand’s native forest ecosystems due to the
absence of herbivorous mammalian species, as well as compromised long-evolved
plant-herbivore relationships due to the extinction of the dominant avian herbivores
(Fleming 1979; Caughley 1989).
1.7 Trichosurus vulpecula impacts on New Zealand’s flora and fauna
Within New Zealand, possums are known to prey upon various native species,
including birds and their chicks and eggs (e.g. kōkako (Callaeas cinereus wilsoni), kiwi
(Apteryx spp.), North Island saddleback (Philesturnus carunculatus rufusater), kererū
(Hemiphaga novaeseelandiae), and fantail (Rhipidura fuliginosa)) (Brown et al. 1993;
McLennan et al. 1996; Sadlier 2000). There is also evidence that possums prey on
native land snails (Powelliphanta spp.), and various invertebrate species including stick
insects (Phasmatodea spp.), beetles (Coleoptera spp.), cicadas (Hemiptera spp.), and
wētā (Stenopelmatidae and Rhaphidophorioae spp.) (Meads 1976; Cowan & Moeed
1987; Owen & Norton 1995; Sadlier 2000). It is also thought that competition occurs
between possums and native New Zealand bird species for nest/den sites and food
resources due to dietary overlap, however there is currently no direct evidence for this
competition (Green 1984; Owen & Norton 1995; Sadlier 2000). Urban environments
are becoming increasingly recognized as important for supporting significant
populations of native wildlife, and the negative impacts of possums on New Zealand
native wildlife are highly likely to extend to this landscape. It is therefore important to
gain an insight into the spatial ecology of possums within urban environments to
formulate successful control strategies for these habitats.
Native forest communities within New Zealand can be extensively damaged and
modified by possums; the total population of possums can consume up to 21,000 tonnes
of vegetation per day, which can cause canopy dieback (Green 1984; Payton 2000;
Cowan 2005). Within forests, possums will selectively browse on preferred tree
species, often returning to the same tree until it is completely defoliated, generally
resulting in the death of the tree (Meads 1976; Rose et al. 1992; Payton 2000). This
level and selectivity of browsing also affects the regeneration ability of individual trees
and succession within forest stands, inhibiting fruiting and/or flowering of trees.
Consequently, the community composition of forests changes as non-preferred plant
Chapter I: General introduction
40
species use the newly available canopy space created as palatable plant species become
greatly reduced or extinct locally (Green 1984; Cowan 1992; Rogers & Leathwick
1997; Nugent et al. 2000; Payton 2000).
Additionally, possums pose a considerable threat to New Zealand’s agricultural
industry, as they are vectors of bovine tuberculosis (Tb, Mycobacterium bovis), creating
a significant risk for Tb transmission to dairy cattle, beef, and deer (Ekdahl et al. 1970;
O'Neil & Pharo 1995; Coleman & Caley 2000). The industry is also adversely affected
by possums eating pasture, damaging crops, and killing poplars (Populus spp.), which
are planted to prevent soil erosion (Thomas et al. 1984).
1.8 Thesis structure and overall aims
In this study, I use several methods at differing scales to investigate the distribution and
habitat use of possums throughout an urban environment. Research on possums
inhabiting urban environments in New Zealand is currently lacking, due to the focus on
the ecological and economic threats possums pose to New Zealand’s forestry and rural
habitats. However, there is increasing evidence that urban areas can support significant
populations of native wildlife, and it is important to gain an understanding of the spatial
ecology of invasive pest species in these habitats, where they are also likely to be
having negative impacts to native fauna and flora.
This thesis has been written as a series of four stand-alone, but inter-related chapters
intended for publication, as well as a general introduction and discussion.
Consequently, some degree of repetition between chapters was inevitable, but has been
minimised where possible through the use of cross-referencing between chapters.
Chapter II and Chapter III have been published, while Chapter V is under review at the
time of thesis submission.
Chapter II aims to assess the spatial distribution of possums across an urban
environment. Presence-absence data and site occupancy methodology incorporating
incomplete detectability were used to test the hypothesis that in urban environments,
possums would have the highest occupancy within forest fragments (their natural
habitat) due to foraging and denning opportunities, followed by residential suburbs that
Chapter I: General introduction
41
are comprised of structurally-complex vegetation, while amenity habitat would have the
lowest occupancy. Habitat characteristics from the five distinct urban habitat types that
comprise most of the city area (forest fragments, amenity parks, and residential
suburbs) were incorporated into these analyses to investigate how they influence the
probability of possum occupancy within residential areas.
The primary aim of Chapter III was to determine which environmental and technical
factors influence the accuracy and performance of lightweight GPS collars within the
urban environment. Stationary GPS collar tests were used to test the hypotheses that the
performance and accuracy of collars would decrease with increased vegetation
complexity, distance to buildings, and canopy cover (decreased sky availability), and
increase as the number of satellites increased and HDOP decreased. The study also
aimed to quantify the location error surrounding GPS locations collected within the
urban environment: this information was then incorporated into subsequent spatial
analyses to provide more robust results.
Chapter IV uses GPS data collected from possums captured in residential suburbs to
examine the spatial ecology and habitat selection of urban possums at the scale of the
individual possum. This chapter tested the hypotheses that (i) home ranges of possums
within urban areas would be larger than those in forest or rural habitats due to the
irregular spatial distribution of resources in the heterogeneous urban landscape,
especially well-established, intact stands of vegetation which possums use extensively
to forage and den in. The patchy nature of the habitat would require individuals to
travel further to locate such resources; (ii) possums would select forest fragments and
residential areas comprised of structurally-complex and diverse vegetation, while
avoiding residential habitats with simple or no vegetation; and (iii) possums would not
establish home ranges independently of forest fragments within the urban environment.
Home ranges were investigated using Brownian bridges, incorporating the estimated
location error obtained in Chapter III. Resource utilisation functions (RUFs) were
applied to investigate habitat selection with the inclusion of environmental attributes
obtained from a habitat map of Dunedin. Identification of habitats and landscape
configurations preferred by urban possums provided an insight into which resources
urban possums are using. This information can assist in the decision-making process for
urban-based management strategies. Specifically, information from this research will
Chapter I: General introduction
42
inform the Otago Peninsula Biodiversity Group’s (OPBG) campaign to eradicate
possums from the Otago Peninsula.
To enhance the long-term success of the OPBG’s possum eradication, Chapter V
examines the genetic population structure, thus connectivity, of possums in and around
Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula. The primary aim of this chapter was to identify
potential dispersal pathways from the mainland onto the Otago Peninsula, and thus
potential sources of re-invasion following the eradication. Genetic variation from
twelve microsatellite loci was used to test the hypothesis that possum populations on
the Western and Eastern sides of the Otago Harbour would be genetically differentiated
due to isolation by distance and that one reinvasion pathway would exist onto the Otago
Peninsula through the residential areas at the base of the Otago Peninsula. By
identifying potential reinvasion pathways, as well as understanding the habitat selection
by a species, potential management units can be better defined, and management
strategies are more likely to maximise long-term eradication success.
The findings of this thesis are summarised, discussed, and placed in a wider context in
Chapter VI. In this chapter, on the basis of the combined results from the spatial
ecology of possums gained from GPS telemetry and the population structure of
possums around Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula obtained through molecular
genetics, I provide general recommendations for urban management of possums, as
well as specific recommendations in order to maintain the OPBG’s vision of a possum-
free Otago Peninsula.
1.8.1 Author contribution
I am the first author of all resulting manuscripts as I contributed to the design of the
methodologies, collected the data, performed all data analyses, and wrote the
manuscripts. Yolanda van Heezik, Kath Dickinson, and Bruce Robertson helped
conceive this PhD project and supervised me throughout the design, data collection,
and data analysis stages, as well as providing editorial comments on my thesis chapters.
As my co-authors, they also revised resulting manuscripts. Mariano Recio will be an
additional co-author for the manuscript produced from Chapter IV, as he gave advice
and assisted in the statistical analyses.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
43
Chapter II:
2 Predicting distribution patterns for common
brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) in
an urban environment
Experimental set up of a WaxTag® used to determine possum presence.
A refined version of this chapter has been published as:
Adams, A.L., Dickinson, K.J.M., Robertson, B.C., van Heezik, Y. (2013). Predicting
summer site occupancy for an invasive species, the common brushtail possum
(Trichosurus vulpecula), in an urban environment. PLoS ONE 8: e58422.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0058422.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
44
2.1 Introduction
Within and across environments, the spatial distribution of animal species reflect the
availability and distribution of species-specific resources and the ability of species to
reach and exploit them (MacArthur 1972; Taylor et al. 1993; Brown et al. 1996; Ostfeld
& Keesing 2000; Ganzhorn 2002; McKinney 2002; Holt 2003). Moreover, species
distributions and occupancy of habitat patches is influenced by landscape structure,
which determines habitat availability and connectivity between resources (Saunders et
al. 1991; Reunanen et al. 2002). Landscape structure is especially significant in
fragmented habitats where important resources and habitat patches become
heterogeneously distributed across the environment (Taylor et al. 1993; Mackey &
Lindenmayer 2001; Fahrig 2003; Guisan & Thuiller 2005). Fragmentation of
landscapes results in an overall loss of natural habitat, both spatially and structurally,
and species which are sensitive to urbanisation ('urban-avoiders'; McKinney 2002) may
be limited to small patches of natural habitat isolated within a matrix of modified
habitats (Saunders et al. 1991; Bender et al. 1998). Spatial isolation of patches can limit
movements between patches by animals that are unable to disperse across the modified
matrix (McKinney 2002; Reunanen et al. 2002; Hobbs et al. 2009). Furthermore, edge
effects can reduce the quality of the habitat within the patch with changes in
microclimate, soil conditions, plant composition, and species interactions (Turner 1989;
Saunders et al. 1991; Fahrig 2003). The degree of fragmentation within a landscape and
the nature of the matrix will influence the amount of time individuals spend outside of
their preferred natural habitat, therefore altering their normal distribution patterns
(Murcia 1995; Fahrig 2003). The impacts of habitat fragmentation on animal
distributions are particularly significant in urban landscapes, which are becoming
increasingly prevalent as the world’s human population continues to grow (McKinney
2002, 2006; United Nations 2011). In urban environments, the ecosystem has been
transformed into hybrid systems consisting of fragments of original habitat that are
often small and embedded within a matrix of highly-modified and human-dominated
habitat (Hobbs et al. 2009).
Urban environments can also provide novel resources and habitats. Species that are
sufficiently behaviourally and biologically flexible to exploit resources within modified
matrix habitats are known as ‘urban-adapters’ and are often generalist species
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
45
(McKinney 2002; Wandeler et al. 2003; McKinney 2006). For example, red foxes
(Vulpes vulpes) exploit anthropogenic food sources and alter spatial behaviours to adapt
to urban environments in numerous European cities (e.g. Harris 1981; White et al.
1996), North America (e.g. Adkins & Stott 1998) and Australia (e.g. Marks &
Bloomfield 1999). Other examples of mammalian ‘urban-adapters’ include Eurasian
badgers (Meles meles), squirrels (Sciurus carolinensis, S. vulgaris), and the stone
marten (Martes foina), with their distributions generally reflecting the spatial
distribution and availability of resources (Luniak 2004). Species such as Northern
raccoons (Procyon lotor), which require forest fragments, particularly for shelter, can
also frequent and exploit resources in the urban matrix, such as vegetable gardens and
garbage (McKinney 2002). Invasive species, which tend to be opportunistic foragers
and behaviourally flexible, are usually more successful at adapting to and thriving in
urban habitats (Sol et al. 2012).
An invasive urban-adapter in New Zealand is the possum (see Chapter I; Kerle 1984;
Harper 2005). Introduced into New Zealand from Australia in 1858, it has a wide
distribution throughout both countries that includes urban environments (Pracy 1974;
Kerle 1984; Cowan 2005). In New Zealand, possums are an invasive pest species,
primarily occupying forest habitats where they exist at densities far higher than in their
native Australian range (Kerle 1984; Statham & Statham 1997; Efford 2000; Cowan
2005), where densities are constrained by the palatability and nutritional content of
forest vegetation (Freeland & Winter 1975; Clout & Erickson 2000; DeGabriel et al.
2009). Although primarily folivorous, possum distribution is also influenced by the
distribution and availability of nutrient and energy-rich, non-foliar food resources (e.g.
fruits and flowers) which are a sought-after supplementary food source (Warburton
1978; Cowan 1990; Nugent et al. 2000; Kerle 2001).
Little is known about the distribution of possums throughout urban habitats, but it is
likely to be mainly influenced by the distribution of food sources (McDonald-Madden
et al. 2000). In Australia, possums can exist at higher densities in urban areas than in
native forests (Eyre 2004; Matthews et al. 2004; Hill et al. 2008), where they move
between native remnants and adjacent residential areas, exploiting nutritionally
valuable food sources in private gardens (e.g. cultivated garden plants, vegetable
gardens, fruit trees, compost, food scraps), human-subsidised food left out intentionally,
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
46
and artificial shelter resources (e.g. roof awnings, floor spaces; Statham & Statham
1997; Matthews et al. 2004; Harper 2005; Harper et al. 2008). Although studies suggest
that urban possums do not establish a home range independently of forest fragments
(Statham & Statham 1997; Matthews et al. 2004; Harper 2005; Harper et al. 2008).
In contrast, New Zealand forests support possum densities comparable to those found in
Australian urban areas due to the greater palatability and nutritional quality of the
vegetation (Brockie 1992; Clout & Erickson 2000). Possums in New Zealand cause
severe damage to native vegetation, they compete with native birds for resources, and
they eat birds and their eggs (see Chapter I; Cowan 1990; Sadlier 2000). They are
therefore likely to have the same negative impacts on avian diversity and community
structure in at least some components of the urban landscape. However, the highly
palatable and productive nature of New Zealand forests (Clout & Erickson 2000) may
mean that there is less incentive than in Australia for possums to move out of urban
forest fragments to occupy other less densely vegetated habitats. It is therefore
important to determine the extent to which invasive adaptable species, such as possums,
have established throughout the heterogeneous urban landscape to evaluate potential
impacts on native biodiversity and to guide effective urban-based management
strategies, which need to be based on a comprehensive understanding of the distribution
of the species across non-traditional habitats.
This study used site occupancy methodology to assess the distribution of invasive
possums and determine environmental factors influencing their occupancy throughout
an urban landscape. This research was conducted during summer when impacts on
urban avian populations will be the greatest due to greater movements by possums
(Cowan & Clout 2000) and the vulnerability of nesting adults, eggs, and nestlings to
possum predation. Occupancy was evaluated across five urban habitat types: forest
remnants, amenity parks, and residential areas representing typical variation in garden
size and structure. It was hypothesised that in urban environments (1) possums would
have the highest probability of occupancy within forest fragments (tree stands greater
than one hectare) due to the availability of their primary dietary item, plant material
(which includes leaves, fruits, and flowers); (2) amenity areas would have the lowest
proportion of occupancy by possums due to less opportunities for foraging and denning
(absence of mature vegetation); and (3) within residential areas, possums would display
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
47
higher occupancy in areas composed mainly of properties with large, well-established
gardens due to the availability of their primary dietary item, plant material, as well as in
areas with supplementary food sources, due to the higher nutritional and energy value
of these non-foliar food items.
2.2 Methods
2.2.1 Study area
Field work was conducted within the city boundaries of Dunedin (~120,000
inhabitants; Statistics New Zealand 2006), New Zealand (NZ; 45°52´S, 170°30´E). The
22,500 ha urban area included a green town belt featuring remnant forest fragments
totalling 145 ha, stand-alone vegetation fragments, amenity parks, and residential areas
of differing levels of urbanisation characterised by housing density and vegetation
characteristics (Table 2.1; Fig. 2.1; Freeman & Buck 2003). Five distinguishable habitat
types representing a gradient of urban land use were defined on a GIS-based habitat
map of Dunedin City (Freeman & Buck 2003): forest fragments, amenity spaces,
Residential 1 (Res 1), Residential 2 (Res 2), and Residential 3 (Res 3; See Table 2.1 for
further details).
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
48
Table 2.1: Descriptions of the five urban habitat types in which possums were
surveyed in, Dunedin, NZ (Freeman & Buck 2003).
Habitat
Type Habitat Description
Forest
fragment
Structure-rich tree stands composed of both exotic and native tree species
forming closed canopies ranging from one hectare to 24 ha in area (mean =
4 ha), which are surrounded by modified residential landscapes. Fragments
have a similar distribution throughout Res 1 and Res 2 habitats, but are
largely absent from Res 3 habitat.
Amenity Amenity spaces including council recreational parks or playgrounds,
playing fields, and golf courses in which grass is mown regularly with edges
varying from houses and roads (n = 7), to bare edges with scattered trees
and shrubs (n = 14), to completely enclosed by mature trees (n = 9).
Res 1 Residential areas with greater than one third of the property size comprised
of mature, structurally-complex gardens containing an assortment of lawns,
hedges, shrubs, and large established trees. Green cover totals 70%, with a
mean housing density of 11.6/ha (SD = 1.98, n = 14; van Heezik et al.
2008a).
Res 2 Residential areas with greater than one third of the property size comprised
of structurally-less complex gardens dominated by lawns. Green cover
ranges between 42 - 50%, with a mean housing density of 12.52/ha (SD =
2.27, n = 20 suburbs; van Heezik et al. 2008a).
Res 3 Residential areas with no garden or where less than one third of the property
is dominated by flowerbeds or lawn. Green cover totals 30%, with a mean
housing density of 28.6/ha (SD = 3.14, n = 6 suburbs; van Heezik et al.
2008a).
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
49
Figure 2.1: Examples of the three residential habitat types in Dunedin: (A) Res 1;
(B) Res 2; and (C) Res 3. See Table 2.1 for habitat definitions. Photos
sourced from Dunedin City Council (2007).
2.2.2 Possum surveys
Occupancy data were collected by surveying thirty randomly generated locations in
each of the five habitats (n = 150; Fig. 2.2) using ArcGIS 9.3.1 software (ESRI 2009)
and the GIS-based habitat map of Dunedin City (Freeman & Buck 2003). Fifteen
locations were randomly chosen from each habitat type to be sampled within one of
two weekly sampling periods over summer which coincided with favourable weather
conditions (mostly fine with no heavy rain or strong winds; Paterson et al. 1995):
possums are most likely to be active, providing the highest detection probabilities,
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
50
during fine weather. Weekly intervals were selected in accordance to the national
standardised WaxTag® protocol, as possums are more likely to be detected over a
period of seven nights, during which time individuals should occupy any given part of
their home range (Thomas et al. 2007; National Possum Control Agencies 2010).
Following the national protocol for WaxTag® use, possum presence was detected by
placing three peanut butter-flavoured WaxTags® and a lure at each of the 150 sites
(Fig. 2.2) and leaving them for seven consecutive nights (Thomas et al. 2007; National
Possum Control Agencies 2010). WaxTags® were nailed 70 cm above the ground to a
randomly chosen tree which were haphazardly distributed throughout properties (or
post in Res 3 gardens which lacked trees) and were spaced 10 m apart to enable
independence (Ogilvie et al. 2006; National Possum Control Agencies 2010). A flour
and icing sugar blaze (5:1 ratio) was smeared below the WaxTags® to act as a visual
and olfactory lure (National Possum Control Agencies 2010). Contagion, an occurrence
where an individual is detected at more than one sampling location due to actively
seeking out the monitoring device for the bait (Bamford 1970), was prevented by the
use of the above spacing and the unpalatable nature of the wax (Meenken 2005;
Thomas et al. 2007). The use of three independent WaxTags® at each site acted as
repeat surveys within the same visit. The possibility of incurring a false-presence error
was minimised as WaxTags® were specifically used to target possums, as well as using
one trained observer to interpret results (MacKenzie et al. 2006). Habitat
characteristics, considered as likely influences on occupancy probability, were recorded
for each location. This included presence of supplementary food sources consisting of
any type of fruit tree (fruiting and non-fruiting), vegetable gardens (presence was
recorded if any vegetables were seen growing on the property), and un-covered
compost heaps. Connectivity was assessed by calculating the percentage of area of
forest fragments within a 500 m buffer mapped around each site, which reflected the
average nightly movements of possums within the urban environment (see Chapter VI
and Statham & Statham 1997) using ArcGIS 9.3.1 software (ESRI 2009).
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
51
Figure 2.2: Locations of the 150 WaxTag® sites across five urban habitat
types, Dunedin, New Zealand. See Table 2.1 for habitat
descriptions.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
52
2.2.3 Statistical analysis
Bite marks from WaxTags® were classified to animal species (Thomas 2011) using
possum presence/absence data to generate naїve occupancy estimates (probability of
occupancy excluding detection probability). Habitat occupancy ( ) and detectability
(p) were further investigated using a single-season analysis within the software
PRESENCE version 3.0 using logistic regression models and which incorporates
incomplete detectability, producing more reliable estimates (see MacKenzie et al. 2003;
Hines 2006; MacKenzie et al. 2006 for further details). Incorporation of incomplete
detectability helps overcome generation of biased estimates caused by false-absences
which occur when a species is recorded as absent while present but unobserved within a
habitat (Tyre et al. 2003; MacKenzie et al. 2006). Due to the one surveyor, one
sampling method, and one season, detection probability in all models is assumed to
have remained constant.
The initial analysis to investigate occupancy of possums within an urban environment
used a simple spatially-explicit habitat model that assumed and p were constant
(designated as “.” in models) over all sampling periods and habitats: (.).(.) p An
alternative model including habitat type as a covariate, (.),)( phabitat was then
constructed because possums are known to use forest fragments more heavily than
other habitat types, based on the availability of their main dietary component, plant
material (Nugent et al. 2000).
To further investigate possum presence in an urban setting, the presence/absence
dataset was sub-sampled to include only the three residential habitat types (Res 1, Res
2, Res 3; n = 90). This enabled possum occupancy to be examined in relation to the
type of residential habitat and habitat characteristics as covariates (supplementary food
items; area (%) of forest fragment within a buffer). Forest and amenity habitats were
excluded because these variables contained all zeros for supplementary food sources,
which causes non-convergence in PRESENCE models. Covariate data (χ) are easily
incorporated into analyses to estimate the probability of occupancy at site i )( i by
using a logit function of m habitat covariates:
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
53
mmi ...)(logit 110
where β represents the estimated beta parameters.
Firstly, occupancy was modelled as a function of residential habitat type to determine if
the type of residential habitat affects the presence of possums. This was followed by
modelling residential habitat types while varying the other habitat covariates. This
allowed each covariate to be tested separately to examine their importance in
influencing possum presence, while the detection probability was held constant:
psi(residential habitat + habitat covariate),p(.). Lastly, models were created using
combinations of the different habitat covariates.
Models were compared based on the relative difference in Akaike’s second-order
corrected Information Criterion (AICc) values corrected for small sample sizes
(Burnham & Anderson 2002). The model with the smallest AICc value represents the
model nearest to reality, thus best describes the observed data (Burnham & Anderson
2004).
For both modelling situations, PRESENCE often warned that models had failed to
converge. Non-convergence of models indicates that the maximum-likelihood
algorithm has not converged. Model convergence occurs when the programme fits the
data to a starting model and keeps improving the model by refitting the data until the
model cannot be further improved. Therefore, a model that does not converge means
that no model can be found which explains the data with any degree of confidence as
parameterization fails to converge on reasonable estimates. However, in PRESENCE
these warnings can be ignored when model convergence is accurate to greater than two
significant digits (Hines 2011), therefore all models were considered valid. In models
where occupancy estimates near 1 or 0, standard errors could be quite large. This is
acceptable as when real parameters are 1 or 0, their associated standard errors are
undefined, thus large standard errors of the estimated parameters are expected (Hines
2011).
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
54
2.2.4 Model evaluation
Models designed for predictive purposes should be evaluated (Fielding & Bell 1997;
Manel et al. 2001), where a model has a good predictive ability if it can distinguish
between occupied and unoccupied sites (Pearce & Ferrier 2000). To evaluate the
predictive ability of the logistic regression models selected as ‘best’, the threshold-
independent area under the curve (AUC) of Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC)
plots were calculated. ROC plots are a threshold optimisation method which determines
the cross-point of sensitivity (true positives) and specificity (false positives) plotted
against numerous thresholds using the dichotomous presence-absence data produced
from the continuous probabilities generated by the models (Fig. 2.3; Fielding & Bell
1997; Barbosa et al. 2003; Jimenez-Valverde & Lobo 2007). A series of sensitivity and
specificity values are generated by varying the decision threshold, which are then
plotted as ROC curves (Metz 1978). Sensitivity is the number of observed presences
that are predicted as such by the model, while specificity is the number of observed
absences predicted by the model (Fielding & Bell 1997). The area under the curve
produced indicates the overall capability of the model to predict the data that was used
to create it and is a threshold independent indicator of the model’s classification ability
(Fielding & Bell 1997; Pearce & Ferrier 2000). The AUC values vary between 0 and 1,
and are used to evaluate the performance of a model in its capability to correctly
differentiate between locations where species are present and absent (Pearce & Ferrier
2000). AUC values of 1 indicate the model has perfect classification, with values
between 0.7 and 0.9 representing models which are reasonably useful at classification.
However, AUC values below 0.7 represent models with some predictive differentiation,
but the model is randomly producing similar proportions of correct and incorrect
predictions. An AUC value of 0 indicates the model has poor accuracy (no correct
classifications) being worse than random (Pearce & Ferrier 2000; Hirzel et al. 2006;
Cianfrani et al. 2010). ROC analyses were performed in the “PresenceAbsence”
package (Freeman & Moisen 2008) in R version 14.1 (R Development Core Team
2011).
The AUC is threshold-independent unlike more traditional model evaluating methods
which require a classification threshold to be selected to classify sites as occupied or
unoccupied based on whether the predicted probability is higher or lower than the
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
55
threshold value (Altman et al. 1994; Pearce & Ferrier 2000). Having a threshold-
independent method overcomes the often arbitrary selection of a threshold, which can
cause biases in accuracy interpretation, and the use of such threshold independent
methods over the last decade has increased in ecological research (see Fielding & Bell
1997; Pearce & Ferrier 2000; Osborne et al. 2001; Luck 2002).
Figure 2.3: Determining the corrected classification rates for all possible cut-off points
at 0.1 intervals by estimating the optimal threshold for converting
continuous probabilities into presences/absences for (A) all urban habitats
and (B) three residential habitats using the final model for each. The
identification of the cross-point between specificity and sensitivity
resulted in an optimised threshold of 0.44 with a 73% correct
classification rate for all habitat types and an optimised threshold of 0.33
and a 67% correct classification rate for the three residential habitats.
(A)
(B)
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
56
2.3 Results
Possums were detected at least once at 59 sites (n = 150 sites; Fig. 2.4), giving a naїve
overall occupancy estimate of 0.39 across all habitats. The total number of possum
detections over the three WaxTag® surveys ranged from 52 in forest fragment habitat
to 0 in Res 3 (Fig. 2.4). Naїve occupancy estimates ranged from 0.93 in forest
fragments, 0.43 in amenity space, 0.40 in Res 1, 0.20 in Res 2, and 0 in Res 3.
Properties in all three residential habitats within this study had the same percentage
(20%) of properties containing fruit trees, and about half of these within each habitat
were fruiting during the sampling period. Proportions of properties containing
vegetable gardens varied between residential habitat types: 30% of Res 1, 43% of Res
2, and 10% of Res 3 properties. Res 1 and Res 2 had a similar proportion of properties
containing some form of un-covered compost: 27% and 23% respectively, while only
0.7% of Res 3 properties had compost heaps.
Figure 2.4: Number of sites possums were detected at within each urban habitat
type (n = 30 per habitat) and number of times possums were detected
within each habitat type (n = 90 sites per habitat type), Dunedin, NZ.
See Table 2.1 for habitat classifications.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Forest Amenity Res 1 Res 2 Res 3
Nu
mb
er
Habitat Type
Sites Detected
Times Detected
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
57
2.3.1 All urban habitats
When all habitat types were included, the model with the most support was where
occupancy varied as a function of habitat type (Table 2.2). Occupancy of possums ( )
was highest in forest fragments, followed by amenity, Res 1, and Res 2, with lowest
occupancy in Res 3 habitat (Table 2.2). Detection probability was constant across all
five habitats (Table 2.2).
2.3.2 Residential analysis
When forest and amenity habitats were excluded, eight potential models varying in
their combinations of covariates were fitted to the observed data (Table 2.3). Habitat
type, supplementary food items, and percentage area of forest fragment within 500 m of
a sampled location all improved model fit (Table 2.3). In the top-ranking model, Res 1
had the highest occupancy estimate for possums followed by Res 2 then Res 3 habitats
(Table 2.4). Therefore, possums are likely to be found in residential areas with
structurally-complex vegetation, supplementary food items, and greater proximity to
forest fragments (Table 2.5). Again, detection probability was constant across all three
residential habitats (Table 2.4).
2.3.3 Estimated possum distribution
The current level of occupancy of possums throughout the Dunedin urban environment
was then determined using the estimates generated from the top models (Table 2.4).
The modelling predicted that all urban forest fragments are occupied by possums, while
about half of the amenity and Res 1 habitats will have possums present (Table 2.4).
Presence declined in Res 2 habitats, but due to the size of this habitat category, a
considerable area was still estimated to be occupied by possums (499.5 ha; Table 2.4).
58
54
Table 2.2: Comparison of habitat models using Akaike's second-order corrected Information Criterion (AICc) to obtain site occupancy
(ᴪ ± 1 SE) and detection probabilities (p ± 1 SE) for possums in five urban habitat types, Dunedin, NZ. See Table 2.1 for
habitat classifications.
Model Description AICc ∆i wi
Model
Likelihood K ᴪ(Forest) ᴪ(Amenity) ᴪ(Res 1) ᴪ(Res 2) ᴪ(Res 3) p
psi(Habitat),p(.) 369.43 0.00 1.00 1.00 6
1.00
(0.00)
0.50
(0.11)
0.46
(0.10)
0.23
(0.08)
<0.0001
(0.00)
0.49
(0.05)
psi(.),p(.) 434.16 64.73 0.00 0.00 2 0.47
(0.05)
0.47
(0.05)
0.47
(0.05)
0.47
(0.05)
0.47
(0.05)
0.46
(0.05)
∆i = AICc differences, wi = Akaike weights; K = number of parameters; (.) = constant probability
Chap
ter II: Site o
ccup
ancy
of u
rban
possu
ms
58
Table 2.3: The model set investigating site occupancy for possums within three residential habitats,
Dunedin, NZ. Models are ranked based on Akaike’s second-order corrected Information
Criterion (AICc).
Model Description AICc ∆i wi
Model
Likelihood K Deviance
psi(Residential+Food+Area),p(.) 146.93 0.00 0.63 1.0000 6 133.92
psi(Residential),p(.) 147.96 1.03 0.37 0.5979 4 139.49
psi(.),p(.) 163.30 16.37 0.00 0.0003 2 159.16
psi(Area),p(.) 164.95 18.02 0.00 0.0001 3 158.67
psi(Food),p(.) 169.51 22.58 0.00 0.0000 2 165.37
psi(Food+Area),p(.) 171.61 24.68 0.00 0.0000 3 165.33
psi(Residential+Area),p(.) 173.24 26.31 0.00 0.0000 5 162.53
psi(Residential+Food),p(.) 173.77 26.84 0.00 0.0000 5 163.06
psi(Residential),p(Residential) 178.31 32.39 0.00 0.0000 4 170.39
∆i = AICc differences, wi = Akaike weights; K = number of parameters; (.) = constant probability
Chap
ter II: Site o
ccup
ancy
of u
rban
possu
ms
59
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
60
Table 2.4: Estimated proportions and amount of area occupied by possums for the two
model sets across five different urban habitats, Dunedin, NZ. See Table 2.1
for habitat classifications.
Analysis Habitat
Type
Area
(ha)
Proportion of
Occupied
Area ( )
Absolute amounts
of Occupied Area
(ha)
Detectability
(p)
All Habitats Forest 145 1.00 (0.00) 145.0 0.49 (0.05)
Amenity 919 0.50 (0.11) 459.5 0.49 (0.05)
Res 1 302 0.46 (0.10) 138.9 0.49 (0.05)
Res 2 1921 0.23 (0.08) 441.8 0.49 (0.05)
Res 3 381 0.00 (0.00) 0.0 0.49 (0.05)
Total
3668
1185.2
Residential
Habitats
Res 1 302 0.45 (0.14) 135.9 0.44 (0.08)
Res 2 1921 0.26 (0.18) 499.5 0.44 (0.08)
Res 3 381 0.00 (0.00) 0.0 0.44 (0.08)
Total
2604
635.4
Table 2.5: Variables included in the final model for occupancy
probability across the three residential habitat types, their
coefficients (β), and standard errors (SE).
Variable β SE
Res 1 40.68 1.46
Res 2 39.17 1.55
Res 3 -41.32 1.46
Food 1.64 0.74
% Area Forest 36.37 23.39
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
61
2.3.4 Model evaluation
Perfect predictive ability (AUC = 1.0 ) is achieved when the proportion of true positives
equals one, while the proportion of false positives equals zero for all threshold values.
This is signified when the ROC curve mirrors the left hand and top axes (Pearce &
Ferrier 2000). In this study, the predictive ability of the best models both showed
moderately good accuracy. The (.))( phabitat model examining possum presence
across all five urban habitat types had an AUC of 0.84 (SE = 0.03; Fig. 2.5) indicating
that the model could correctly discriminate between the presence and true absence of
possums 84% of the time. The .)%forest)p(foodψ(habitat model investigating
occupancy of possums across residential habitat types had an AUC of 0.77 ± 0.05 (Fig.
2.5); thus the model had a 77% success rate at discriminating between possum presence
or absence.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
62
Figure 2.5: Receiver operator curve plots for the best model modelling possum
occupancy across (A) all five urban habitats and (B) the three residential
urban habitats. The diagonal line represents an indiscriminate model
(AUC = 0.50).
(A)
(B)
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1-S
pec
ific
ity
1-S
pec
ific
ity
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
63
2.4 Discussion
Habitat occupancy of possums in the urban Dunedin landscape during summer reflected
the heterogeneous distribution of resources and patch connectivity, emphasising the
influence that landscape structure and resulting resource availability have on the
distribution of this species (Dunning et al. 1992). Highest occupancy rates in natural
habitats (nearly all forest fragments sampled were occupied) reflect the traditional
distribution of possums throughout forests, which contain important resources
including den sites and their primary dietary item, plant material (leaves, fruits, and
flowers), which makes up 50-90% of their total diet (Kerle 1984; Nugent et al. 2000).
Possum occupancy declined outside of forest fragments, decreasing with increased
modification of matrix habitat. Amenity habitat had the second highest occupancy
estimate which is most likely explained by the surrounding characteristics of this open,
green space. Possums were detected in seven of the nine amenity locations that were
completely enclosed by complex vegetation, but in only three of the seven amenity
locations surrounded by housing and roads, and three of the fourteen locations that had
bare edges with a scattering of trees or shrubs. The presence of mature, complex
vegetation around amenity space is likely acting as an available source of food and
shelter. Urban parks in Australia containing trees also have associated high possum
densities which are thought to be related to foraging opportunities from both
surrounding vegetation and human food scraps (McDonald-Madden et al. 2000). The
behavioural flexibility of possums enables individuals to exploit both novel food
sources (tree foliage, fruit trees, food scraps, and garden plants including their flowers)
and novel den sites (trees, wood piles, roofs, chimneys, spaces in and under buildings)
available in private residential gardens (Statham & Statham 1997; Harper 2005).
However, these results indicate their distribution across residential areas is constrained
by the amount and structure of the vegetation. Within residential areas, possums were
most likely to occur in areas with large gardens situated close to forest fragments,
containing structurally-complex vegetation, and some source of supplementary food.
Res 1 and 2 habitats have similar-sized gardens, but they vary in vegetation
characteristics, with resources becoming patchier in Res 2 habitats due to the lower
proportion of vegetation cover and the simpler nature of the gardens (van Heezik et al.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
64
2008a). This was reflected in lower occupancy rates: 23% of Res 2 habitat compared to
46% in Res 1 habitat.
Possums residing in urban bush fragments in Australia also frequent gardens of
surrounding residential properties which contain a high diversity of exotic plant
species, including shrubs, trees, and their fruits and flowers. These are of higher
nutritional value and less toxic than Eucalyptus species (Attiwill & Leeper 1987),
which constitute a major part of possum diet in their native range (Freeland & Winter
1975; Kerle 1984; Harper et al. 2008). Native forest species in New Zealand typically
have greater nutritional and energy value than native vegetation in Australia and they
lack chemical defence mechanisms (Clout & Erickson 2000; Cowan 2001).
Nevertheless, even though forest fragments in urban New Zealand consist of vegetation
that is more palatable and nutritionally valuable than native vegetation fragments in
Australia (Brockie 1992), possums in New Zealand still used residential gardens to
supplement their diet with highly nutritious and energy rich food items.
The presence of fruit trees primarily, but also vegetable gardens and compost heaps,
within residential areas all influenced possum presence. The presence of fruits in other
New Zealand environments are known to influence the distribution of possums:
seasonal fruiting in forested environments results in an increase in the number of
possums eating often large quantities of fruit which can account for up to 42% of their
diet (Coleman et al. 1985; Cowan 1990; Nugent et al. 1997), while possums in rural
landscapes are known to travel up to 1600 m to reach preferred dietary items, such as
apples (Jolly 1976; Green & Coleman 1986; Brockie et al. 1997). Fruit, vegetables, and
compost heaps all act as a supplementary food source, providing possums with dietary
items high in energy and nutrients to help compensate for their limited ability to extract
enough nutrients and energy from foliage alone (Nugent et al. 2000; Harper 2005).
Even though the proportions of these supplementary food sources were similar across
Res 1 and Res 2 habitats, occupancy rates were quite different, suggesting that general
habitat characteristics and levels of housing density and green cover are more important
in determining occupancy. Despite appropriate food supplies being available in Res 3
habitat, albeit at lower densities, these areas may remain unoccupied because they are
situated far from forest fragments and are therefore not well connected to possum’s
traditional habitat. The virtual absence of structurally-complex vegetation used for both
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
65
food and den sites in Res 3 habitat may also be a limiting factor. Due to the ability of
possums to use virtually any structure in the urban environment as a den (e.g. Harper
2005), dens could not be quantified in this study, and thus could not be included as a
limiting factor in the occupancy models.
Res 1 and Res 2 habitats were typically located in suburbs in which possums had
shorter distances to travel from forest fragments to access food resources in gardens.
Low density housing with private gardens containing greater plant diversity are often
characteristics found in high socio-economic neighbourhoods (van Heezik, unpublished
data), which also tend to be located close to public green spaces (Hope et al. 2003;
Strohbach et al. 2009). This clustering of vegetatively diverse gardens close to forest
fragments may facilitate the movement of possums between forest fragments and
residential habitats. Similar trends have been documented in other urban areas with
Baker & Harris (2007) showing that the use of private gardens by mammalian species
within residential areas of Great Britain decreased as urbanisation increased due to
smaller garden sizes, increased human disturbance, and increased distance to natural or
semi-natural areas. The degree of connectivity between habitat patches and the
presence of preferred habitat has been shown to significantly affect species occupancy
by affecting dispersal across less preferred habitat types (Villard et al. 1999; Reunanen
et al. 2002).
Occupancy of possums within urban habitats, especially those with high housing
densities, may be further limited by a number of factors: predation from introduced
mammals (Lepczyk et al. 2004; Ditchkoff et al. 2006), in this case dogs, increased
noise (i.e. children, pets and traffic; Warren et al. 2006), and pollutants (Ditchkoff et
al. 2006). While possums were not detected in Res 3 habitat, it cannot be concluded
that they were absent. Species may occupy habitats in low densities, resulting in very
low probabilities of being detected using the detection method employed during the
sampling period (Wintle et al. 2005).
2.4.1 Detection probability
Possums were not always detected when they were present in a habitat; detection
probabilities less than one indicate false absences. The naїve site occupancy estimates
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
66
underestimated occupancy by 3 - 7%, as imperfect detectability of the species was not
accounted for (MacKenzie & Bailey 2004; MacKenzie et al. 2006). However, because
detectability of a species at a site can be influenced by numerous factors including
sampling effort (e.g. type and timing of the survey), weather conditions, animal
behaviour, local density of the species, random chance, and observer experience (Tyre
et al. 2003; Bailey et al. 2004; Gu & Swihart 2004), it is important to incorporate the
probability of detection into data analysis to avoid misleading and inaccurate
conclusions both of occupancy rates and effects of variables (Tyre et al. 2003;
MacKenzie et al. 2006).
2.4.2 Limitations
One limitation of this study is that occupancy was only examined during one season.
This may affect detectability which may differ during months when dispersal occurs,
during the breeding season when possums become more social, or in relation to
seasonal food supply. Occupancy may also be affected as it is possible that possums
may use different parts of their home ranges with different intensities during different
seasons of the year. However, we were interested in whether they used non-fragment
habitat at all and due to possums typically having stable home ranges (Brockie et al.
1997; Efford 2000), surveying was conducted in summer when they would have the
highest detectability (due to favourable weather conditions). Additionally, summer
coincides with when they would be having the highest impacts on native breeding bird
populations, as nesting adults, eggs, and nestlings are all vulnerable to possum
predation. Due to the importance of supplementary food sources within the residential
models, occupancy of possums within residential habitats may decline in winter when
fruit and vegetables are not readily available, and possums may less frequently leave
forest fragments. Occupancy is predicted to be similar in spring, due to the availability
of supplementary food sources and increased movements of possums coinciding with
their breeding season (Kerle 1984). To reach a more robust estimation of occupancy
across urban habitats, sampling over more seasons should be taken into consideration.
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
67
2.4.3 Model evaluation
The ROC plots showed that the best fit models had moderate predictive abilities. These
values tend to be lower than AUC values obtained in other studies where models have
good predictive abilities. These include 0.96 for rufous bristlebirds (Dasyornis
broadbenti) in forest/woodland/shrubland habitat (Gibson et al. 2004), 0.94 for sambar
deer (Rusa unicolor) in forest/grassland habitat (Gormley et al. 2011), 0.9 for American
black bears (Ursus americanus) in primarily hardwood habitat (Long et al. 2011), 0.88
for Yellow-cheeked crested gibbons (Nomascus gabriellae) in forest habitat (Gray et al.
2010), and 0.65 for fishers (Martes pennanti) in primarily hardwood habitat (Long et al.
2011). However, Tyre (2003) show from simulations that even under ideal conditions,
the AUC can be as low as 0.8. Results from this study indicate that the “best” models
do not represent all of the environmental factors that interact to influence possum
occupancy in urban habitats. Imperfect discrimination of models is often due to other
relevant, but unmeasured or unobtainable, habitat characteristics or processes, either
biological or environmental (Tyre et al. 2003), making it difficult to determine
accurately all the factors influencing occupancy (Fielding & Bell 1997; MacKenzie et
al. 2003; Bailey et al. 2004). The models selected here as best describing possum
occupancy are therefore the best occupancy models in terms of the habitat data
collected. Additionally, the model’s ability to discriminate between positive and
negative locations is influenced by the fact that species do not always occupy all
available habitat (Fielding & Bell 1997). To further improve confidence in the process
of evaluating habitat models, it is recommended to obtain an independent data set from
sites not used in the original study which models were based on in order to attain an
unbiased assessment for the predictive power of the model (Fielding & Bell 1997;
Pearce & Ferrier 2000).
2.4.4 Management implications
Effective management of an invasive species requires knowledge of its distribution
throughout a landscape to indicate where control should be focussed and the intensity
of control required. Data from this study show that in a New Zealand urban landscape,
despite the high nutritional quality of fragment vegetation, possums still occur across
residential areas that support structurally-complex vegetation. These vegetation
characteristics are also associated with higher native bird diversity and abundance (van
Chapter II: Site occupancy of urban possums
68
Heezik et al. 2008b), indicating that negative impacts of possums on birds will extend
across large parts of the city. Their extensive distribution across urban habitats means
control measures aimed at possums will fail if they are restricted to the possum’s
traditional habitat (forest fragments) without regard to surrounding residential areas and
movement of individuals between these two habitats. While invasive species
management can become less cost-effective in habitats where their probability of
occurrence is low (Hauser & McCarthy 2009), community involvement in possum
surveillance and control is an option in residential areas and which is already being
carried out in some areas of New Zealand, and has the potential to achieve biodiversity
gains.
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
69
Chapter III:
3 An evaluation on the accuracy and
performance of lightweight GPS collars in an
suburban environment
One of the lightweight GPS collars used in this research.
A refined version of this chapter has been published as:
Adams, A.L., Dickinson, K.J.M., Robertson, B.C., van Heezik, Y. (2013). An
evaluation of the accuracy and performance of lightweight GPS collars in
an suburban environment. PLoS ONE 8(7):
http://dx.plos.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0068496.
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
70
3.1 Introduction
The development of Global Positioning System (GPS) technologies in the mid-1990s
has enabled the use of GPS telemetry to investigate habitat and resource selection,
space use, and movement patterns of wildlife (Rodgers 2001; Hebblewhite & Haydon
2010). GPS telemetry overcomes many of the disadvantages of traditional VHF (Very
High Frequency) radio-tracking, as more accurate locations can be continuously
collected regardless of season, time of day, weather conditions, and terrain, without the
need for fieldworkers (see Chapter I for detailed explanations; Rodgers et al. 1996;
Rumble & Lindzey 1997). It also avoids the problem of animals modifying their
behaviour due to proximity to humans (Rodgers et al. 1996; Rumble & Lindzey 1997).
As such, GPS radio-tracking is increasingly being utilised for selection studies at fine
habitat scales (Rempel et al. 1995).
Despite the clear advantages, the GPS receiver is subject to two types of error: receivers
may fail to acquire the necessary satellite signals over a pre-defined time schedule
(missed data; termed fix success rate (FSR)), and locations acquired may be spatially
inaccurate (referred to as location error (LE)). LE can result in misclassification of
habitats and/or resources in selection studies, leading to poor management decisions
regarding species and/or habitat management (Moen et al. 1997; Frair et al. 2004;
D'Eon & Delparte 2005). These two types of error are influenced by numerous
environmental and technological factors that can affect signal transmission from
satellites to receivers (Frair et al. 2010).
The main environmental factors affect FSR and LE of GPS collars by obstructing or
reflecting the transmission of satellite signals and include topography (D'Eon et al.
2002; Frair et al. 2004; Cain et al. 2005) and vegetation characteristics, particularly
those associated with species composition and structural complexity (principally stem
density, life form, canopy height and cover) (Rempel et al. 1995; Rempel & Rodgers
1997; Dussault et al. 1999; D'Eon et al. 2002; Di Orio et al. 2003; Frair et al. 2004;
Recio et al. 2011). Built structures within modified environments are also expected to
affect the performance of GPS devices (Rose et al. 2005). These features act to
decrease the FSR and increase the LE of collected fixes (Rempel & Rodgers 1997;
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
71
Rumble & Lindzey 1997; Hulbert & French 2001; Stokely 2005; Zweifel-Schielly &
Suter 2007; Samama 2008).
Technological factors influencing the FSR and LE include the number of satellites
present and their geometric configuration (Moen et al. 1996; Di Orio et al. 2003). A
three-dimensional (3-D) positional fix is obtained when signals from four or more
satellites are used, while two-dimensional (2-D) positional fixes are acquired from three
satellites (Rempel et al. 1995; Di Orio et al. 2003). Generally, 3-D fixes are more
accurate than 2-D fixes due to the higher number of satellites used to acquire the fix
(Rempel et al. 1995; Di Orio et al. 2003). The geometric configuration of available
satellites is represented by the Dilution of Precision (DOP; e.g. horizontal (HDOP) or
vertical (VDOP)). Low DOP values are acquired when satellites are spaced widely
apart, resulting in smaller triangulation errors and more accurate positional fixes (i.e.
low LEs) than fixes associated with high DOP values (representing poor satellite
geometry; Rempel et al. 1995; Moen et al. 1997; El-Rabbany 2006). Other technical
factors influencing FSR and LE include weakening GPS batteries (Gau et al. 2004),
differences in collar brands, malfunctioning electronics, errors in satellite clocks, and
multipath signals. The latter occurs when the GPS collar receiver acquires multiple
satellite signals due to reflection off nearby surfaces (Rempel et al. 1995; Hofmann-
Wellenhof et al. 2001; El-Rabbany 2006; Graves & Waller 2006).
The magnitude of error surrounding a GPS receiver in any given environment can be
estimated and related to environmental and technical variables (Cargnelutti et al. 2007).
Therefore, researchers using GPS radio-telemetry on wildlife should first evaluate the
error associated with their GPS device within their specific study habitat (Cagnacci et
al. 2010). The performance of GPS collars designed for large animals (see Chapter I for
examples) has been widely evaluated in both field trials (i.e. on the target animals) and
stationary tests performed at known locations (Rempel et al. 1995; Moen et al. 1996; Di
Orio et al. 2003; Cain et al. 2005). However, only a handful of studies have examined
the performance of lightweight GPS collars recently developed for use on small-to-
medium sized animals (Rose et al. 2005; Blackie 2010; Dennis et al. 2010; Recio et al.
2011). Lightweight GPS collars require their own testing, as the smaller technological
GPS components may result in differences in how these GPS collars operate compared
to larger collars (Dennis et al. 2010).
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
72
Most research evaluating the performance of GPS collars of varying sizes has been
conducted in non-urban environments (Rempel et al. 1995; Moen et al. 1997; D'Eon
2003; Di Orio et al. 2003; Cain et al. 2005; Graves & Waller 2006; Lewis et al. 2007;
Dennis et al. 2010; Recio et al. 2011). Only one study has investigated the performance
of a small GPS receiver (29-36 g for deployment on feral pigeons (Columba livia))
within an urban environment in the central part of a major industrial city (Basel,
Switzerland; Rose et al. 2005). Urban environments are highly heterogeneous: on a
broad scale, landscape components include industrial, commercial, and residential areas
as well as parks, reserves, and waste land, while on a fine scale there can be significant
patchiness within these landscape components, with buildings and vegetation varying in
height and density. Vegetative surfaces have already been shown to affect GPS error by
blocking or reflecting satellite signals within natural habitats (Hulbert & French 2001),
and this multipath error is likely to be greater in urban environments due to the
presence of buildings. A large proportion of the urban landscape is residential (between
20% and 26% of large cities (Loram et al. 2007) and 36% in a smaller city (Mathieu et
al. 2007)), and these suburban habitats have been shown to support significant
populations of wildlife (McKinney 2002, 2006; Pickett et al. 2008; Goddard et al.
2010). Evaluation of the performance and accuracy of GPS collars within suburban
areas is therefore necessary to provide information about the error associated with
collected fixes to enable data correction, or the implementation of appropriate buffers in
selection studies that occur in suburban habitat (Frair et al. 2010). Incorporating error
information within a study site can help minimise the potential of habitat/resource
misclassification, and reduce incorrect conclusions regarding resource selection, and
subsequent poor management decisions.
This study aimed to evaluate the main environmental and technical factors causing
error (FSR and LE) in lightweight GPS collars using stationary tests across a typical
suburban environment as a precursor to research on resource selection of possums.
Consequently, the error estimate would be used to produce a buffer size representing
the location error around collected positional fixes specifically for resource selection
studies within suburban habitats. Three main environmental variables were predicted a
priori to influence GPS collar performance in this environment: suburban areas which
differ in the complexity including the vertical structure and density of vegetation
present within a garden; the degree of canopy closure (referred to here as sky
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
73
availability); and proximity to buildings. It was hypothesised that the (i) FSR would
decrease as the complexity of vegetation within different residential urban areas
increases, whereas LE would increase; (ii) FSR would increase whereas LE would
decrease with increasing sky availability as more satellites will be available to generate
positional fixes; and (iii) FSR would decrease with increasing proximity to buildings
whereas LE would increase due to the reflection of satellite signals off buildings.
Technical factors predicted a priori to influence collar performance included the
number of satellites and satellite geometry (HDOP). It was predicted that LE would
decrease as the number of satellites increased and HDOP decreased.
3.2 Methods
3.2.1 Study area
Collar performance was tested in suburban gardens of Dunedin, New Zealand (NZ;
45°52´S, 170°30´E), with properties typically consisting of detached single or double
storey houses, where property sizes range between 0.018 ha and 0.282 ha in size
(median = 0.061; mean = 0.075 ± 0.01 SE; van Heezik, unpublished data). Houses are
typically surrounded by vegetation, usually on all sides, which covers between 15% and
95% of the total area of the property (median = 62%; van Heezik, unpublished data).
To gain an understanding of factors influencing collar performance in the suburban
environment, sample sites were randomly selected from properties where subsequent
GPS collaring of possums was to occur, with the assumption that possums were living
independently of forest fragments. Suburban habitats fall into three distinguishable
categories (Res 1, Res 2, Res 3; see Chapter II for habitat descriptions) according to
variations in housing densities, garden structures, and vegetation complexity. The
properties selected represented this spectrum of suburban residential development and
would be typical of suburbs in most cities.
3.2.2 Stationary collar tests
Three 120 g Wildlife GPS data-logger collars (Sirtrack Electronics, Havelock North,
New Zealand, http://www.sirtrack.com) equipped with a 12-channel GPS receiver
Trimble iQ to be later deployed on possums within a suburban environment were
tested. At each site, collars were configured to acquire a location every 15 minutes in
one 24 hour period, which encompasses two complete satellite constellation cycles
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
74
incorporating all possible satellite configurations (97 possible fixes; El-Rabbany 2006;
Samama 2008). Data were stored in a built-in memory capable of storing 40,000 fixes
until collar retrieval, and included information such as the date, time, longitude,
latitude, number of satellites present, and HDOP for each successful fix.
Firstly, to verify that all test collars were operating similarly, the three collars were
deployed simultaneously at a known survey mark under open sky to assess the
performance and accuracy of each collar. Differences between the FSR and LE values
between the three collars were quantified using a one-way analysis of variance
(ANOVA).
The collars were then evaluated under different environmental conditions within the
three suburban habitat types. Three gardens were randomly chosen in each of the three
suburban habitats and were separated by at least 600 m. Vegetation in these gardens
was evaluated to confirm they fell within the categories (Res 1, Res 2, Res 3) defined in
Table 2.1 (Chapter II). In each garden, sites representing four categories of sky
availability were tested: 0 - 25%, 26 - 50%, 51 - 75%, and 76 - 100% sky availability (n
= 36 sites; 4 sites per garden). Sky availability was assessed using a convex spherical
densitometer, which provides relative estimates of percent coverage (Lemmon 1956),
with coverage including both vegetation and built structures. To determine the impact
of buildings on FSR and LE, the distance to the nearest building from the stationary
collar was measured at each of the four sites within each garden: distances ranged from
4 m to 34 m and were equally distributed throughout the four sky availability
categories. The collars were left at each of the four sites within a garden for 24 hours on
a 30 cm high block representing the height of possums when on the ground. For
optimal reception of signals from satellites, the GPS collar was placed with the
antennae pointing directly upright. The ‘true’ geographic co-ordinates of each site were
determined using the average of five locations recorded from a Trimble R7 GNSS using
only co-ordinates that were obtained with more than seven satellites present, with
precision criteria of < 0.015 m horizontally and < 0.020 m vertically.
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
75
3.2.3 Data analysis
The FSR for each site was calculated by dividing the number of collected fixes for each
site by the maximum number of fixes expected for a 24 hour period (97 fixes). Spatial
accuracy (LE) was calculated for each collected positional fix by calculating the
Euclidean distance between each of the collected positional fixes and the corresponding
‘true’ collar location determined using the Trimble R7 GNSS as follows:
5.022LE yx
where x and y are the differences between the collected and the ‘true’ x- and y co-
ordinates respectively (Rempel et al. 1995).
Outlier LE values, which occur in all GPS receivers (Frair et al. 2010), were identified
as fixes falling outside of three times the standard deviation of the mean LE value for
each site, and were subsequently removed from modelling. The root mean square
(RMS) of the LE (LERMS) was then calculated within each vegetation and sky
availability categories, and globally for all sites (n sites) as a measure of the average
location error across all study sites (Denys 2010):
5.02
n
2
2
2
1RMS
n
LE...LELELE
The LERMS estimate can assist in the selection of buffer sizes around collected
positional fixes in resulting spatial analyses for data collected from GPS collars
deployed in field trials on animals. Additionally, the arithmetic mean (µLE) and median
(µ1/2LE) of the LE under each sky availability class were calculated for comparison
with previous studies. One-way ANOVAs were performed to determine if the FSR and
LE differed between gardens within the three suburban habitats. A two-way ANOVA
was performed to determine if LE differed between type of fix (2-D, which is
calculated from three satellite signals, or 3-D, which is calculated from four or more
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
76
signals) due to the possibility that environmental conditions might affect the proportion
of 3-D fixes (which could have consequences for precision) and sky availability.
A model selection approach was used to identify the predictor variables hypothesised a
priori that have the greatest impact on FSR and LE separately. For both analyses, data
were screened using a Spearman pairwise correlation coefficient (|r| > 0.6 cut-off value
(Hosmer & Lemeshow 2000)) to avoid correlated predictor variables within the same
model. This test revealed that HDOP and the number of satellites were correlated
(Spearman’s pairwise correlation test; r = -0.6, p < 0.0001), thus these two variables
were not placed together in the same model.
The influence of sky availability, vegetation complexity (as a function of suburban
habitat type), and distance to the nearest building on FSR was assessed using fixed
effects logistic regression to model the probability of successful locations per site (Frair
et al. 2004). Eight models representing alternative hypotheses, including the null and
global models, were fitted to the standardised data.
LE was modelled using the same standardised environmental predictors as FSR
(vegetation complexity, sky availability, and distance to the nearest building), as well as
technical predictors including HDOP and the number of satellites present for each
positional fix. Linear Mixed Models (LMMs) were used (Gelman & Hill 2007) to
model the global and null models and all combinations of predictor variables, with
models including a random intercept for site to control for the non-independence of the
collected positional fixes at each site (Skrondal & Rabe-Hesketh 2004; Hebblewhite et
al. 2007). Additionally, to evaluate the differences in the generated location errors
(which were logarithm transformed to meet the assumption of normality) between 2-D
and 3-D positional fixes, linear regression analysis was performed.
For both analyses, model selection was based on the relative difference in Akaike’s
second-order corrected Information Criterion (AICc) values, corrected for small sample
sizes (Burnham & Anderson 2002). The information-theoretic approach involves the
development of a set of working hypotheses or models, from which the best model is
selected using Akaike’s Information Criterion (AIC), in this case corrected for small
samples sizes (AICc). This approach is effective in achieving strong inferences from
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
77
data analyses (Burnham & Anderson 2002). For the LE analysis, I model averaged the
coefficients for the fixed effects predictor variables (sky availability, vegetation
complexity, HDOP) for the top model set comprising the models with ∆AIC ≤ 2
(Burnham & Anderson 2002). All modelling was performed in the statistical software
programme R (R Development Core Team 2011).
3.3 Results
All three collars had a FSR of 1 (100% of the positional fixes were collected) under
clear sky at the selected survey mark. There were no significant differences in the
accuracy (LE) of the three Sirtrack lightweight GPS collars when simultaneously
deployed at the survey mark (F2,288 = 1.2, p = 0.27), with the LE ranging between < 1.0
m and 106.3 m (median = 16.9 m).
FSRs did not differ between gardens with differing vegetative complexity independent
of sky availability ( x 90.6%; F2,33 = 0.1, p = 0.93). The FSR decreased as the amount
of clear sky decreased, ranging from 97% when there was high sky availability, to 80%
when there was low sky availability (Fig. 3.1; Table 3.1). Across all gardens, 64% of
the positional fixes obtained were 3-D fixes.
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
78
Figure 3.1: The average fix success rate (FSR) of lightweight GPS collars (± 1
SE) under four sky availability classes conducted in suburban
habitats of Dunedin, NZ.
Table 3.1: The FSR (± SD), root mean square of location errors (LERMS),
and the mean (µLE ± SD) and median (µ1/2LE) LEs generated
from data collected from GPS collars during stationary field
tests under four sky availability classes across three suburban
habitat types (n = 36) in Dunedin, NZ. Outliers represent fixes
with a LE > 3 SDs from the mean LE of all fixes.
Outliers
Sky
Availability
(%) FSR (%)
LERMS
(m) µLE (m)
µ1/2LE
(m)
Mean No.
outliers
LERMS
(m)
0-25 81.3 ± 13.6 40.3 23.8 ± 17.0 19.6 5.9 ± 2.8 35.8
26-50 89.6 ± 7.0 32.9 23.0 ± 20.6 16.3 6.4 ± 3.3 29.1
51-75 94.9 ± 1.5 30.9 21.2 ± 13.7 17.8 5.4 ± 3.9 24.7
76-100 96.7 ± 0.6 28.2 16.0 ± 14.2 12.9 7.0 ± 3.0 20.7
0
20
40
60
80
100
0-25 26-50 51-75 76-100
Su
cc
es
sfu
l F
ix R
ate
(%
)
Sky Availability (%)
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
79
Of the eight potential models varying in their combinations of the predictor variables
fitted to the collected FSR data, the top-ranked model included sky availability only
(Table 3.2); with FSR decreasing with decreased sky availability (increasing canopy
cover; coefficient = -0.12, SE = 0.05).
Table 3.2: Ranking of the models based on the Akaike’s second-order corrected
Information Criterion (AICc) explaining the FSR obtained by lightweight
GPS collars under different suburban habitats and sky availability classes
during stationary field tests (n = 36) conducted in Dunedin, NZ.
Model Description K AICc ∆i wi Model
Likelihood
Sky Availability 3 221.2 0.00 0.50 1.00
Sky Availability + Vegetation complexity 4 223.6 2.35 0.15 0.31
Sky Availability + Distance to buildings 4 223.6 2.36 0.15 0.31
Null model 2 224.7 3.50 0.09 0.17
Sky availability + Vegetation complexity +
Distance to buildings 5 226.1 4.86 0.04 0.09
Distance to buildings 3 226.6 5.35 0.03 0.07
Vegetation complexity 3 227.0 5.74 0.03 0.06
Vegetation complexity + Distance to buildings 4 229.0 7.73 0.01 0.02
∆i = AICc differences, wi = Akaike weights; K = number of parameters
LE values were significantly different between gardens of differing vegetation
complexity (F2,3243 = 59.5, p < 0.001), with larger LEs obtained in gardens with
complex, mature vegetation (Res 1; x 33 m) than properties characterised by lawn
and flower beds (Res 3; x 28 m). This produced an overall average of 30.1 m for all
suburban areas. Additionally, LE tended to decrease with increasing sky availability
(Table 3.1, Fig. 3.2). The calculated µLE also increased with increasing HDOP values,
with maximum values being reached for HDOP > 10, indicating large, inaccurate
values (Fig. 3.3). The large variation in µLE for each HDOP value and associated large
standard deviations shows that while LE decreases with increasing HDOP, the ranges
also include some positional fixes with similar accuracy to those associated with lower
HDOP values (Fig. 3.3).
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
80
Figure 3.2: The root mean square of location error (LERMS) associated with
lightweight GPS collars under four sky availability classes
conducted in suburban habitats (n = 36) in Dunedin, NZ.
Figure 3.3: Mean location error (µLE ± SD) for each HDOP value.
0
10
20
30
40
0-25 26-50 51-75 76-100
LE
RM
S (m
)
Sky Availability (%)
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Me
an
Lo
cati
on
Err
or
(µL
E)
HDOP
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
81
The magnitude of LE differed depending on whether three satellites (2-D) or four or
more satellites (3-D) were available to generate the positional fix, with a significant
difference occurring between the type of positional fix obtained (i.e. 2-D or 3-D) and
sky availability (F1,3243 = 15.0, p < 0.001): a higher proportion of 2-D fixes occurred in
the 0 - 25% sky availability class compared to the other three sky availability classes.
The LE associated with 3-D positional fixes (LERMS = 26.2 m), which accounted for
64% of all positional fixes obtained, were significantly smaller than those associated
with 2-D positional fixes (LERMS = 35.5 m; F1,3243 = 39.3, p < 0.001). After outlier
removal, LERMS decreased to 21.5 m for 3-D fixes and 30.7 m for 2-D fixes, indicating
that outliers occur in both fix types. A similar number of outliers in relation to LE were
obtained within all four sky availability classes (Table 3.1). Filtering the dataset to
remove these outliers improved the LERMS values by several metres for each sky
availability class (Table 3.1). HDOP values for 2-D fixes ranged from 1.2 – 12.7
(median = 3.7; 95% of fixes < 12.4), while the HDOP of 3-D fixes ranged from 1 –
12.7 (median = 2.3; 95% of fixes < 5.0). Additionally, linear regression analysis of the
logarithm transformed LE and associated HDOP values verified that LE values
increased with increasing HDOP values (coefficient = 0.05, SE = 0.002, p < 2.0-16
).
However, HDOP only explained 14% of the variation within LE (R2 = 0.14).
Among the top six models explaining variation in LE, the two that were within ΔAIC ≤
2 values of each other included the predictors sky availability, vegetation complexity,
and HDOP (Table 3.3). Model averaging of the fixed-effects within these top two
models showed that HDOP had the strongest effect on LE (coefficient = 0.13, SE =
0.001), followed by sky availability (coefficient = 0.05, SE = 0.03), and vegetation
complexity (coefficient = 0.03, SE = 0.03). Therefore, LE increased with increasing
HDOP, canopy cover (i.e. reduced sky availability), and vegetation complexity.
Distance to buildings, which are characteristic of urban environments, was not present
in the top models indicating that this factor was not important in influencing the
variation in LE (Table 3.3).
82
Table 3.3: Ranking of models based on the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) explaining the location error
(LE) obtained by lightweight GPS collars in different suburban habitat types and sky availability
classes during stationary field tests (n = 36) conducted in Dunedin, NZ.
Model Description K AIC ∆i wi Model
Likelihood
Sky availability + HDOP 5 1724.59 0.00 0.61 1.00
Vegetation complexity + HDOP 5 1726.29 1.70 0.26 0.43
Sky availability + Distance to buildings + HDOP 6 1729.40 4.81 0.05 0.09
Vegetation complexity + Distance to buildings + HDOP 6 1729.57 4.98 0.05 0.08
Vegetation complexity + Sky availability + HDOP 6 1730.94 6.35 0.03 0.04
Vegetation complexity + Sky availability + Distance to
buildings + HDOP
7 1735.45 10.86 0.003 0.004
∆i = AIC differences, wi = Akaike weights; K = number of parameters
Chap
ter III: Lig
htw
eight G
PS
collar v
alidatio
n
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
83
3.4 Discussion
This is the first study evaluating the performance and accuracy of lightweight collars in
suburban environments. Sky availability had the largest effect on FSR, while LE was
affected by sky availability, vegetation complexity within different suburban habitats,
and HDOP. Despite the complexity of structures and vegetation within suburban areas,
values for FSR and LE were comparable to those obtained in less built-up
environments. This produced a mean LE estimate of 30.1 m for suburban habitat types.
Within a suburban environment, FSR increased with increasing sky availability, which
is probably due to fewer objects blocking or reflecting satellite signals (D'Eon &
Delparte 2005; Sager-Fradkin et al. 2007). For example, high canopy closure can result
in a 50% reduction in the FSR (Jiang et al. 2008) due to poor satellite visibility, which
also generates a higher proportion of 2-D fixes (D'Eon et al. 2002; Lewis et al. 2007;
Hansen & Riggs 2008). There was also evidence that variation in vegetation complexity
characteristic of the differing suburban habitat types, and distance to buildings
influenced FSR. However, these two habitat variables were relatively less important
compared with sky availability. The overall average FSR of 90.6% in this stationary
suburban study was slightly inferior to overall average FSRs of stationary studies
investigating GPS performance in less built-up habitats with variations in sky
availability; e.g. 92.1% in New Zealand farmland habitat (Dennis et al. 2010), 93% and
99% for two brands of collars in forest habitats (Di Orio et al. 2003), 92.8% in
mountainous habitat (Jiang et al. 2008), and an average FSR of 94.8% from a review of
35 articles (Cain et al. 2005). By testing the collars in identical conditions, this study
provided evidence that manufacturing differences did not exist between the individual
Sirtrack lightweight GPS collars (also see Blackie (2010) and Recio et al. (2011)).
As hypothesised, the accuracy of positional fixes within the suburban environment was
dependent on a combination of technical (satellite geometry (HDOP)) and
environmental (sky availability and vegetation complexity) variables. Location error
increased with decreasing sky availability and increasing HDOP, with LE varying
between suburban habitat types of differing vegetation complexity as predicted.
However, distance to buildings did not significantly influence LE despite the potential
for satellite signals to be reflected off building surfaces. The error obtained in this study
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
84
could be a reflection of the suburban habitats containing only low buildings, which may
not be significantly affecting satellite signals.
After filtering outliers, the LERMS decreased for all sky availability classes, with an
overall trend of smaller error values as sky availability increased. It is therefore
important to apply a preliminary filter to collected GPS datasets to remove these fixes
(Frair et al. 2010; Recio et al. 2011). The range of average LE values (µLE = 16.0 m to
23.8 m) that were obtained in this study are comparable to those reported in non-urban
New Zealand environments, including 7.9 m to 14.0 m in habitat with no/low
vegetation, 8.8 m to 11.4 m in tussock habitats, 31.0 m to 51.7 m within forest habitats
(Recio et al. 2011), and 9.0 m to 12.3 m in a farmland environment (Dennis et al.
2010). Within a forest habitat, Blackie (2004) attained accurate positional fixes from
collared possums and concluded that the canopy cover associated with forests in New
Zealand is unlikely to be so dense as to majorly impair the performance of lightweight
GPS collars for possums. Similar ranges of average LEs have also been observed in
natural habitats outside of New Zealand (e.g. Rempel et al. 1995; D'Eon et al. 2002; Di
Orio et al. 2003; Cain et al. 2005; Lewis et al. 2007). This could be a reflection of the
suburban habitats containing only low buildings which may not be significantly
affecting satellite signals. From these filtered results, it is recommended that
researchers use a single conservative buffer of 24 m around collected fixes in urban
habitat and resource selection studies.
LE increased when the number of satellites used to obtain a positional fix decreased as
predicted. Other studies in a variety of habitats have also documented an increase in
error with higher HDOP values (e.g. Moen et al. 1997; Rempel & Rodgers 1997);
higher HDOP values are usually associated with poor satellite configurations, such as
when only three satellites are available, or when satellites are clustered (Jiang et al.
2008). Additionally, 2-D fixes, which made up 36% of all fixes in this study, were less
accurate than 3-D fixes, and were largely associated with decreased sky availability.
This result is slightly higher than proportions obtained in other habitats (30.2% in
farmland (Dennis et al. 2010); 31% in boreal forests (Dussault et al. 1999); and 31.4%
in mountainous habitat (Jiang et al. 2008)), and is a reflection of satellite geometry and
number of satellites available (e.g. Rempel et al. 1995; Edenius 1997; Lewis et al.
2007). In less built-up habitats, poor satellite configurations are associated with reduced
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
85
sky availability caused by dense canopy cover, high terrain, or physical objects
masking the sky (Moen et al. 1996; Rempel & Rodgers 1997; Hulbert & French 2001;
Stokely 2005; Zweifel-Schielly & Suter 2007). Differences in these environmental
conditions, which influence the number of satellites available to the GPS device, will
also result in differences in the precision of acquired 3-D fixes (Moen et al. 1996; Recio
et al. 2011). In the suburban environment, poor satellite configurations due to reduced
sky availability are likely to be associated with vegetation cover within individual
gardens, particularly in areas containing large proportions of complex, mature
vegetation, especially tall trees (i.e. Res 1). However, the results also indicate that
accurate positional fixes can be obtained for large HDOP values and for 2-D fixes.
Therefore, by using traditional filtering methods, such as discarding 2-D fixes (D'Eon et
al. 2002) or fixes with an associated HDOP ≥ 9 (e.g. Lewis et al. 2007), accurate
locations will also be discarded. Additionally, the removal of all 2-D fixes can reduce
the dataset significantly. Accurate fixes were also discarded when using these filters in
this study, and therefore it is recommended to utilise more recent filtering approaches,
which incorporate species-specific assumptions regarding unrealistic speeds and
distances travelled between consecutive locations (Bjorneraas et al. 2010) to filter
collected datasets from suburban environments (see Chapter IV).
Distance to buildings was not an important predictor variable affecting the FSR or LE
in this study, which did not support the hypothesis. This finding is similar to results
from Rose et al. (2005) who documented that LE decreased significantly in an area with
high storage buildings, but was similar in all other urban locations tested. They also
found that FSR decreased as the amount of open sky decreased (Rose et al. 2005),
although there was no mention of whether sky obstruction was due to building presence
or vegetation. Therefore, the non-significant result reported in this study may be a
reflection of the density and height of the surrounding buildings. This research was
performed in private gardens of low-rise suburban areas of the city (i.e. one to two
storey buildings) as these areas typically make up a large proportion of urban
landscapes: 36% of the urban landscape in Dunedin is residential, which is mostly
comprised of one or two storey housing (Mathieu et al. 2007). Additionally, it was
performed in suburban areas as possums were known to be distributed throughout these
areas (see Chapter II) and in a subsequent study possums were trapped within
residential gardens to determine their use of these habitats (see Chapter IV). The low
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
86
heights of buildings within these suburbs may not be high enough to reflect or block
satellite signals. The opposite may be true for high-rise areas of the city, for example
the Central Business District (CBD) and/or industrial sectors, which contain a greater
proportion of tall buildings.
3.4.1 Limitations
This study evaluated only stationary lightweight GPS collars and did not incorporate
the impact that animal behaviour and movement might have on FSR and LE values.
Signal acquisition of collars has been shown to be affected by animal behaviour and
body position in that different activities, particularly denning and foraging, can result in
the orientation of the antennae being horizontal relative to the sky, leading to lower
FSRs and number of 3-D fixes (D'Eon & Delparte 2005; Augustine et al. 2011). For
example, D’Eon (2003) reported that the main source of lost data (i.e. a low FSR) is
associated with animal activity, while Lewis et al. (2007) reported a reduction of 11%
in the FSR when collars were deployed on live animals. However, in stationary tests the
antenna is always directly vertical to the sky, maximising signal reception, as antennae
on collars are designed in an upright position to optimise signal acquisition (Moen et al.
1996; Moen et al. 1997; Dussault et al. 1999; Bowman et al. 2000; D'Eon & Delparte
2005; Graves & Waller 2006).
Researchers should therefore consider the behaviour of their study species as well as
environmental and technical factors when evaluating the performance of their collars in
the field. In particular, smaller animals have more opportunities to utilise areas which
decrease sky visibility, such as tree hollows, which can influence the probability of
missed or inaccurate fixes (Dennis et al. 2010). Possums forage both vertically and
horizontally, which may affect the FSR and LEs: these are likely to improve with
increased positional height in trees due to fewer layers of vegetation blocking
acquisition of satellite signals. By evaluating collar performance close to the ground, I
was taking a conservative approach in calculating collar error, as error is expected to be
greater at ground-level due to canopy cover. Additionally, animal behaviour can affect
the type of positional fix acquired (i.e. 2-D or 3-D fixes, with denning and foraging
behaviours having the potential to increase the number of 2-D fixes). This can result in
a large proportion of the dataset being removed if all 2-D fixes or fixes with an
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
87
associated HDOP ≥ 9 are filtered out. Therefore, I recommend the use of filtering
datasets based on recently developed filters that incorporate species-specific movement
information (Bjorneraas et al. 2010).
While this study did not evaluate the performance of GPS collars on live possums, the
stationary test evaluated the error associated with lightweight collars within a built-up
suburban environment allowing examination of how vegetation characteristics of
private gardens and proximity of buildings associated with suburban habitats influence
collar performance for subsequent resource selection analyses (see Chapter IV).
Additionally, by developing an error estimate independent of animal behaviour for
suburban environments, these results have a general applicability for use in other
studies conducted in similar environments.
3.4.2 Management implications
Determining the performance and accuracy of GPS collars in a study location is
important for making accurate conclusions from the spatial data and appropriate
decisions regarding species and habitat management. A relatively large LE was found
to be associated with lightweight GPS collars within suburban habitats. LE of this size
is less important for determining home range sizes, but is likely to have significant
impacts on habitat and resource selection analyses, and should be accommodated
through the use of buffers reflecting habitat-specific LEs around each positional fix. It
is recommended that a 24 m buffer be utilised around collected positional fixes for
habitat and resource selection studies within suburban habitats. However, because
urban environments are highly heterogeneous at a fine scale, large buffers around
collected fixes based on large LEs can include multiple habitats or resources, and it can
be difficult to accurately identify which habitats and/or resources animals are using.
Additionally, overlapping buffers, due to their large size, can be problematic when
trying to differentiate the predictive landscape features of available and used areas
(White et al. 2005). Unless the error of GPS devices can be reduced through better
technology, these results suggest that conclusions about resource and habitat selection
in heterogeneous suburban environments should be made with caution. I therefore
recommend that researchers in urban environments should consider analysing GPS data
using other recently developed techniques that are not reliant on buffer sizes, such as
Chapter III: Lightweight GPS collar validation
88
mechanistic modelling employing Brownian bridges (Horne et al. 2007; Sawyer et al.
2009). These methods are not reliant on buffer sizes, but instead incorporate the
location error directly into the analysis (see Chapter IV; Horne et al. 2007).
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
89
Chapter IV:
4 Understanding home range behaviour and
resource selection of invasive common
brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) in
urban environments
A sedated possum having just been GPS collared in an urban garden, Dunedin.
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
90
4.1 Introduction
Home ranges, spatial distribution, and behaviour of animals within an environment are
rarely random. Instead, space use, distribution, and resource selection of animals are
affected by their age and sex (Harris et al. 1990; Laver & Kelly 2008), foraging strategy
(Robinson & Holmes 1982; Turchin 1991), reproductive status (San Jose & Lovari
1998; Ciuti et al. 2006), local availability of resources (e.g. mates, food, shelter;
MacArthur 1972; Ostfeld & Keesing 2000; Ganzhorn 2002), intra- and inter-specific
competition and interactions (Rosenzweig 1991; Hughes et al. 1994; Blackie et al.
2011), predation risk (Ferguson et al. 1988; Lima & Dill 1990; Hughes et al. 1994), and
population density (Manly et al. 2002). Habitat configuration and composition also
impact these characteristics (Manly et al. 2002; Gillies & St Clair 2010).
Urban landscapes have traditionally been regarded as unsuitable for native wildlife
species to persist in (McKinney 2002, 2006). Yet, urban habitats, which continue to
expand globally, are now recognised as having the ability to support significant
populations of both native and exotic wildlife (e.g. McKinney 2002; Ditchkoff et al.
2006; Pickett et al. 2008; van Heezik et al. 2008a). Successful urban species are
typically sufficiently tolerant of human disturbance, opportunistic, and behaviourally
flexible to exploit resources within these highly fragmented and modified habitats.
These characteristics also describe invasive species (McKinney 2002; Wandeler et al.
2003; McKinney 2006). However, in order to meet their life-history requirements,
populations within urban areas often behave and use space differently compared to
populations within their natural ranges due to differences in the spatial distribution of
resources (Marzluff et al. 2001; Ditchkoff et al. 2006; Baker & Harris 2007). For
example, urban racoons (Procyon lotor) display an aggregated distribution in urban
landscapes in response to the distribution and availability of food items, unlike in rural
habitats where resources, and thus spatial distribution of individuals, are more spread
out (Prange et al. 2004). Additionally, due to the availability of artificial food sources,
mammalian species in urban areas often have smaller home ranges and greater
population densities (Smith & Engeman 2002; Prange et al. 2004).
Research on the spatial ecology of invasive species in urban environments is largely
lacking, as management of invasive species has mostly been a rural or forestry issue
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
91
(Nogales et al. 2004; Clout & Russell 2006). However, controlling exotic species is
becoming an issue within urban areas due to the negative impacts they exert on
biodiversity, the environment, and humans. For example, urban foxes (Vulpes vulpes)
in European cities carry a zoonotic risk, rabies (Wandeler et al. 2003), while invasive
common house geckos (Hemidactylus frenatus) out-compete native mourning geckos
(Lepidodactylus lugubris) resulting in population declines (Petren & Case 1996). An
understanding of the spatial cognition map that animals continuously update with
respect to the distribution of required resources (i.e. their home range; Powell &
Mitchell 2012) is necessary to inform the management of populations of invasive
species, including optimal device (traps, baits) placement, and optimal timing, duration,
and frequency of control operations to prevent re-invasion (Norbury et al. 1998; Cowan
& Clout 2000; Cameron et al. 2005).
Recent developments in GPS technology have lead to the use of GPS telemetry to
collect data required to analyse animal movements and resource selection at a fine-
scale. Advantages of GPS telemetry enables the continuous collection of location data
from free-living animals over great distances and periods of time (see Chapter I for
detailed explanations; Rodgers et al. 1996; Manly et al. 2002; Hebblewhite & Haydon
2010), which can be used to calculate the size, shape, and structure of home ranges and
core areas of activity, as well as analysing movement patterns and resource selection
(Harris et al. 1990; Kernohan et al. 2001). This spatial information can then be used to
inform decisions regarding species management (Harris et al. 1990), to optimise both
conservation and control initiatives. Location data have previously been analysed using
resource selection functions (RSFs) which compare the use and availability of different
resources within an animal’s home range (Erickson et al. 2001; Manly et al. 2002). The
creation of RSFs is based on the assumption that the quality of the habitat is correlated
positively with the probability the animal or species will occur there (Gibson et al.
2004) and distinguish resources that are being disproportionately used compared to
their availability. However, habitat availability is subjective to what the researcher
decides is available to the animal, but which may in fact not be available for the animal
to reach or use (White & Garrott 1990). Defining availability proves to be even more
difficult in urban landscapes due to the highly heterogeneous nature of the landscape
(Marks & Bloomfield 2006). Calculation of RSFs do not directly incorporate telemetry
error into the analysis, which can result in misclassification of habitat, especially in
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
92
heterogeneous habitats, and thus can produce erroneous conclusions about habitat
selection resulting in inappropriate management decisions (Withey et al. 2001;
Millspaugh et al. 2006). It is possible to account for error in RSFs in the form of
buffers, but buffers can be quite large and include numerous habitat types making it
difficult to accurately determine which habitat or resources are being selected by the
animal. The application of buffers is particularly challenging in urban landscapes,
which are very patchy in terms of resources and habitat types. Additionally, RSFs
provide no indication of the intensity of space use by the animal (Manly et al. 2002;
Marzluff et al. 2004). To improve on this, utilisation distributions (UDs) can be
employed, which incorporate the likelihood of occurrence at each location within a
home range, creating a probability density function (PDF) which quantifies the relative
use of space (Van Winkle 1975; Silverman 1986; Kernohan et al. 2001). Habitat
variables can then be related to the intensity of animal use at a location (height of the
UD which corresponds to relative use x 100) through multiple regression using
resource utilisation functions (RUFs; Marzluff et al. 2004; Millspaugh et al. 2006).
A relatively recent approach to UD estimation is the mechanistic Brownian bridge
method, which is recommended when analysing serially correlated GPS locations (see
Chapter III; Bullard 1999; Horne et al. 2007). The Brownian bridge movement model
(BBMM) is a ‘continuous-time stochastic movement model’ that estimates the
probability of use within a home range from time-specific GPS data, while accounting
for the uncertainty of movement between locations (Horne et al. 2007; Lewis et al.
2007; Sawyer et al. 2009). The UD created by the BBMM is reliant on GPS data
collected at relatively frequent intervals, knowledge of the location error associated
with the collected GPS fixes, and an estimate of the animal’s average mobility rate as
described by the Brownian motion variance (BMV) parameter, σ2
m (Horne et al. 2007).
The BBMM approach coupled with RUFs have several advantages over traditional
RSFs: (1) by incorporating location error into the analysis, BBMMs produce more
robust results, which is particularly desirable for heterogeneous environments (Horne et
al. 2007); (2) the UD is estimated based on an individual’s movement trajectory instead
of collected point locations (Kranstauber et al. 2012); (3) creation of UDs through
Brownian bridges is thought to be more appropriate when relatively frequent intervals
are used to collect GPS data and when investigating resource selection of species that
exhibit small home ranges (Horne et al. 2007; Long et al. 2009); (4) spatial
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
93
autocorrelation in the UD is accounted for in RUFs (Marzluff et al. 2004; Long et al.
2009; Kranstauber et al. 2012); and (5) RUFs produce both individual and population-
level models allowing investigation of individual variation in resource selection
(Marzluff et al. 2004).
The possum is an example of a behaviourally flexible, opportunistic, invasive species in
New Zealand. Possums pose a significant threat to New Zealand’s native fauna and
flora, as well as to agricultural and forestry industries (see Chapter I). Consequently,
research on the spatial ecology of possums has largely been concentrated in forest
(Clout & Gaze 1984; Ward 1985; Green & Coleman 1986; Blackie 2004) and rural
(Jolly 1976; Brockie et al. 1997; Blackie 2004) environments in an attempt to control
and mitigate the negative impacts of this invasive species. However, possums are also
well established in urban habitats, both in Australia (Statham & Statham 1997; Harper
2005; Harper et al. 2008) and New Zealand (see Chapter II; Adams et al. 2013). Yet,
given that their native habitat is forest, it is not clear whether possums can survive
purely in residential gardens (i.e. independently of forest fragments). Currently, control
within urban areas of New Zealand is largely targeted at remnant forest fragments. Yet
the behavioural flexibility and opportunistic diet of possums enables them to occupy a
wide range of urban habitats, where they have the potential to serve as a source of
reinvasion for surrounding controlled rural and forested habitats. Possums also have
negative impacts on native biodiversity, which are likely to extend to populations
inhabiting urban environments. Control of possums within the urban environment is
necessary and should benefit from an increased knowledge of their spatial ecology and
behaviour obtained through more efficient data collection and improved
methodological technologies.
This research used GPS and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) technologies to
investigate the spatial ecology and identify key habitat requirements of possums at a
fine-scale in urban areas, aiming to inform the urban management of possums in New
Zealand. Specifically, information will inform the Otago Peninsula Biodiversity
Group’s (OPBG) strategy to control possum numbers on the Otago Peninsula to help
prevent reinvasion of possums from adjoining urban areas through the establishment of
an urban buffer zone (see Appendix 2). In this study, parameters hypothesised to
influence possum habitat use and/or distribution included urban habitat cover, distance
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
94
to nearest forest fragment, distance to nearest road, and habitat patchiness (i.e. the
number of different habitat types within a sampled area where a single habitat type
represents continuous habitat). It was hypothesised that: (1) home ranges of possums
within urban areas would be larger than those in forest or rural habitats due to the
irregular spatial distribution of resources in the heterogeneous urban landscape,
especially well-established, intact stands of vegetation which possums use extensively
to forage and den in. This is because the patchy nature of the urban environment would
require individuals to travel further to locate such resources, such as has been
documented in dryland ecosystems (Glen et al. 2012); (2) within individual urban home
ranges, possums would select habitats composed mainly of remnant forest fragments or
residential areas with large, structurally-complex gardens (Res 1 and Res 2) due to the
availability of plant material utilised as a food source and den sites; (3) possums would
avoid residential habitats which lacked structurally-diverse vegetation (Res 3); (4)
possums would not establish home ranges independently of forest fragments within the
urban environment due to irregular resource distribution within other urban habitat
types, particularly large stands of trees which are the primary source of dens and food
for possums; (5) possums would avoid roads which incur a high mortality risk; and (6)
possums would prefer continuous habitat rather than patchy/edge habitats due to the
irregular distribution of resources, especially large stands of trees and structurally-
complex vegetation which are used as dens and their primary food source, within urban
environments.
4.2 Methods
4.2.1 Study area
Field work was conducted in residential gardens within the city boundaries of Dunedin,
New Zealand (NZ; 45°52´S, 170°30´E) to determine if possums can live in residential
gardens independent of forest fragments. Urban properties range from large,
structurally-complex gardens through to small, simple flowerbeds or lawns (see
Chapter II for habitat descriptions). Vegetation composition and structure within these
gardens is heterogeneous and extremely variable in composition and structure and
includes native and exotic tree and shrub species, fruit trees, vegetable gardens, and
lawns. Trapping locations were attained from responses to advertisements placed in the
local newspapers (The Star and Otago Daily Times) and the University of Otago
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
95
fortnightly bulletin (Otago Bulletin) requesting notification of possum presence in
private gardens, as recommended by Harper (2005). Trapping was primarily
concentrated in the residential suburbs at the base of the Otago Peninsula as this area is
intended to be the location of the OPBG’s urban buffer zone (see Appendix 2), as well
as in city suburbs that were purely residential, to avoid trapping possums on the edges
of forest fragments: in this way it would be possible to evaluate whether urban possums
can live independently of forest fragments. All field work was completed under animal
ethics approval AEC D38/09.
4.2.2 Possum trapping and handling
At each trapping location, two collapsible mesh-wire cage traps (Grieve Wrought Iron,
Christchurch) were left tied open for a week with apples and Ferafeed pellets
(Connovation, New Zealand, http://www.connovation.co.nz), designed as a pre-feed for
possums, scattered in and around traps allowing possums to become accustomed to
them so as to increase subsequent capture rates. Traps were then set using apples as
bait, while lures included pre-feed pellets scattered at the front of the traps and a flour
and icing sugar blaze (5:1 ratio) smeared on tree trunks above traps. Live trapping
occurred on two occasions: September 2010 through to February 2011 and September
2011 to December 2011 to increase sample sizes, as urban possums were more difficult
to re-trap than rural possums (this resulted in some collars remaining on possums for up
to four months after the GPS battery had been depleted). Trapping occurred in spring
and summer, as more favourable weather conditions increase the likelihood of possums
being active every night, and spring coincides with greater possum movements and so
maximum estimates of home ranges would be obtained (Cowan & Clout 2000). For
accurate estimation of home ranges, it is suggested that at least 20 animals are required,
with a minimum of 50 locations acquired for each individual (Otis & White 1999;
Seaman et al. 1999; Garton et al. 2001; Millspaugh et al. 2006). Within a small time
frame of a week, Blackie (2004) revealed that a minimum of 40 GPS locations per
possum are sufficient to determine a stable home range.
On capture, possums were anaesthetised with an intramuscular injection of 0.3 - 0.9 ml
of ketamine (100 mg ml-1
) and 0.5 - 1.0 ml of Domitor (Medetomidine hydrochloride, 1
mg ml-1
), dependent on assessment of individual weights. Once sedated, possums were
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
96
weighed and an evaluation of sex, age (juvenile, young adult, adult) via tooth wear
following Winter’s (1980) diagrams, and health status was completed. Adult possums
weighing greater than 2.5 kg were fitted with a 120 g Wildlife GPS datalogger collar
(Sirtrack electronics, Havelock North, New Zealand, http://www.sirtrack.com) in
accordance to the requirement that collars weigh less than 5% of an animal’s body mass
(Animal Care and Use Committee 1998). GPS collars were equipped with a 12-channel
GPS receiver Trimble iQ. Collared possums were made identifiable by ear-tagging
(Web Ear Tags #3, Department of Conservation, New Zealand). An intramuscular
injection of 0.5 - 1.0 ml of Antisedan (Atipamezone hydrochloride, 5 mg ml-1
) reversed
the effect of the Domitor.
Collars were programmed to acquire and store the spatial location (longitude and
latitude), date, time, quality of the locational fix (horizontal dilution of precision,
HDOP), and number of satellites present at 15 minute intervals. This enabled data to be
collected across seven to twelve consecutive days. Additionally, collars contained a
VHF (Very High Frequency) transmitter enabling the use of radio-telemetry to locate
den sites every second day to investigate the types of dens being utilised in the urban
environment. After 14 days, re-capturing of possums began via the use of Timms
possum kill traps (KBL Rotational Moulders, Palmerston North, New Zealand,
http://www.kbl.co.nz) or with the assistance of a Dunedin City Council Pest Manager if
possums proved elusive due to trap shyness. Kill traps were baited with apple, while
pre-feed pellets and a flour and icing sugar blaze acted as lures. Additional lures were
used for elusive possums including aniseed, cinnamon, rose, and/or eucalyptus oils,
curry powder, ferafeed smooth in a tube paste (Connovation, New Zealand,
http://www.connovation.co.nz), and Lanes Ace possum lure composed of secretions
from possum glands (http://www.lanesacelures.co.nz).
4.2.3 Data filtering
Upon collar retrieval, GPS data were screened to remove daytime fixes, which are
representative of den sites, since only locations collected while possums were active
were required. Additionally, the data were filtered to remove positional fixes with low
accuracy. Traditionally, filters based on the HDOP values have been implemented
(Lewis et al. 2007), but a large proportion of accurate fixes have been shown to be
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
97
removed using this method (see Chapter III; Lewis et al. 2007; Dennis et al. 2010;
Recio et al. 2011). Therefore, the positional fixes were filtered using a non-movement
method which removes locations based on species-specific assumptions of how the
species typically moves: locations requiring unrealistic speeds and distances travelled
between consecutive fixes were identified and removed (Bjorneraas et al. 2010). This
approach applies two filters to remove outlier and unrealistic locations using a moving
window encompassing the four previous and four consecutive locations to each
collected location. It then determines whether the distance of the location to the
previous point exceeds first the median and then the mean distance of each of the steps
taken along the moving window. Firstly, to remove large errors based on knowledge of
possum behaviour (careful, deliberate climbers; McKay & Winter 1989), fixes were
discarded if they were farther away than preset distances which were deemed not
possible for possums to travel during the programmed fix interval (15 min). A lower
distance threshold filter was then applied using the mean distance of locations. If a fix
was located farther than the preset distances for the median (23 m/min (345 m in 15
min; which corresponded with the 99.9th percentile of data from collared possums in
this study)) and mean (9 m/min (135 m in 15 min; which corresponded with the 99.4th
percentile)), then the fix was removed. A third filter was applied to remove spike
locations, which represent individuals travelling at high speeds to a location and
returning back to the area of the original location (speed-angle filter). The speed-angle
thresholds were set to 6 m/min (90 m in 15 min) and 160°. The latter value corresponds
with a notable increase in angle frequency compared to frequencies of any other angle
value within the dataset, as in GPS telemetry, an excess of angles near 180° are likely
to be locational errors rather than animal movement (Hurford 2009). Missing fixes can
be ignored in this filtering approach due to using speed and turning angle estimates
(Bjorneraas et al. 2010). Filtering reduced the original data set by 5%, giving an
average of 185 fixes per possum (SE ± 15.4 fixes; range: 57 – 321). Filtered GPS data
were plotted onto the urban Dunedin habitat map (Freeman & Buck 2003) for visual
inspection within ArcGIS 9.2 (ESRI 2009).
4.2.4 Home range estimations and habitat use
To identify whether home ranges of the possums were fully revealed, incremental
analyses were performed in Ranges 8.0 (Kenward et al. 2008), where the presence of an
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
98
asymptote indicates the number of locations required to describe a home range (Harris
et al. 1990). All but one possum exhibited an asymptote; one female showed signs of
reaching an asymptote and had a home range size similar to the sizes of other females
in this study (Appendix 3). Thus all possums were included in analyses.
Two techniques were used to estimate home ranges of possums: the 100% minimum
convex polygon (MCP) method and Brownian bridges. The use of MCPs was primarily
to allow comparisons with previous studies investigating home ranges of possums that
have been calculated using MCPs (Harris et al. 1990). MCPs have been frequently used
due to their ease of calculation, where a MCP is established around all the collected
locations of an animal to determine home range size (Mohr & Stumpf 1966; Harris et
al. 1990; Seaman et al. 1999). Possum MCPs were constructed in the “adehabitat”
package (Calenge 2006) in R version 14.1 (R Development Core Team 2011).
The disadvantages of MCPs (potential to include large areas which are seldom used due
to the sensitivity of MCPs to outer locations and no indication of the intensity of use;
Harris et al. 1990) can be overcome by employing probabilistic methods. Brownian
bridges were selected for their ability to provide more reliable estimates of home ranges
and provide information about the intensity of space use throughout the home range.
The Brownian bridge movement model (BBMM) was used to create a 95% UD for
individual possums to investigate home ranges and resource selection in an urban
environment. The BBMM requires a sequence of time-specific location data, the
estimated location error of the GPS data, and the cell size of the output UD grid (Horne
et al. 2007; Sawyer et al. 2009). The location error (30 m) was determined from
stationary tests of the collars (see Chapter III). The BMV uses the numbered GPS
points to construct Brownian bridges between any two locations (Horne et al. 2007). By
maximising the likelihood of obtaining the Brownian bridges between the odd-
numbered locations, which are assumed to be independent from the Brownian bridges
between the even-numbered locations, the BMV can be estimated (Horne et al. 2007).
The BBMM assumes that the location errors have a bivariate normal distribution, which
was upheld in this study, and random animal movement between consecutive locations
(Horne et al. 2007). As time between consecutive locations increases, the more likely
that the assumption of animals moving randomly is violated (Horne et al. 2007).
However, as locations in this study were only 15 minutes apart, and Horne et al. (2007)
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
99
and Sawyer et al. (2009) successively applied the BBMM to location data collected at 7
hour and 2.5 hour intervals respectively, this assumption was considered reasonable.
The 95% UDs were calculated using the “BBMM” package (Nielsen et al. 2011) in R
version 14.1 (R Development Core Team 2011), with a cell size of 10 m x 10 m
suitable to enable extraction of landscape variables but which did not create a huge
raster surface as large datasets can cause problems in the models.
The probabilities of the UD were then regressed against a set of environmental
variables to determine resource selection: (1) six urban habitat types (Res 1, Res 2, Res
3, forest fragments, amenity, and other (all other habitat types present in the study
area); see Chapter II for habitat descriptions); (2) distance to the nearest road, (3)
distance to the nearest forest fragment, and (4) landscape richness (the number of
habitat categories present in a sampled area as an indication of continuous or patchy
landscape). To obtain habitat values, an urban habitat map (Freeman & Buck 2003) was
converted into a series of habitat raster layers, with a 2 m x 2 m cell size, using the
Spatial Analyst FocalMean function. Distance to roads and to the nearest forest
fragment rasters were calculated using the habitat map and the Spatial Analyst
Euclidean Distance function. A landscape richness raster was calculated using the
Spatial Analyst FocalVariety function. All calculations were conducted in ArcMap 9.2
(ESRI 2009). Habitat cover and landscape metrics were then measured in each 10 m x
10 m grid cell of the 95% UD using a moving-window approach with the Intersect
Point Tool in Hawth’s Tools v3.24 for ArcGIS (Beyer 2004). This extracted the relative
use of each cell and the measure of the associated variables for subsequent evaluation
of resource selection.
To assess resource selection (defined as the intensity of space use at each UD grid cell)
within individual home ranges (third-order selection; Johnson 1980), RUFs were
calculated for individual possums using multiple regression in the “ruf” package
(Marzluff et al. 2004; Millspaugh et al. 2006) in R version 14.1 (R Development Core
Team 2011). Predictor variables were tested for collinearity using a Spearman’s
pairwise correlation coefficient, with an |r| > 0.6 as a conservative cut-off value
(Hosmer & Lemeshow 2000), for each individual to avoid strongly correlated variables
within the same model. Each RUF produces unstandardised resource coefficients for
each habitat variable. Spatial autocorrelation is accounted for in the ‘ruf’’ package by
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
100
the application of a Matern correlation function, which is a function of distance
between pixels (Handcock & Stein 1993; Marzluff et al. 2004). The use of Matern
models in modelling of continuous spatial processes is increasing due to their capability
to encompass a large array of spatial dependencies and their flexibility (Handcock &
Stein 1993; Marzluff et al. 2004).
The population-level RUF was calculated by averaging the unstandardised coefficients
for each habitat variable and computing their variances according to Marzluff et al.
(2004; equation 2; see Appendix 4), which quantifies the uncertainty in the average
coefficient value for the animals in the study. Variables to remain in the final model
were determined using t-statistics (α ≤ 0.05) (Zar 1984; Long et al. 2009). The average
unstandardised coefficients of the significant habitat variables where used to map the
predicted probability of use by possums across the urban Dunedin landscape within
ArcGIS 9.2 (Marzluff et al. 2004; ESRI 2009; Kertson & Marzluff 2011).
Standardised partial regression coefficients for individual models were then calculated
according to Marzluff et al. (2004; equation 1; see Appendix 4). The standardised
coefficients for the significant habitat variables were averaged across individuals
enabling the importance of each variable to be ranked (Zar 1984; Marzluff et al. 2004;
Long et al. 2009). Conservative variance estimates for these average standardised
coefficients, including intra- and inter-animal variation, were calculated according to
Marzluff et al. (2004; equation 3; see Appendix 4). The standardised regression
coefficients were then used to construct 95% confidence intervals for each individual to
determine the number of possums whose use was significantly correlated with each
habitat variable (Marzluff et al. 2004; Kertson & Marzluff 2011).
The predictive ability of the model was evaluated using a previously collected dataset
from possums in the same urban environment (van Heezik et al., unpublished data).
Following the methods outlined in Howlin et al. (2003), the slope and R2 of the
regression were used to measure the model’s predictive ability. The number of
locations and predicted probability of use were extracted from 100 m x 100 m raster
cells (this size encompasses the location error both in residential habitats (see Chapter
III) and that obtained under forests; Recio et al. 2011) from the resulting predictive
map. The observed selection for each cell was calculated by dividing the number of
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
101
locations per cell by the total number of locations within the study area (Howlin et al.
2003). The expected values of selection for each cell (values from the map) were scaled
to sum to one. These data were grouped into five equally-sized bins based on the
percentiles of the estimated probabilities of use (24 values/bin; Howlin et al. 2003). The
observed and predicted selections of each bin were calculated by summing the
probabilities of use for all units per bin, respectively (Howlin et al. 2003). A simple
linear regression was used to compare the observed and predicted selection values to
determine the map’s predictive ability (Howlin et al. 2003). A model is considered to
have good predictive abilities if the regression slope is positive, with the 95%
confidence interval including 1 but excluding 0 (Johnson et al. 2000; Howlin et al.
2003). A positive or negative slope with 0 included in the confidence interval is
indicative of poor predictive abilities (Johnson et al. 2000; Howlin et al. 2003). Greater
predictive abilities are also associated with higher R2 values in regression (Howlin et al.
2003).
4.2.5 Core areas of activity
Compositional analyses were used to compare the habitat composition of the core areas
of activity (50% UD) to the habitats available within the 95% UD within individuals’
home ranges (Aebischer et al. 1993), as the sample unit in these analyses are the
individual animals rather than individual locations (Otis & White 1999). To determine
if possums displayed no selection for core habitat type (i.e. random habitat use),
weighted compositional analyses using Wilk’s lambda tests were applied for all
possums, and for female and male possums separately, by applying log-ratios between
available and used proportions of habitats (Aebischer et al. 1993; Otis & White 1999;
Millspaugh et al. 2006). Invalid log-ratio transformations were avoided by replacing
habitat proportions of zero with 0.001 (Aebischer et al. 1993). One individual, which
only used one habitat, was dropped from the analysis. Calculations were performed in
R version 14.1 (R Development Core Team 2011) in the “adehabitat” package using
1000 iterations (Aebischer et al. 1993; Calenge 2006).
4.3 Results
Thirty-two possums were trapped and collared throughout the combined study period,
giving a capture rate of 5% (n = 657 trap-nights). Data were successfully retrieved from
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
102
24 of the 32 possums fitted with a GPS collar; 8 males and 11 females in spring 2010,
and 3 males and 2 females in spring 2011. Data were recorded for 5 to 18 days ( x =
8.4; SE ± 0.6 days) before the GPS battery failed. There were no significant differences
in body weight between the sexes (Mann-Whitney U-test, U = 42, P = 0.08; Table 4.1).
The number of den sites recorded ranged between three and five for both sexes ( x =
3.5; SE ± 0.1), with there being no significant difference between sexes (Mann-
Whitney U-test, U = 50.5, P = 0.16). Den sites ranged from roofs of houses,
macrocarpa (Cupressus macrocarpa) hedges, burrows underneath woodpiles, hollows
within trees, and under or within muehlenbeckia (Muehlenbeckia genus) covered
shrubby thickets or gorse (Ulex europaeus).
Male possums travelled between 263 m and 1070 m per night ( x = 623 m; SE ± 77 m),
while female possums travelled between 229 m and 745 m per night ( x = 478 m; SE ±
48 m). Cumulative distances travelled per night by male possums were significantly
larger than distances travelled by females (Mann-Whitney U-test, U = 38, P = 0.05).
4.3.1 Home range sizes
Analysis of home ranges collected from the 24 possums showed a large variability in
size (Fig. 4.1; Table 4.1). The size of the home range area of the 100% MCPs ranged
from 0.77 ha to 10.78 ha ( x = 4.26 ha; median = 3.57 ha; SE ± 0.98 ha) for males, and
0.55 ha to 4.72 ha ( x = 1.53 ha; median = 0.94 ha; SE ± 0.35 ha) for females (Table
4.1). Home range sizes tended to be larger using the Brownian bridges UD approach,
which can be expected due to the inclusion of the location error surrounding the GPS
collars. The overall mean home range size for all possums was 3.54 ha (SE ± 0.45 ha),
compared with 2.78 ha (SE ± 0.55 ha) for MCPs. Males had significantly larger home
range sizes (Mann-Whitney U-test, U = 29, P = 0.01) than females (Table 4.1).
Examples of Brownian bridge home ranges are presented in Figure 4.2.
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
103
Figure 4.1: Habitat map of the urban Dunedin area (large frame) showing the
possum home ranges (black) in relation to forest fragments
(green), residential and built-up areas (dark grey), and
amenity/shrub/grasslands (light grey). White areas depict water
bodies. Some home ranges are overlapping.
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
104
Table 4.1: Home range and core area estimates for GPS tracked possums within an
urban environment, Dunedin, NZ, as determined by 100% minimum
convex polygons (MCP) and Brownian bridges (BB).
Home range (ha) Core area (ha)
Sex Body weight
(kg) No. of fixes
MCP
100% BB 95% BB 50%
F 2.5 231 1.15 1.68 0.35
F 3.6 187 1.62 2.48 0.66
F 2.6 187 0.65 1.48 0.41
F 2.7 240 0.84 1.72 0.41
F 3.3 182 1.58 3.17 1.00
F 2.5 145 4.72 4.51 0.70
F 4.0 267 0.55 1.21 0.34
F 2.8 79 0.85 2.02 0.58
F 3.3 217 1.65 2.50 0.48
F 2.8 143 3.62 5.04 1.42
F 3.9 64 0.94 2.38 0.68
F 3.4 321 0.88 1.57 0.35
F 3.9 173 0.82 1.74 0.45
Mean ± SE
(n = 13)
3.17
± 0.15
187.4
± 19.7
1.53
± 0.35
2.42
± 0.09
0.60
± 0.33
M 3.5 209 2.75 4.21 1.11
M 3.4 93 1.01 2.28 0.66
M 2.5 241 10.59 8.99 1.73
M 2.5 306 0.72 1.51 0.29
M 2.5 308 6.54 7.31 1.84
M 2.5 57 3.35 4.57 0.88
M 2.8 166 1.31 2.20 0.55
M 2.9 160 1.92 2.99 0.74
M 2.6 312 8.29 7.14 0.69
M 2.6 142 4.24 5.29 1.23
M 2.8 207 6.12 7.00 1.71
Mean ± SE
(n = 11)
2.80
± 0.11
200.1
± 24.06
4.26
± 0.98
4.86
± 0.75
1.04
± 0.16
All possums
Mean ± SE
(n = 24)
2.99
± 0.10
193.2
± 15.8
2.78
± 0.55
3.54
± 0.45
0.80
± 0.10
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
105
Figure 4.2: Home range size indicated by a 95% utilisation distribution
(superimposed over the urban habitat map) of (A) a female and (B)
a male possum within an urban environment, Dunedin, NZ,
generated using Brownian bridges. See Table 2.1 for descriptions of
habitat classes.
(B)
(A)
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
106
4.3.2 Resource selection within home ranges
The population-level RUF is presented in Table 4.2: two habitat variables (distance to
roads and landscape richness) were not statistically significant and were not included in
the final model. Individual possums varied considerably in their use of resources, with
the average absolute value of the standardised coefficients indicating the relative use of
each resource by all possums (Table 4.2). The highest ranking variable was forest
fragments, followed by Res 2, then distance from forest fragments (Table 4.2). Most
possums used forest fragments and Res 2 significantly, corresponding with the
importance of these variables in the RUF. The variables forest fragments and distance
to nearest forest fragment were correlated for 13 possums, thus data from only 11
possums were used to construct the coefficient estimate for distance to nearest forest
fragment. From these 11 individuals, nine possums significantly selected areas close to
forest fragments (Table 4.2). A similar number of possums significantly used and
avoided amenity and other habitat variables, whereas Res 1 was not significantly used
by many possums (Table 4.2).
Possum use of the different habitats can also be visualised by calculating the average
height of the UD (actual use; Marzluff et al. 2004) for each habitat type (Figs. 4.3, 4.4).
Only possums that had a given habitat type available within their home range were
included in this analysis (e.g. 18 possums had forest fragments within their home
range). Again, this shows that possums used forest fragments and residential areas with
vegetation present more than residential areas with structurally-simple gardens (Res 3;
possums did not use this habitat at all), or amenity/other habitats (Fig. 4.3). This overall
pattern was also evident when analysing the sexes separately (Fig. 4.4).
Due to the inclusion of inter-possum variation, the variation around the standardised
coefficients is larger than that for the unstandardised coefficients (Marzluff et al. 2004;
Table 4.2). Inter-possum variation is included in calculations as the use of particular
resources can vary between individual animals due to differences in behaviour and/or
other features within a landscape, and this enables inference from this study sample to
all possums in the population (Marzluff et al. 2004).
107
Table 4.2: Parameter coefficient estimates (β) and relative ranking of habitat variables for a population level
resource utilisation function (RUF) for possums (n = 24) across an urban environment, Dunedin, NZ.
No. possums with
use significantly
associated with
variable
Variable β SE
Standardised
β
Standardised
β SE + -
Relative
Rankb
Intercept 1.79 0.23
Forest fragment 0.002143 0.000483 0.00393 0.006582 15 3 1
Res 1 0.000633 0.000125 0.00080 0.000308 4 1 6
Res 2 0.001891 0.000462 0.00381 0.006539 18 3 2
Amenity 0.002926 0.001342 0.00360 0.005976 7 5 4
Other 0.005078 0.001895 0.00294 0.005873 4 3 5
Distance to Remnant -0.00158 0.000499 0.00362 0.001736 2 9 3
Distance to Roads NSa
Landscape Richness NSa
a NS: Not significant (p ≥ 0.05)
b Ranking based on absolute values of the standardised coefficients (β)
Chap
ter IV: S
patial eco
logy o
f urb
an p
ossu
ms
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
108
Figure 4.3: Mean use of habitat types (± SE) found within possum home ranges,
Dunedin, NZ. Numbers above means represent number of possums that
had each habitat type available within their home range.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Forest Fragment
Res 1 Res 2 Amenity Other
Me
an
use
(h
eig
ht
of
UD
)
Habitat Type
18 22
9 13
9
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
109
Figure 4.4: Mean use of habitat types (± SE) found within (A) female and (B)
male possum home ranges, Dunedin, NZ. Numbers above means
represent number of possums that had each habitat type available
within their home range.
The model validation showed that the RUF performed at an acceptable level of
prediction regarding possum resource selection across an urban environment (R2 = 80;
Slope = 0.19; 95% CI: 0.004, 0.11). An overall map representing the predicted
probability of possum use is shown in Figure 4.5, while Figure 4.6 compares the habitat
used with the predicted probability of use for two individuals, where the clusters of
observed GPS fixes match up with areas predicted to have a high probability of use.
-0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
Forest Fragment
Res 1 Res 2 Amenity Other Me
an
use
(h
eig
ht
of
UD
)
9
12
4
6
3
-0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
Forest Fragment
Res 1 Res 2 Amenity Other
Me
an
use
(h
eig
ht
of
UD
)
Habitat Type
9 10
5
7 6
(A)
(B)
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
110
Figure 4.5: Predicted probability of use by possums throughout urban Dunedin,
NZ, generated from a population-level resource utilisation function
(RUF).
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
111
Figure 4.6: Examples of the habitat classification (maps on the left) within the
home ranges of a (A) female and (B) male possum, and results of the
predicted relative probability of use based on a population-level
resource utilisation function (RUF; maps on the right), Dunedin, NZ.
See Table 2.1 for descriptions of habitat classes.
(B)
(A)
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
112
4.3.3 Core areas of activity
Core areas for male possums were significantly larger than those of females (Mann-
Whitney U-test, U = 32.5, P = 0.02; Table 4.1). The comparison between core area use
and overall habitat availability within home ranges showed that possums were not
selecting for certain habitat types within their core areas (i.e. no one habitat was
selected (random selection); λ = 0.83, χ2 = 4.47, p = 0.36 or p = 0.42 by randomisation),
with no overall significant differences occurring between utilised habitats. When
examining habitat and core use between sexes, females exhibited a non-random
selection of core areas (λ = 0.35, χ2 = 12.60, p = 0.01 or p = 0.05 by randomisation),
with the ranking matrix ranking habitat use within the core area as: Res 2 > forest
fragment > other > Res 1 > amenity. Males however exhibited a random selection of
core areas (λ = 0.56, χ2 = 6.38, p = 0.18 or p = 0.36 by randomisation). There was high
variability in the habitats contained within individual core areas: Res 2 was absent from
only three core areas compared to Res 1 habitat, which was present in only eight core
areas. Forest fragment habitat was present in most core areas (17 possums), while less
than half of the possums tracked contained amenity and other habitats within their core
areas. Differences between sexes could be related to the breeding season, where
females could be selecting for areas with ample resources to provide young, while it is
thought that males move around in search of females (Cowan & Clout 2000).
4.4 Discussion
In New Zealand, possums have successfully invaded diverse habitats including urban
landscapes, with behaviour, movement, and diet varying within each environment
(Nugent et al. 2000). Urban areas are a complex mosaic of habitat types providing a
range of resources for wildlife. Residential areas appear to provide sufficient resources
in the form of gardens and amenity playing fields to support a population of possums
independent of their traditional forest habitat, which is limited to urban forest
fragments. Possums are true urban adapters, in that they show behavioural flexibility
and opportunism in their ability to use resources that are closely associated with
humans in a highly modified landscape, and a high degree of tolerance to disturbance.
This study addressed the question of whether there are sufficient resources in these
areas, and in other urban green spaces, such as amenity playing fields, to support a
population of possums independent of the traditional forest habitat that can still be
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
113
found in urban forest fragments. This kind of information is necessary to ascertain the
extent of their potential impacts to native biodiversity and to effectively implement
control operations. GPS telemetry technology within urban environments has largely
had a conservation focus, where home range sizes and resource selection have been
examined to determine areas beneficial to the studied species. This study aimed to use
GPS telemetry, which has previously been applied to study the movements and habitat
selection of rural possums (Blackie 2004; Dennis et al. 2010), for the purpose of
investigating the spatial ecology of urban-based possums in an effort to optimise
possum control within a highly heterogonous, urban environment.
4.4.1 Home ranges
As in previous studies, home ranges of tracked possums varied among individuals and
between sexes. Male possums had larger home ranges and core areas than females
within the urban environment, which has been observed in both Australia and New
Zealand throughout a variety of different habitat types: native forests, pine plantations,
farmland, scrublands, dry grasslands, swamps, and urban areas (Table 4.3; Dunnet
1956; Winter 1963; Clout 1977; Warburton 1977; Ward 1978; Hocking 1981; Allen
1982; Triggs 1982; Green 1984; Kerle 1984; Green & Coleman 1986; Brockie et al.
1987; Statham & Statham 1997; Ball et al. 2005; Pech et al. 2010; Glen et al. 2012;
Rouco et al. 2013). Female possum home ranges were similar in size ( x = 1.53 ha) to
those in urban Australia ( x = 2.03 ha; Statham & Statham 1997; x = 1.02 ha; Harper
2005), but larger than females within urban/wooded grassland habitat (1.1 ha; Dunnet
1956). Male home ranges ( x = 4.28 ha) differed compared to range sizes within urban
Australia ( x = 8.61 ha; Statham & Statham 1997; x = 1.19 ha; Harper 2005), and were
larger than possum home ranges in urban/wooded grasslands ( x = 3.0 ha; Dunnet
1956). In New Zealand, males had larger urban home ranges than those in a modified
forest/urban environment ( x = 1.5 ha; Winter 1963), while female urban home ranges
were slightly smaller ( x = 2.7 ha; Winter 1963).
The hypothesis that purely-urban possums would have larger home ranges than in other
New Zealand environments due to the irregular distribution of natural resources was
not supported. Larger home ranges have been documented in dry grassland ecosystems
compared with forest systems due to den sites and food sources being sparsely
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
114
distributed in this environment (Glen et al. 2012). In this study, both sexes had
considerably smaller home ranges in the urban environment compared to other New
Zealand environments, including pasture/remnant forests (males: x = 30 ha; females:
x = 31 ha; Brockie et al. 1987), dry grasslands (36.19 – 54.07 ha; Rouco et al. 2013),
and podocarp-mixed broadleaf forests (males: 2.5 - 65 ha; females: 2.2 - 45.8 ha; Ward
1978; Green 1984; Green & Coleman 1986; Blackie et al. 2011), with the exception
being pine plantations (males: 0.4 - 1.4 ha; females: 0.2 - 1.4 ha; Table 4.3; Clout 1977;
Warburton 1977). However, urban home ranges for both sexes in this study were
comparable to the size of ranges of possums within Eucalyptus forests in Australia
(males: 1.1-8.3 ha; females: 0.9-6.5 ha; How 1981; Kerle 1984; Cowan & Clout 2000;
Table 4.3). Comparisons between studies must be treated cautiously as direct
comparisons and detailed analyses of possum home ranges is difficult because
estimates have been collected using a variety of methods across a variety of landscapes
(Table 4.3).
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
115
Table 4.3: Home range sizes of possums in different New Zealand and Australian
habitat types generated by a range of methods (T = trapping; R = radio-
tracking; G = GPS tracking; S = spotlighting). Based on the tables
produced in Cowan & Clout (2000) and Rouco et al. (2013). Where one
estimate is provided, home ranges were not examined separately for the
sexes.
Mean home
range (ha)
Habitat Female Male Method Reference
New
Zealand
Modified forest, urban 2.7 1.5 T Winter 1963
Pasture/scrub/remnant forest 0.9 1.4 R Paterson et al. 1995
Pasture/scrub/willows 31.0 29.9 R Brockie et al. 1987
Pasture/scrub/remnant forest 0.9 3.1 T Jolly 1976
Mixed farmland/Beech forest 6.0 R Ball et al. 2005
Drylands 3.3 7.1 R Glen et al. 2012
Grassland/shrubland 36.2 -54.1 T Rouco et al. 2012
Pine plantation 0.7 0.7 T Warburton 1977
Pine/scrub/forest areas 1.3 1.9 T Triggs 1982
Nothofagus forest 3.1 G Pech et al. 2010
Podocarp/broadleaf forest 0.5 G Blackie et al. 2011
Podocarp-mixed broadleaf forest 0.5 0.8 T+S+R Crawley 1973
Podocarp-mixed broadleaf forest 2.6 3.9 R Ward 1978
Podocarp-mixed broadleaf forest 18.3 24.6 R Green 1984
Green & Coleman
1986
Australia Urban 1.9 10.9 T+R
Statham & Statham
1997
Urban 1.02 1.2 R Harper 2005
Urban, wooded grassland 1.1 3.0 T Dunnet 1956
Eucalyptus woodland 0.9 1.1 T Kerle 1984
Open Eucalyptus forest 1.7 3.7 T Winter 1976
Eucalyptus forest 1.8 6.3 R Allen 1982
Eucalyptus forest 4.7 7.4 T How 1981
Eucalyptus rain forest 4.2 7.0 S Hocking 1981
Home ranges, spatial distribution, and behaviour of animals within an environment are
rarely random. In possums, population densities, age, female distribution, dominance
status, and predator densities have all been shown to influence possum home range
sizes (Cowan & Clout 2000; Efford 2000; Blackie 2004; Harper 2005; Blackie et al.
2011), and many of these factors will have been quite different between the different
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
116
landscapes studied. Resource availability throughout a landscape is thought to be a
main contributor to the differences in home range sizes between habitats (McNab 1963;
Krebs & Davies 1997; Borger et al. 2008), with larger ranges indicating that required
resources for that species are more patchily distributed throughout that environment,
e.g. in rural environments (Green & Coleman 1986; Cowan & Clout 2000). Possums
residing on the exterior of forests adjacent to pasture have larger home ranges as
individuals travel from the forest to exploit sought-after pastures and crops, resulting in
larger home ranges (Crawley 1973; Green 1984; Green & Coleman 1986; Blackie
2004). Although I expected home ranges to be relatively large in residential
environments because traditional resources are patchily and thinly distributed, the
smaller urban home ranges of possums in this study suggest that there are ample
resources at a fine-scale (e.g. supplementary food items and den sites; see Chapter II;
Harper 2005) that individuals can encounter and exploit, without travelling large
distances. In contrast, large home ranges would be expected if resources were sparse
and spread unevenly throughout urban habitats, resulting in larger movements of
possums to encounter and exploit sought-after resources.
Smaller home ranges compared to rural counterparts is also evident in other urban-
based mammalian species due to distribution of food and the ability of species to
exploit these often novel food sources (Tigas et al. 2002; Riley 2006; Baker et al. 2007;
Davison et al. 2009; Wright et al. 2012; Podgorski et al. 2013). Additionally, smaller
home ranges can be attributed to the generally constant food availability all year within
urban environments, compared to seasonal availability within other environments
(Podgorski et al. 2013). This may also explain the constant home range sizes of some
species across seasons (Gehrt et al. 2009). Home range sizes in this study were
relatively similar across all tracked individuals. However, some species can also exhibit
large variations in home range sizes within urban environments. For example, home
ranges of coyotes (Canius latrans) are twice the size in heavily developed areas
compared to those residing in less-developed urban areas (Gese et al. 2012), with some
individuals being completely reliant on natural habitat patches, while others are totally
independent (Gehrt et al. 2009).
Differences in radio-tracking methods can also influence home range sizes, which may
partly reflect the differences in home range size between studies (Table 4.3). Harper
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
117
(2005) reported this as a main factor contributing to size differences between their
findings and those of Statham & Statham (1997), both of which were conducted in
urban Australian environments. Seasonal differences, especially during the breeding
season where males tend to have the greatest movements (Cowan & Clout 2000), are
also known to affect home range sizes of possums, and can vary considerably compared
to their annual home range (Ward 1978). Home range size in this study should reflect
the maximal home range sizes because tracking coincided with the breeding season,
when possums are known to extend their home ranges (Paterson et al. 1995), but
comparisons with other studies should be made with caution.
Within the literature, there is considerable debate surrounding what is the most suitable
method for estimating home ranges (Laver & Kelly 2008). While MCPs are regarded as
facilitating comparisons between studies, caution must be applied when interpreting
results between different studies. Differences in tracking methodologies used and the
period over which data were collected between studies, as well as the algorithms
employed to calculate home ranges, can create significant variation in sizes between
studies (Lawson & Rodgers 1997; Cowan & Clout 2000; Blackie 2004). For example,
home ranges calculated using radio telemetry are generally much larger than ranges
generated from live-trapping (Ward 1984). The use of the two home range estimators in
this study generated different home range size estimates, although the variability
between individuals and sexes remained largely consistent, with the trend of smaller
female home ranges also being evident in other environments (Crawley 1973; Jolly
1976; Ward 1978; Clout & Gaze 1984; Green 1984; Blackie 2004). The larger home
ranges of males may be, at least partly, due to their polygynous mating system, where
movements are related to female distribution (Cowan & Clout 2000; Gerlach & Musolf
2000; Sarre et al. 2000; Taylor et al. 2000).
4.4.2 Habitat selection
The use of GPS data, in association with landscape covariates, has enabled the
identification of habitat features that influence possum movements and habitat selection
within the urban environment. Knowledge of resource selection in a species enables
predictions of space use to be generated across the entire landscape. Possums in non-
urban habitats do not use their home ranges uniformly, preferring micro-habitats that
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
118
offer better shelter and food resources (le Mar 2002; Blackie 2004), and urban possums
behaved similarly. Similar trends have also been found in urban-based species of
conservation concern. Many of these species, like possums, are primarily located in
natural fragments and tend to avoid heavily urbanised and populated areas (see Chapter
II; Kaneko et al. 2006; Riley 2006; Gehrt et al. 2009). Despite this, residential areas
have been shown to be preferred and used extensively by a variety of opportunistic
mammalian species, due to the provision of food and shelter, including badgers (Meles
meles; Davison et al. 2009), striped skunks (Mephitis mephitis; Rosatte et al. 2011),
coyotes (Tigas et al. 2002; Davison et al. 2009), bobcats (Lynx rufus; Tigas et al. 2002),
and red foxes (Baker et al. 2007).
As hypothesised, possums selected forest fragments within the urban environment, and
in Dunedin these fragments are dominated by native forest species. This preference
remains when analysing female and male possums separately, however standard errors
are quite large due to the small sample sizes and results must be treated with caution.
Selection for forest fragments is also observed in Australian urban areas, where
possums were most active within native Eucalypt forest remnants, but frequented
adjacent residential properties to exploit nutritious food sources (e.g. fruits, flowers,
vegetables, and human and pet food scraps; Harper 2005). Requirements for den sites,
which are most commonly tree hollows in Australia, and the availability of their main
dietary item (vegetation) are thought to drive this preference (le Mar 2002; Harper
2005; Harper et al. 2008). The preference for forest fragments in New Zealand may
also reflect the often greater nutritional value and palatability of New Zealand’s native
forest species compared to native forest species in Australia, especially Eucalyptus
species, which often have high toxicity levels and low nutritional value (Attiwill &
Leeper 1987; Brockie 1992; Clout & Erickson 2000; Cowan 2001).
Distance from forest fragments was also shown to be an important landscape feature
influencing possum habitat use (consistent with modelling in Chapter II). In this study,
possums were more likely to be found in habitats close to forest fragments: this
preference may reflect a strategy to reduce travel costs, which can involve risks
crossing roads, and most likely explains to some degree their selection of other habitats.
The use of other urban habitat types by possums may therefore be influenced by the
distance from forest fragments, with the possibility that areas closer to forest fragments
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
119
are considered as more “available” due to associated movement costs. For example, in
forest/rural habitats, a threshold distance has been reported for possums beyond which
it is not energetically advantageous for individuals to travel from forests into preferred
pasture habitats (Coleman et al. 1985).
For all possums, Res 2 was the second-most used urban habitat type in the RUF (this
trend also remained when analysing the sexes separately). Willingness to move out of
forest fragments and into residential gardens may reflect the constraints imposed by the
digestive system of possums. Due to a small body size and a largely fibrous diet,
individuals must supplement their diet of foliage with additional nutrient and energy-
rich food items (Evans 1992; Nugent et al. 2000; Kerle 2001). In New Zealand rural
areas, possums mostly eat foliage from canopy species and supplement this with items
such as fruits and flowers (Nugent et al. 2000). Within Australian urban areas, possums
are known to repeatedly visit residential gardens to exploit ornamental flowers and
shrubs, fruits, vegetables, and compost (Kerle 2001; Matthews et al. 2004; Harper
2005), and anecdotal accounts from property owners indicate that possums exploit
these resources within urban areas in New Zealand (also see Chapter II). The presence
of a range of plant composition and structure within gardens may also be promoting
possum use, as it provides food and shelter opportunities. The resources provided by
Res 2 habitat appeared to be adequate to support possums.
Despite being comprised of properties with large gardens containing mature,
structurally-complex vegetation, Res 1 habitat emerged as least selected by possums.
Res 1 areas form only a small proportion of the total amount of residential habitat in
Dunedin (11.6% of the residential area; see Chapter II), and are often situated close to
forest fragments. Only five possums were trapped in or near these areas, and of those
five, four showed a positive association with this habitat. A trapping bias towards Res 2
habitats was evident in this study: 19 of the 24 possums were trapped in Res 2 gardens.
This trapping bias could be obscuring use of Res 1 habitat by possums as
approximately half of Res 1 habitat is occupied by possums in Dunedin (Chapter II;
Adams et al. 2013).
Possums in this study did not use Res 3 habitat, which makes up 14.6% of the total
residential area, and is characterised by high housing densities and an absence of
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
120
mature, structurally-complex vegetation (i.e. trees, shrubs). I did not receive any
notifications from the public in Res 3 areas in response to advertisements. This finding
supports the distribution patterns of possums in the broader-scale site occupancy study
(see Chapter II). The absence of possums from Res 3 habitat indicates there were limits
to the ability of possums to exploit parts of the residential landscape. For example,
predation from dogs (Lepczyk et al. 2004; Ditchkoff et al. 2006), where assuming pet
ownership rates are constant across suburbs, density of pets will increase with increased
housing density, which holds true for cat ownership in Dunedin (van Heezik et al.
2010). Other limiting factors may include: lack of food and dens due to minimal
vegetation, little connectivity between forest fragments, pollutants (Ditchkoff et al.
2006), and increased noise (i.e. children, pets, traffic; Warren et al. 2006).
The degree to which amenity habitat was used depended on the presence of surrounding
vegetation: possums were less frequently associated with parks completely surrounded
by housing and/or roads than those surrounded by borders of complex vegetation (e.g.
large trees; see Chapter II). The high densities of possums found within Australian
urban parks are thought to be due to foraging opportunities from human food leftovers
and surrounding tree vegetation for food and dens (McDonald-Madden et al. 2000).
Possums in this study also showed some preference for the other habitat category, albeit
it was the least preferred habitat type in this study. This may be due to the types of
habitat constituting the category, including shrublands and grasslands, which provide
foraging and denning opportunities.
Six possums (four females and two males) had home ranges completely independent of
forest fragments, indicating that possums have the ability to live purely within
residential habitats. All six possums were limited to gardens containing mature,
structurally-complex vegetation, which provided opportunities for shelter, foraging, and
refugia from human disturbance and predators.
Contrary to expectations, roads were not avoided as hypothesised, despite the increased
probability of vehicles causing mortalities within urban areas (Forman & Alexander
1998). Possum non-avoidance of roads has been documented in other studies, even
though collisions with cars were the leading cause of mortality for urban possums in
Tasmania (Statham & Statham 1997). Road avoidance is also evident in other urban-
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
121
based species (e.g. Tigas et al. 2002; Baker et al. 2007). Continuous habitats were also
not preferred over patchy habitats as hypothesised. Utilisation of a mosaic of habitat
types (high landscape richness within home ranges) reflects the behavioural flexibility
of this species and their ability to exploit resources across the urban landscape (Statham
& Statham 1997; Harper 2005; Harper et al. 2008). Therefore, roads and habitat edges
do not appear to be barriers to possum movements throughout urban habitats.
The use of numerous types of habitats within core areas of individual home ranges in
relation to habitats available (no preference for certain habitats) may be attributable to
the high variability in the habitats contained within individual core areas, which is
probably a reflection of the behavioural flexibility of possums. Additionally, it may be
a function of the short time frame of data collection (average of 8.4 days). Core areas
may be shifting all the time depending on which den is being used (possums typically
have between five and ten den sites; Cowan 2005). The seemingly random preference
of core habitat types in this study, over this time frame, is likely to reflect the quantity
and quality of favourable resources within the differing urban habitats (Boyce &
McDonald 1999), with individuals establishing core areas where they can exploit the
most resources (e.g. dens, food).
4.4.3 Limitations
Conclusions in this study are inferred from possums tracked during one season, hence
seasonal variation was not considered. Additionally, because only five individuals were
tracked in the second year, all individuals were pooled for analyses. Therefore, inter-
annual variation was also not considered. The spatial ecology of possums may differ
between seasons and years in response to factors such as resource availability and
distribution, and population densities. Future research should extend on this study by
investigating how the spatial ecology and habitat selection of possums in urban
environments varies between seasons and years. Further improvements to the battery
life of GPS collars will also increase the amount of location data able to be collected.
A second limitation was the sample size. In this study, sample sizes were constrained
by two factors: the high costs of the GPS collars, which usually limits the number of
individuals able to be tracked (Garton et al. 2001), and the low trapping and re-trapping
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
122
success of possums. Additionally, the use of the collars was limited by the transmitter’s
battery life (average of 8.4 days). Future studies could investigate using longer periods
of time between fixes and programming the location acquisition schedule to switch off
during the day when possums are inactive. Both of these would result in a longer period
of time that data can be collected over, generating more representative results for home
range and selection analyses.
Another limitation was the broad habitat categories used, as determined by the scale of
the habitat map available. As a consequence, very fine-scale resource use of possums
was unable to be investigated within residential gardens. This limitation is evident in
other urban-based telemetry studies due to the heterogeneity of the urban landscape and
the difficulty of extracting fine-scale detail across the entire landscape (Marks &
Bloomfield 2006). Information at a very fine-scale would increase knowledge of the
resources being utilised by possums in gardens and thus help identify key habitat
features (such as the precise habitat and vegetation composition of properties) and
resources (such as specific plant species or presence of supplementary food sources)
influencing possum presence in residential habitats. This knowledge would then
enhance development of control strategies. This, however, can only be achieved with a
more detailed habitat map which, for example, could discriminate between vegetation
types within private gardens. However, GPS errors associated with such a
heterogeneous habitat can obscure information at this fine-scale, thus such analyses are
likely to be limited until further improvements are made to GPS receivers or to spatial
analysis methods.
4.4.4 Management implications
By gaining accurate information on the spatial ecology and habitat selection of invasive
species, more successful and cost-effective control strategies can be implemented
(Parkes & Murphy 2003; Blackie et al. 2011). Because impacts of urbanisation on
animal behaviour varies both between and within species, management decisions
surrounding urban populations should be based on information collected on the local
population within a study area (Davison et al. 2009). The types of habitats most
preferred by possums in this study (forest fragments and residential gardens containing
structurally-complex vegetation) are also associated with the highest densities and
Chapter IV: Spatial ecology of urban possums
123
species richness of native avian species (van Heezik et al. 2008a; van Heezik et al.
2010). Possums are likely to have similar negative impacts on these urban bird
populations as in their more traditional habitats. Due to their ability to establish home
ranges independently of forest fragments, these impacts have the potential to extend
across a large proportion of the city (see Chapter II). This has implications for control
efforts within urban areas, which are currently largely restricted to remnant fragments
or landowners undertaking trapping efforts in their own gardens. If control continues to
be directed solely at fragments, operations are likely to be unsuccessful, due to the
reinvasion potential from neighbouring residential areas, and will fail to protect wildlife
found outside fragments. Systematic control should therefore target both remnants and
residential areas containing mature, diverse vegetation. Additionally these findings
have important implications for the possum eradication occurring on the Otago
Peninsula, due to the large natural buffer at the base of the Otago Peninsula. The low
probability of possum presence in this area implies a low likelihood of possum
movement from the city suburbs to the suburbs at the base of the Otago Peninsula. It is
therefore likely that if appropriate trapping is aimed at habitats with high possum use,
the eradication of possums from the Otago Peninsula will have long-term success. To
further ensure the success of eradication programmes, the public should be informed
about the purpose of the control scheme. Community involvement is an important
component of the OPBG’s eradication initiative where they have encouraged
landowners to actively participate by trapping in their own backyards. Cities are the
ideal landscape to extend the successes of community-based control evident elsewhere,
which has the potential to enhance native biodiversity and human-wildlife experiences
within urban environments.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
124
Chapter V:
5 Identifying the genetic population structure of
an invasive pest species for control purposes
The interface between urban and rural habitats where an urban buffer zone will be
implemented at the base of the Otago Peninsula by the OPBG.
A refined version of this chapter has been submitted to Biological Invasions as:
Adams, A.L., van Heezik, Y., Dickinson, K.J.M., Robertson, B.C. (in submission).
Identifying eradication units in an invasive mammalian pest species.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
125
5.1 Introduction
Biological invasions of mammalian species are regarded as one of the major causes of
global biodiversity loss and environmental change (Vitousek et al. 1997; Clout 2002;
Courchamp et al. 2003; Jeschke 2008), and on islands they are a primary cause of
wildlife declines and extinctions (Courchamp & Sugihara 1999; Burbidge & Manly
2002; Courchamp et al. 2003). In order to mitigate the effects of mammalian invaders,
eradication (complete removal of a species from an area) or control (suppression of the
population number of a species to a low level) strategies are implemented to conserve
and restore natural ecosystems and wildlife (Myers et al. 2000). For example, various
worldwide offshore islands have either had all, or some of, the following species
eradicated: feral goats (Capra hircus), feral pigs (Sus scrofa), cats (Felis catus),
European rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus), Norway and/or black rats (Rattus norvegicus
and R. rattus), and house mice (Mus musculus) (Veitch & Bell 1990; Bell 2002;
Nogales et al. 2004; Campbell & Donlan 2005; Clout & Russell 2006; Howald et al.
2007; Donlan & Wilcox 2008; Howald et al. 2009; Oppel et al. 2010). Following
successful eradication of invasive mammals, populations of threatened native species
often recover (North et al. 1994; Towns et al. 2001; Jones et al. 2005; Smith et al.
2006), highlighting the conservation benefits of control efforts. However, control
initiatives are associated with significant economic and often ecological costs, and can
fail, especially if research on the ecology and behaviour of the target species is lacking
(Rodriguez et al. 2006; MacKay et al. 2007). Other causes for eradication failure
include: (1) poor planning and execution including inappropriate bait delivery, gaps in
application, and use of baits when food within the habitat is plentiful; (2) detection and
avoidance of eradication tools; (3) reinvasion from surrounding uncontrolled areas,
especially when trying to eradicate part of a sink population; and (4) eradication
methods cease before all individuals are killed, leaving survivors in the environment
(Myers et al. 2000; Clout & Russell 2006; Rodriguez et al. 2006; Abdelkrim et al.
2007; MacKay et al. 2007). For example, 7% of eradication programmes on New
Zealand offshore islands have resulted in failure (Courchamp et al. 2003) due to a
combination of these reasons. The probability of eradication failure can be reduced by
developing effective eradication or control initiatives by gaining an understanding of
the invasive species’ behaviour, spatial distribution, and population genetics (Hampton
et al. 2004; Gleeson et al. 2006; Bellingham et al. 2010; Towns et al. 2013).
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
126
A primary cause of eradication failure is the reinvasion of the controlled area by the
target species residing in neighbouring areas, or from adjacent islands and/or the
mainland via migration (Abdelkrim et al. 2005). Areas that are geographically close
enough and enable migration of the target species (i.e. populations that are not
genetically isolated) are known as “eradication units” (Robertson & Gemmell 2004).
Rapid recolonisation of the targeted area, and hence eradication failure, will occur if
eradication is directed at only part of the population within an eradication unit
(Robertson & Gemmell 2004). To ensure the long-term success of eradication
programmes, populations within defined eradication units must be eradicated at the
same time (Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim et al. 2005). Eradication units can
be identified by analysing the gene flow and subsequent genetic population structure of
a target species within a particular area of interest (Robertson & Gemmell 2004;
Abdelkrim et al. 2005).
Molecular genetics tools are increasingly being utilised to determine the genetic
population structure of target species (Balloux & Lugon-Moulin 2002; Manel et al.
2003; Gleeson et al. 2006; Frankham et al. 2010). These tools are used to infer gene
flow between geographic locations by revealing population dynamics more effectively
than direct observations (Hampton et al. 2004; Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim
et al. 2005; Rollins et al. 2006). Genetic similarity between geographically isolated
populations indicates significant levels of gene flow, while differentiation between
neighbouring populations implies low migration rates (Balloux & Lugon-Moulin 2002).
Information regarding gene flow can be used to identify possible reinvasion pathways
and thus potential for eradication failure, and to classify population units for
management and conservation (Neigel 1997; Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim
et al. 2005). Globally, arbitrary boundaries have been previously selected on the
mainland for both management and eradication schemes in the absence of knowledge
on the spatial and genetic structure of invasive populations which can increase chances
of eradication failure due to reinvasion potential from interconnected populations in
surrounding areas (Saunders & Bryant 1988; Brussard et al. 1998; Myers et al. 1998;
Saunders & Norton 2001; Abdelkrim et al. 2010; King et al. 2011). However, by
gaining an understanding of gene flow for a particular species within an area targeted
for eradication, reinvasion potential and pathways can be incorporated into subsequent
management decisions, maximising the probability of long-term eradication success.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
127
Due to the uniqueness of New Zealand’s native animals, there is a desire for New
Zealand to achieve a pest-free status in terms of invasive mammalian species
(Bellingham et al. 2010; Towns et al. 2013). As such, New Zealand is renowned as
being leaders in pest management and techniques, with over 250 eradications of
vertebrates having been attempted (Krajick 2005; Clout & Russell 2006; Rauzon 2007;
Towns et al. 2013). The ability to eradicate invasive mammals over larger areas and in
more complex ecosystems is likely to be achieved as management techniques improve
(Towns et al. 2013). Possums, one of New Zealand’s most damaging invasive pest
species, were deliberately introduced from both mainland Australian and Tasmanian
populations, and their spread around the country was assisted by extensive liberations
of New Zealand-bred possums (Pracy 1974; Triggs & Green 1989). Current possum
populations were founded by repeated introductions and liberations, which often
consisted of a small number of individuals at a time, and through natural expansion
(Pracy 1974; Clout & Erickson 2000; Cowan 2005). Established populations within
New Zealand exchange migrants, but this is limited by the geographic distance and
physical barriers between populations (Taylor et al. 2004). In Australia, possum
populations exhibit high levels of genetic variability both between and within
populations (Taylor & Cooper 1998; Clinchy et al. 2004), and this level of genetic
diversity has been retained in New Zealand possum populations (Taylor & Cooper
1998; Lam et al. 2000; Taylor et al. 2000; Clinchy et al. 2004; Taylor et al. 2004):
North and South Islands are slightly less genetically diverse than possums in Australia,
with South Island populations being less genetically differentiated, with a lower allelic
diversity than North Island populations (Triggs & Green 1989; Taylor et al. 2004). The
high levels of genetic variability reported in New Zealand possum populations may
therefore relate back to the multiple introductions of possums from several locations
within Australia (Taylor et al. 2004).
To date, molecular genetics have not been used to investigate connectivity between
possum populations to assist in developing possum eradication or control operations on
either islands or on the mainland, including urban areas, in New Zealand. By using
molecular genetics, genetic population structure at a local scale can be identified and
incorporated into area-specific management decisions, as the degree of genetic
differentiation between populations reflects the connectivity between populations. An
eradication programme targeting possums has been developed for the Otago Peninsula
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
128
(Dunedin, New Zealand) by the Otago Peninsula Biodiversity Group (OPBG), and is to
be implemented in sectors (see Appendix 2). The Otago Peninsula is linked to the
mainland at the base of the Otago Harbour with three potential dispersal pathways for
possum movement onto the Peninsula: (1) dispersal onto the Otago Peninsula through
the suburbs at the base of the Otago Harbour; (2) dispersal across the Otago Harbour
from Port Chalmers to Portobello via Quarantine Island; or (3) dispersal across the
Otago Harbour from Aramoana to Taiaroa Head (Fig. 5.1). This study examines the
population genetic structure of the invasive possum in and around Dunedin city and the
Otago Peninsula using genetic variation at twelve nuclear microsatellite loci to
determine whether potential dispersal pathways exist from mainland areas onto the
Otago Peninsula. As possums are reluctant swimmers (Cowan 2005; Cowan et al.
2007), it is hypothesised that only one reinvasion pathway onto the Otago Peninsula
would be evident: dispersal from the residential areas at the base of the Otago Harbour.
By identifying reinvasion pathways, this study aims to determine potential management
units to minimise the possibility of possum reinvasion onto the Otago Peninsula.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
129
Figure 5.1: Locations of the seven hypothesised possum populations around
Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula, NZ. Population codes are
defined in Table 5.3. Arrows and numbers depict the three possible
reinvasion pathways (see text).
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
130
5.2 Methods
5.2.1 Sampling
Possums were sampled from seven locations in and around Dunedin City and on the
Otago Peninsula (Aramoana (Aa), Port Chalmers (PC), City (Western suburbs in
relation to the Otago Harbour), Buffer Zone (BZ; suburbs bordering the rural habitat of
the Otago Peninsula where a buffer zone is proposed to be implemented and maintained
after possum eradication by the OPBG), Portobello (PB), Cape Saunders (CS), and
Taiaroa Head (TH); Fig. 5.1). Possums are able to swim, albeit reluctantly, generally
only entering water to avoid predators (Cowan 2005; Cowan et al. 2007), and therefore
all distances between populations assume no swimming unless stated otherwise.
Possums from Aa, PC, City, and BZ were trapped using Timms possum kill traps (KBL
Rotational Moulders, Palmerston North, New Zealand, http://www.kbl.co.nz) within
Dunedin City Council-operated forest fragments or within private gardens accessed
from responses to advertisements in newspapers and flyers (see Chapter IV). Adult
possums from the Otago Peninsula (PB, CS, TH) were supplied by the OPBG at the
same time my own trapping occurred. Sampling was restricted to adult possums, as
determined by body weight (greater than 2.5 kg) and tooth wear (Class 3 or higher;
Winter 1980; Cowan & White 1989), to provide a representation of the breeding
population within each sampling location due to the potentially large dispersal distances
of juvenile possums before establishing a home range (average dispersal distance is 5
km, which is less than the distances between sampling locations; Efford 1991; Cowan
& Rhodes 1993; Cowan et al. 1996; Cowan et al. 1997). Individuals were sexed where
possible, but this information was not available for samples collected from other
sources (i.e. farmers, the OPBG contractors). Genetic samples were obtained from 30
dead adult possums from each location (n = 210) by taking a small piece of ear tissue
using ‘V’ cattle ear notch pliers (Shoof International, Cambridge, New Zealand,
http://www.shoof.co.nz) and stored in 70% ethanol at 4°C in the laboratory prior to
DNA extraction. The GPS location for each possum was also recorded at the time of
sampling to enable distance comparisons.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
131
5.2.2 Microsatellite genotyping
Genomic DNA was extracted from all samples using a small piece of ear tissue and a
5% Chelex protocol (Walsh et al. 1991). Samples were genotyped at twelve
polymorphic microsatellite loci (Tv14, Tv16, Tv19, Tv27, Tv53, Tv54, Tv58, Tv64,
TvM1, Tv5.64, Tv_PnMs16 and Tv_B38.1; Table 5.1) previously characterised for
possums to assess genetic population structure. Eight of these loci have been previously
documented as having high heterozygosity (0.11 - 0.83) and a large number of alleles
(4 - 15) within New Zealand possum populations (Table 5.2; Taylor & Cooper 1998;
Lam et al. 2000; Taylor et al. 2000; Taylor et al. 2004). For comparison, Australian
possum populations exhibit higher levels of heterozygosity (0.50 – 0.90) and allelic
richness (5 – 21 alleles) for the same loci (Taylor & Cooper 1998; Taylor et al. 2004).
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) was used for multiplex amplification of the twelve
microsatellite loci using a Qiagen Type-it Microsatellite PCR kit. Forward primers of
Tv5.64, Tv_PnMs16, and Tv_B38.1 required the inclusion of a M13 tag, while the
remaining primers were already 5’ end labelled with fluorophores (6-FAM, VIC, PET
or NED; Table 5.1; Schuelke 2000). Independent PCR reactions were carried out for
the two to three loci associated with each M13 tag, with two separate multiplex
reactions being performed (Table 5.1). Each 2 µL PCR reaction contained
approximately 50 ng of template DNA (dried), 1 µL of Qiagen Type-it microsatellite
PCR mix, 0.32 µM of each end-labelled locus-specific forward primer, and 0.32 µM of
each locus-specific reverse primer. When M13 tags were used, 0.08 µM of each locus-
specific forward, and 0.32 µM of each locus-specific reverse and an M13 tag were used
in separate PCR reactions. Thermal cycling consisted of an initial denaturation step at
95°C for four minutes, followed by 35 cycles of 94°C for 30 seconds, 60°C for 45
seconds, and 72°C for 45 seconds, and a final extension step of 72°C for 40 minutes.
After PCR amplification, 25 µL of MilliQ H20 was added to the PCR product, followed
by combining 10 µL of each dye-labelled PCR product for each multiplex reaction. A
size standard was then added to 2 µL of the combined mix which consisted of 0.2 µL
GeneScanTM
LIZ®500 size marker and 7.8 µL Hi-Di Formamide. Amplifications were
stored at -20°C for up to 24 hours prior to genotyping on an Applied Biosystems
3730XL DNA Analyzer (Applied Biosystems Inc).
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
132
Table 5.1: Details of the twelve polymorphic microsatellite loci used on adult possums
from around Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula, NZ (n = 210).
Locus Primers (5’ → 3’)
Dye
label A
Allele size
range (bp)
Multiplex 1
Tv16*
F: GAGGCTACCATTAGACGCAA VIC 12 114-146
R: ACCCAAATGAACAGAAAGGC
Tv19* F: CCTCCTCCCCATCCTTCCTG
VIC 12 254-294 R: GTTCAATTGCAGGGCTATGG
Tv27* F: AGTGGAACCACATGTCAGGGC
NED 10 163-193 R: GCCAAGAAAACCCCAAATGG
Tv53* F: GGGAGTAGTTGTCTGAGTTCCC
6-FAM 15 222-272 R: CCCTGGAGTTTGACAACCTG
Tv54*ª F: GGGAGGCATAAAGTGCCAGA
NED 3 87-119 R: TGACCGACACTGACGACCCC
Tv58* F: GCACCCAAGGACCCCCAAGA
6-FAM 9 124-168 R: CCATATCACAGTGCTTGGCG
Tv64* F: AGGGAGACTGAGTGCGTTTG
PET 14 138-199 R: AGACAGGAAAATTTGTGCCC
TvM1† F:CTGATCGATACCTCGCCTTCGAATCGG
NED 11 224-252 R: CATGACACCTGGGCACTCAGGACT
Multiplex 2
Tv14‡
F: CACCTAACCATCATCCTCTC PET 8 70-111
R: CTCACCCATCAGAACCTAGC
Tv5.64ᴪ
F: TTTATCCCTACTAGAGGTAGGT VIC 12 221-303
R: CCCTCTCCATCTGCTCCTC
Tv_PnMs16ᴪ
F: CCACCCCAATTAGATTAGCTC 6-FAM 15 220-254
R: GGATGGTTTGTGACAATTTGC
Tv_B38.1 ᴪ
F: CACGTTGTCTCCCACCCC VIC 15 61-97
R: CCAGTAAAGATTTGGAAGAGG
* Taylor & Cooper, 1998; † Lam et al., 2000; ‡ Martin et al., 2007; ᴪ Niccy Aitken, pers. comm.
ª Sex-linked (see text)
A = Total number of alleles at each locus
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
133
Table 5.2: Summary of the genetic variation previously described in
possum populations throughout New Zealand and
surrounding offshore islands.
Location A HE
Wanganui, Taranaki* 4.6 0.72
Hohotaka, Manawatu-Wanganui‡ 6.0 0.77
Waipoua, Auckland* 5.6 0.78
Shannon, Wellington* 6.1 0.78
Orongorongo, Wellington* 6.2 0.76
Orongorongo, Wellington‡ 9.0 0.77
Hawke’s Bay, Gisborne* 6.5 0.83
Hawke’s Bay, Gisborne* 11.8 0.83
Hawke’s Bay, Gisborne† 3.6 0.54
Banks Peninsula, Canterbury* 4.0 0.59
Nelson, Marlborough* 4.4 0.69
Hokitika, Westland* 5.1 0.65
Pigeon Flat, Otago* 5.1 0.72
Kawau Island* 5.2 0.72
Codfish Island* 1.9 0.23
Stewart Island* 2.1 0.32
Chatham Island* 2.2 0.42
* Taylor et al. 2004; † Taylor et al. 2000; ‡ Lam et al. 2000
A = allelic richness; HE = expected heterozygosity
Alleles were visually scored using the programme Gene Mapper (Applied Biosystems
Inc). Banding profiles of the single alleles for each locus were produced, which aided in
the determination of heterozygotes and homozygotes when there was a potential that
two alleles differed by only one repeat unit (which creates the presence of stutter
bands). Recorded peak sizes were binned into allele sizes using the programme
FlexiBin, which uses a simple algorithm to employ automated binning (Amos et al.
2007). This binning procedure was implemented because peak sizes are often shorter or
longer than the repeat size of a microsatellite locus (i.e. two base pairs for a
dinucleotide repeat), and forcing them into the exact allele size can result in allele
scoring errors (Amos et al. 2007). Samples that failed to amplify at four or more loci (n
= 1) were excluded from the data set.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
134
Genotyping errors can result due to a number of reasons including non-amplification of
alleles (null alleles or allelic dropout), human or laboratory errors, and allele mis-
scoring due to when alleles differ by only one repeat unit (mis-score heterozygotes as
homozygotes) or the presence of ‘stutter bands’ (Litt et al. 1993; Johansson et al. 2003;
Dakin & Avise 2004; Hoffman & Amos 2005). To determine the accuracy of
genotyping, 21 randomly selected samples across all locations (10%) were repeat-
genotyped at all twelve loci (Hoffman & Amos 2005). Error rate per allele was
calculated by dividing the number of mismatched alleles by the total number of alleles
(Hoffman & Amos 2005).
5.2.3 Data analyses
Genetic variation, including heterozygosity and allelic richness, at all twelve
microsatellite loci was initially explored using GenAlEx 6 (Peakall & Smouse 2006).
Additionally, the performance of loci as population genetic markers was determined by
testing for evidence of deviation from Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium (HWE). Deviation
from HWE was assessed using GENEPOP 4.0.10 (Raymond & Rousset 1995), with the
dememorization number, number of batches, and the number of iterations per batch all
set to 1000. A Bonferroni correction (P = 0.05/number of tests) was applied to account
for Type I errors due to the use of numerous independent statistical tests on the data.
FSTAT 2.9.3 (Goudet 2001) was used to generate allelic richness. A one-way analysis of
variance (ANOVA) and Tukey’s tests were conducted to assess differences in allelic
richness among populations using SPSS 15.0 (SPSS Inc 2006). Genetic relatedness of
individuals was estimated in GenAlEx 6 (Peakall & Smouse 2006) by estimating the
average pairwise relatedness among populations, with the permutation and bootstrap
numbers both set to 999 (Queller & Goodnight 1989).
Several techniques were used to examine the spatial genetic structure in possums.
Genetic relationships among populations were visualised in GenAlEx 6 using principal
coordinates analysis (PCO). Genetic structure was also examined using a Mantel test
(Mantel 1967) to test for isolation by distance between the seven locations using
GenAlEx 6 (Peakall & Smouse 2006). A matrix of Nei’s genetic distances between
locations was generated and compared against a matrix of geographic distances using
9,999 permutations. An isolation by distance pattern is expected in a continuous
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
135
population that has restricted dispersal, as a linear increase in genetic differentiation
occurs with increasing geographic distance between individuals (Wright 1943).
Geographic distances were estimated from the GPS locations of individual possums
overlaid onto the Dunedin urban habitat map (Freeman & Buck 2003) in ArcGIS 9.2
(ESRI 2009). Slatkin’s lineralised FST was used to evaluate the pairwise differentiation
between populations in ARLEQUIN 3.5.1.3 (Excoffier & Lischer 2010) to evaluate the
genetic differentiation between populations. The significance of the FST values was
tested using 30,000 permutations. Recent migration rates between possum populations
were estimated using the Bayesian approach employed in BayesAss 3.0 (Wilson &
Rannala 2003). The programme was run with a Bayesian Markov Chain Monte Carlo
(MCMC) length of 3,000,000 iterations, a burn-in period of 200,000 iterations, and
various delta values for migration rates (m), allele frequencies (P), and inbreeding
values (F) to achieve acceptable acceptance rates. Convergence was checked using
Tracer 1.5 (Rambaut & Drummond 2009).
The number of population clusters (K) present in the sample of possums was inferred
using two Bayesian clustering methodologies. Firstly, K was inferred using the software
STRUCTURE 2.3, which utilises a Bayesian MCMC approach to cluster individuals into
the most appropriate population using genotypic information across multiple loci
(Pritchard et al. 2000). STRUCTURE 2.3 was chosen as it works well with a moderate
number of loci (Pritchard et al. 2000) and low genetic differentiation between
populations (Latch et al. 2006; Waples & Gaggiotti 2006). K was tested for between 1
and 7, where 7 would indicate a distinct population for each geographic location. A
mixed ancestry (admixture) model with correlated allele frequencies between
populations was used, as in cases of subtle population structure this is considered best
(Falush et al. 2003), while sampling locations were used as prior information
(LOCPRIOR). The parameters r (recombination rate) and alpha (the Dirichlet
parameter representing the degree of admixture) were visually checked to ensure
convergence and that STRUCTURE was not detecting false structure when using loc
priors. Initial exploration of the data both with and without loc priors revealed that the
same clustering was evident in both models (data not shown). The analysis was run
with a burn-in of 100,000 iterations followed by 300,000 repetitions of MCMC chains
for three iterations. Analysis of population clusters was run for the entire data set for K
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
136
= 1 - 7 (11 loci), and for females (n = 55) and males (n = 40) separately for K = 1 - 4
(representing the four sampling locations where sex data was collected). The probable
value of K was selected by calculating ∆K, an ad hoc statistic for identifying clusters
(Evanno et al. 2005). Individuals were assigned to a population cluster based on a
threshold of q ≥ 0.8, which characterises individuals with high ancestry (Lecis et al.
2006; Bergl & Vigilant 2007; Nsubuga et al. 2010).
The second Bayesian approach used was TESS 2.3.1 (Durand et al. 2009), which also
uses a Bayesian clustering algorithm to determine population genetic structure (Chen et
al. 2007). However, TESS incorporates a spatially-explicit model by including the exact
geographical co-ordinate for each individual as informed priors (Durand et al. 2009;
Francois & Durand 2010). Therefore, TESS can help distinguish between clinal versus
clustering structure in continuous populations (Chen et al. 2007), which may be the
case for possums from Aramoana down through the City and up to Taiaroa Head, due
to their average dispersal distances. The TESS algorithm incorporating the spatial
coordinates of individuals was run using the conditional autoregressive (CAR)
Gaussian model of admixture with an interaction parameter of 0.6 as described in Chen
et al. (2007). The model was run for 50,000 iterations following a burn-in period of
10,000 MCMC iterations for Kmax = 2 through to Kmax = 7, with 100 replicates for each
Kmax. The 20% lowest likelihood runs for each Kmax were exported to CLUMPP 1.1.2 to
average individual membership coefficients, which corrects for discrepancies between
runs (label-switching of population clusters; Jakobsson & Rosenberg 2007). Results
were visualised using distruct 1.1 (Rosenberg 2004). Again, individuals were assigned
to the population based on the proportion of membership (q ≥ 0.8). K was selected
based on when the Q-matrix of posterior probabilities for individuals revealed no
additional clusters and by plotting the deviance information criterion (DIC) against K
and selecting the K that was associated with stabilisation of the DIC curve (i.e. reached
a plateau; Durand et al. 2009; Francois & Durand 2010).
Assignment tests were used to obtain further information regarding the distinctiveness
of each population. Self-classification of individuals to their original location was
achieved using partially-Bayesian methods (Rannala & Mountain 1997; Paetkau et al.
2004) in GENECLASS 2 (Piry et al. 2004) using the “leave one out option” and 10,000
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
137
simulated individual genotypes (Cornuet et al. 1999). This was completed for all seven
populations, for Aa and TH populations separately, and for PC and PB populations
separately, to demonstrate population separation by distance.
5.3 Results
Eleven of the twelve loci were used in the analysis of possum population structure
(Table 5.1): Tv54 was dropped from analyses as it was found to be sex-linked (Andrea
Taylor, pers. comm. 2012). The scoring error rate across the eleven loci was low (0.026
± 0.020 (SD) errors per allele, n = 21 samples). Of the 210 possums sampled across all
seven populations, 209 adults were successfully genotyped at more than eight of the 11
loci. Samples that failed to amplify at four or more loci (n = 1) were excluded from
further data analyses.
Across the 11 loci over all seven populations, a total of 136 alleles were scored (Table
5.1). The mean number of alleles varied among populations: lowest occurred in TH
(6.1) and highest in City (9.0; Table 5.1). Allelic richness was also lowest in TH (6.0)
and highest in City (8.6; Table 5.3), with the Tukey’s tests only showing significance
between TH and City (P = 0.028). Observed heterozygosity (HO) was similar across all
populations ranging from 0.52 (BZ) to 0.68 (TH; Table 5.3). However, there was a
significant heterozygote deficiency in all seven populations relative to HWE
expectations (Table 5.3). In terms of genetic relatedness, individuals were unrelated in
City ( x = 0.0094, 95% CI: 0.005, -0.005; Fig. 5.2), while the highest relatedness
among individuals occurred in TH ( x = 0.04, 95% CI: 0.009, -0.009; Fig. 5.2). All
other populations exhibited similar levels of relatedness (Fig. 5.2). When analysing
female and male relatedness for the four populations where sex was recorded, females
generally exhibited a higher relatedness between individuals (Fig. 5.3).
Out of the 77 tests for HWE at the 11 loci, 52 deviated from HWE proportions at the P
< 0.05 significance level, with 21 remaining significant after a standard Bonferroni
correction had been applied. As no loci had a consistent departure from HWE over all
populations, all loci were included in subsequent analyses.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
138
Table 5.3: Population information and genetic diversity for possum populations around
Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula that amplified at eleven microsatellite
loci (n = 209 adults).
Population Code n A AC HO HE
Aramoana Aa 30 7.7 (2.7) 7.3 (2.4) 0.54 (0.18)* 0.72 (0.07)
Port Chalmers PC 30 8.1 (2.6) 7.7 (2.4) 0.60 (0.10)* 0.74 (0.07)
City City 30 9.0 (2.5) 8.6 (2.2) 0.60 (0.12)* 0.78 (0.05)
Buffer Zone BZ 29 7.4 (1.7) 7.1 (1.7) 0.52 (0.12)* 0.73 (0.11)
Portobello PB 30 7.4 (1.4) 7.1 (1.3) 0.62 (0.14)* 0.74 (0.05)
Cape Saunders CS 30 7.4 (1.9) 7.0 (1.7) 0.57 (0.09)* 0.74 (0.06)
Taiaroa Head TH 30 6.1 (1.4) 6.0 (1.3) 0.68 (0.09)* 0.70 (0.08)
n = sample size; A = mean number of alleles scored per locus (SD); AC = mean allelic richness per
locus (SD); HO = observed heterozygosity (SD), HE = expected heterozygosity (SD), * significant
deficiency of heterozygotes after Bonferroni correction (P < 0.05).
Figure 5.2: Mean pairwise genetic relatedness estimates for seven possum
populations from around Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula. Error bars
are the 95% CI as determined by bootstrapping. Population codes are
outlined in Table 5.3.
0.000
0.020
0.040
0.060
Aa PC City BZ PB CS TH
r
Population
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
139
Figure 5.3: Mean pairwise genetic relatedness estimates for (A) females and (B) males
from four possum populations from around Dunedin and the Otago
Peninsula. Error bars are the 95% CI as determined by bootstrapping.
Population codes are outlined in Table 5.3.
PCO of the microsatellite data showed a distinction between possum populations on the
Western and Eastern sides of the Otago Harbour, with a clear separation between Aa
and TH populations (Fig. 5.4). The first three principal axes collectively explained
59.1% of the total genetic diversity across all seven populations (PC1: 24.1%; PC2:
18.1%; PC3: 16.9%). These results corroborated well with the mantel test, which
showed a significant isolation by distance pattern (Fig. 5.5, R2
= 0.79, P = 0.01).
-0.06
-0.02
0.02
0.06
r
(A)
-0.06
-0.02
0.02
0.06
Aa PC City BZ
r
Population
(B)
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
140
Figure 5.4: Principal coordinates analysis showing genetic relationships of possums
among five populations from two spatially separate locations either side
of the Otago Harbour. Population codes are outlined in Table 5.3.
Figure 5.5: The relationship between Nei’s genetic distance and the geographic
distance among seven possum populations around Dunedin and the
Otago Peninsula.
-0.60
-0.40
-0.20
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
-0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
PC
2
PC1
Aa
PC
PB
CS
TH
R² = 0.7926
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0 10 20 30 40 50
Ne
i's
Pa
irw
ise G
en
eti
c
Dis
tan
ce
Geographic Distance (km)
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
141
Pairwise FST values ranged from 0.007 to 0.107 (Table 5.4). Following correction for
multiple tests, 16 of the 21 pairwise FST values showed significant, moderate
differentiation (Table 5.4). The highest FST value was between Aa and PB (37 km apart
via land), with the next two highest values being between Aa and TH (42.5 km apart
via land, FST = 0.10), and Aa and CS (40 km apart, FST = 0.089; Table 5.4). This again
indicates an isolation by distance pattern of genetic structure. Of interest, PC and City
are not significantly differentiated, exhibiting very little differentiation (FST = 0.007), in
comparison with City and BZ (FST = 0.051) which are significantly differentiated
(Table 5.4).
Table 5.4: Pairwise values of Slatkin's lineralised FST (asterisk denotes significance P <
0.05; bold values denote significance following a standard Bonferroni
correction) among seven population of possums around Dunedin and the
Otago Peninsula. Population codes are defined in Table 5.3.
Aa PC City BZ PB CS TH
Aa — 0.01799* 0.02877* 0.08430* 0.10749* 0.08915* 0.10263*
PC
— 0.00704 0.06760* 0.07946* 0.06949* 0.08513*
City
— 0.05059* 0.05289* 0.04836* 0.06750*
BZ
— 0.03943* 0.03218* 0.06247*
PB
— 0.01795* 0.01955*
CS
— 0.01305
TH —
The proportions of immigrants (m) into each population are shown in Table 5.5
indicating an absence of migration between most populations (due to the high
proportion of individuals within each population being derived from the same
population and the low levels of migration between populations). The mean posterior
probabilities of migration rates showed that most individuals originated from the
population they were sampled in for all populations (range: m = 0.68 – 0.93), with Aa
having the highest proportion of non-migrants (Table 5.5). Gene flow was typically
highest between geographically close populations under the assumption that possums
did not swim (Table 5.5; Fig. 5.1). There was evidence of asymmetrical migration
occurring between populations from PC into Aa (m = 0.23), from City into PC (m =
0.10) and into BZ (m = 0.06), from BZ into PB (m = 0.05), and from TH into PB (m =
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
142
0.22; Table 5.5). In contrast, migration rates from these populations in the opposite
direction were low, tending to be < 0.02 (Table 5.5). The results also suggest that there
was asymmetrical migration occurring from both PB and TH into CS, but both had
associated large standard deviations (Table 5.5). All other population pairings had more
symmetrical migration rates, but all had relatively large standard deviations, thus
requiring caution when interpreting the results.
Table 5.5: Estimates of migration rates (proportion of individuals) among the seven
possum populations sampled around Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula
generated using BayesAss 3.0. Bold values denote significant differences
between directions of migration. Population codes are defined in Table 5.3.
Migrated Into
Migrated
From Aa PC City BZ PB CS TH
Aa 0.9346
(0.0233)
0.0099
(0.0099)
0.0111
(0.0103)
0.0122
(0.0115)
0.0131
(0.0121)
0.0097
(0.0094)
0.0093
(0.0091)
PC 0.2381
(0.0326)
0.6804
(0.0203)
0.0403
(0.0213)
0.0111
(0.0106)
0.0108
(0.0109)
0.0097
(0.0096)
0.0096
(0.0095)
City 0.0091
(0.0089) 0.0977
(0.0284)
0.7878
(0.0301)
0.0627
(0.0248)
0.0185
(0.0162)
0.0134
(0.0129)
0.0108
(0.0104)
BZ 0.0244
(0.0166)
0.0100
(0.0095)
0.0135
(0.0125) 0.8653
(0.0418)
0.0517
(0.0219)
0.0246
(0.0262)
0.0105
(0.0102)
PB 0.0114
(0.011)
0.0092
(0.0090)
0.0101
(0.0098)
0.0191
(0.0169) 0.8843
(0.0665)
0.0541
(0.0651)
0.0116
(0.0121)
CS 0.0093
(0.0090)
0.0091
(0.0088)
0.0097
(0.0094)
0.0265
(0.0180)
0.1812
(0.0943) 0.7469
(0.0948)
0.0173
(0.0204)
TH 0.0093
(0.0090)
0.0091
(0.0088)
0.0094
(0.0091)
0.0105
(0.0101) 0.2177
(0.0772)
0.0592
(0.0703) 0.6850
(0.0178)
Values depict the means of the posterior distributions of the migration rate into each population with the
standard deviation in parentheses. Migration rates were estimated as the proportion of individuals in
column populations that originated from populations in rows. Values along the diagonal are the
proportions of individuals within a population derived from that population.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
143
Bayesian clustering analysis performed in STRUCTURE 2.3 (Pritchard et al. 2000)
clearly identified two clusters based on the ad-hoc ∆K statistic for all possums in the
sample (Figs. 5.6 & 5.7). One cluster represents Aa/PC/City (Western cluster) and the
second cluster represents TH/CS/PB/BZ (Eastern cluster). This remained at two clusters
when examining males alone, but increased to three clusters when examining females
only. TESS Bayesian clustering analyses also suggested the existence of two clusters
(Fig. 5.7). With a cut-off threshold of q ≥ 0.80, 88% of the 209 possums could be
allocated to one of the two clusters for the STRUCTURE runs, with 25 possums unable
to be assigned to a cluster (Table 5.6). Assignment rose to 93% for the TESS runs, with
ten individuals remaining unassigned to a cluster, while five individuals sampled in the
Western cluster (from City) were mis-assigned to the Eastern cluster. This level of
membership again suggests population structure and no/low gene flow occurring
between populations on adjacent sides of the Otago Harbour.
Figure 5.6: Bayesian inference of the number of population clusters (Kmax) in
possums sampled around Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula (n =
209). K was estimated using the distribution of ∆K.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 2 3 4 5 6 7
∆K
Number of clusters (Kmax)
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
144
Figure 5.7: Posterior estimates of individual admixture coefficients (Q-matrices)
adjusted for label-switching for seven possum populations around
Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula generated from (A) STRUCTURE and
(B) TESS for Kmax = 2 - 5 (n = 209). Each colour represents a different
cluster with each column representing an individual. Vertical black bars
separate sampling sites.
Km
ax
Km
ax
Population
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
145
Table 5.6: Number of individual possums with q ≥ 0.8 cluster membership
from each of the seven populations assigned to each of two
clusters inferred using Bayesian clustering (programme
STRUCTURE). Unassigned individuals had q ≤ 0.8. Population
codes are defined in Table 5.3. Bold values indicate the most
likely inferred population of origin.
Inferred Cluster
Population n I II Assigned Unassigned
Aa 30 0.020 0.980 30 0
PC 30 0.073 0.927 30 0
City 30 0.260 0.740 17 13
BZ 29 0.761 0.239 17 12
PB 30 0.976 0.024 30 0
CS 30 0.945 0.055 30 0
TH 30 0.997 0.003 30 0
The assignment tests generated using GENECLASS 2 reinforce the clustering results from
the Bayesian population structuring. Assignment tests correctly assigned most
individuals to the area where they were trapped (59.8%). When examining the two
furthest populations only (Aa and TH: 42.5 km apart via land; 400 m apart across
water, Fig. 5.1), 100% of individuals were correctly assigned to their population of
origin. Assignment rates were similar when comparing PC and PB populations, which
had a 96.7% correct assignment rate (28.9 km apart via land; 1.2 km apart across water;
Fig. 5.1). Of the incorrectly assigned individuals, 82% were assigned to a neighbouring
population. The level of unassigned individuals in City and BZ may be an indication of
these areas receiving individuals from outside of the sampling area.
5.4 Discussion
Eleven polymorphic microsatellite loci were investigated to examine the genetic
diversity, population genetic structure, and gene flow among seven possum populations
within and surrounding an urban environment adjacent to an area undergoing possum
eradication in New Zealand. This research is the first to examine the genetic population
structure of possums within an urban landscape, as well as applying molecular genetics
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
146
to assist in the management of an urban buffer zone to ensure long-term success of an
adjacent eradication. This study revealed that a moderate level of genetic variation
exists within possums around Dunedin and on the Otago Peninsula, with allelic richness
and heterozygosity being similar across all seven populations. This level of genetic
variation is comparable with other New Zealand possum populations which exhibit
moderate amounts of genetic diversity (see section 5.2.2), with variation tending to be
higher in North Island populations (Taylor & Cooper 1998; Taylor et al. 2000; Clinchy
et al. 2004; Taylor et al. 2004). Allelic richness in this study was similar to that reported
in Australian populations (see section 5.2.2), but other rural-based South Island possum
populations have significantly lower allelic richness compared to Australian
populations, which may reflect the number of founding individuals in an area (Taylor et
al. 2004; Stow et al. 2006). Heterozygosity loss is generally indicative of a population
slowly expanding from very few individuals, which may not be true for invading
species, especially those experiencing multiple introduction events (Dlugosch & Parker
2008; Frankham et al. 2010). Invasive populations can therefore have similar (or even
higher) levels of genetic variation in comparison to populations from their native origin.
This can be seen in introduced European rabbits within Australia (Zenger et al. 2003),
greenfinches (Carduelis chloris) in New Zealand (Merila et al. 1996), and brown anole
(Anolis sagrei) in America (Kolbe et al. 2004). The high level of genetic diversity
retained in New Zealand possum populations, both within this study and in previous
studies, implies that large genetic bottlenecks did not occur during possum
establishment in New Zealand (Taylor et al. 2004), possibly due to a large founding
population resulting from numerous liberations (Pracy 1974; Clout & Erickson 2000).
A moderate level of genetic variation existed among possum populations in this study,
but all populations exhibited a significant heterozygote deficiency, which could be due
to inbreeding (mating between relatives) within populations (Frankham et al. 2010).
The analysis of genetic relatedness provides some support for this, where all but one
population (City) showed elevated levels of relatedness amongst individuals.
Inbreeding in some of these populations could be expected due to their isolation from
other populations (i.e. populations on the Otago Peninsula) and the typically small
dispersal (sampled areas were separated by more than the average dispersal distance of
possums; Efford 1991; Cowan & Clout 2000) and movement distances (see Chapter
IV) of possums.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
147
Urban and rural possum populations in this study exhibited similar levels of genetic
variation. For many species, genetic diversity tends to be lower in urban animal
populations compared to populations in rural habitats (Wandeler et al. 2003; Takami et
al. 2004; Desender et al. 2005; Rutkowski et al. 2006; Noel et al. 2007; Huck et al.
2008; Evans et al. 2009; Gardner-Santana et al. 2009), and is thought to be due to a
combination of the founder effect, behavioural changes, and the highly modified,
fragmented nature of the urban environment acting to restrict gene flow (Wandeler et
al. 2003; Rutkowski et al. 2006; Huck et al. 2008; Gardner-Santana et al. 2009). For
possums, genetic diversity may be retained due to their behavioural flexibility, which
has enabled them to adapt to and exploit many areas of the urban environment, so that
they are not isolated to fragments of their natural habitat (see Chapters II and IV).
European blackbirds (Turdus merula) that have adapted to urban habitats (Moller et al.
2012) also show comparable levels of genetic diversity between urban and forest
populations (Partecke et al. 2006).
The results of the PCO, mantel test, and pairwise FST values all support an isolation by
distance pattern with genetic similarity between possum populations increasing with
decreasing geographic distance. Isolation by distance can be caused by the dispersal
abilities of the species, or barriers to dispersal, including natural events (e.g. volcanic
eruptions, glaciations) or natural (i.e. water bodies, mountain ranges, habitat
type/connectivity) and artificial (i.e. urbanisation, roads) features (Wright 1943;
Gerlach & Musolf 2000; Lowe et al. 2004; Broquet et al. 2006; Schmuki et al. 2006;
Delaney et al. 2010). The low FST values between Aa/PC and PC/City on the Western
side of the Otago Harbour and between PB/CS, PB/TH, and CS/TH on the Eastern side
are most likely indicative of ongoing gene flow between neighbouring populations. The
pattern of genetic similarity and differentiation between possum populations observed
in this study may therefore partly be a reflection of the generally small dispersal
distances of possums in New Zealand (Cowan & Rhodes 1993; Cowan et al. 1996;
Cowan et al. 1997). Similar isolation by distance patterns, where the majority of
dispersal occurs between neighbouring populations, has also been reported in other
Australian marsupials, including the brush-tailed rock wallaby (Petrogale penicillata;
Hazlitt et al. 2006), quokka (Setonix brachyurus; Sinclair 2001), and the mountain
pygmy possum (Burramys parvus; Mitrovski et al. 2007). These species may have poor
dispersal abilities even in continuous habitat (Hazlitt et al. 2006).
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
148
One exception to the pattern of similarity between neighbouring possum populations is
the significant genetic differentiation between the City and BZ populations, which are
separated by approximately 7 km between sampled individuals. In contrast, the City
and PC populations, which are approximately 13 km apart, are not significantly
differentiated. Often within urban areas, there are patches of suitable habitat surrounded
by sub-optimal habitat that can limit the dispersal distances of urban-based animals
(Krummel et al. 1987; Murcia 1995; Etter et al. 2002; McKinney 2002). Consequently,
populations become geographically isolated and ultimately genetically differentiated
due to low migration rates and resulting genetic drift (Whitlock et al. 2000). The
differentiation between City and BZ populations may be due to the heavily urbanised
area (comprised largely of industrial and Res 3 habitat) at the base of the Otago
Harbour that separates the sampled suburbs of the City and the BZ (City to the West,
BZ to the East), where possum occupancy is very low in Res 3 habitat (see Chapter II).
Therefore, the level of urbanisation may be limiting possum dispersal between the City
and the BZ, reducing gene flow. This is reinforced by the predictive map from Chapter
IV, which indicates low probability of use by possums in this area (Fig. 4.4).
Additionally, possums in residential suburbs were found to move an average of 550 m a
night, with an average home range size of 2.87 ha (see Chapter IV). These relatively
small movements may further explain the differentiation between the two urban
populations. The spatial isolation of habitat patches by modified and/or unsuitable
habitat has also impeded the dispersal of other Australian marsupials (Pope et al. 1996;
Eldridge et al. 2001; Jones et al. 2004; Mitrovski et al. 2007; Walker et al. 2008).
Conversely, the habitat available to possums extending from the City to PC has higher
possum occupancy (see Chapter II), and appears to be conducive to possum use (Fig.
4.4), which may facilitate dispersal, hence gene flow, between these areas. These
results may also possibly be a reflection of the small sample sizes obtained for each
population and the high rates of unassigned individuals within the City and BZ
populations. Therefore, results should be treated with caution. Larger sample sizes
which display the same pattern as above will help reinforce the conclusions made here.
Nearly all possum populations had relatively low, symmetrical migration rates
indicative of populations having a high level of non-migrants. Population pairings that
did have significant migration rates also tended to have more genetically similar
populations. These populations were neighbouring populations, which again indicates
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
149
gene flow occurring between populations in close proximity. This trend supports
previous analyses where populations farther apart from one another receive fewer
migrants than neighbouring populations (Wright 1943; Broquet et al. 2006; Hazlitt et
al. 2006; Mitrovski et al. 2007). Results from GENECLASS 2 support this pattern, as the
majority of individuals assigned as migrants originated from neighbouring populations.
Interestingly, there appears to be an asymmetrical migration pattern occurring from the
City to the BZ and onto the Otago Peninsula. Due to the high levels of genetic
variation, the level of unassigned individuals, and the non-relatedness of individuals
within this population, City appears to be a sink population (e.g. King et al. 2000), with
the possibility that City is receiving migrants (asymmetrical migration) from
surrounding (un-sampled) mainland areas. Therefore, this could be creating a pressure
on the City population, causing migration onto the Otago Peninsula. In contrast, on the
Otago Peninsula, in which possum populations exhibit relatedness, there does not seem
to be pressure for individuals to migrate back onto the mainland. This could have
potential implications in regards to the OPBG’s possum eradication operation, as this
suggests a potential avenue for reinvasion from urban areas. Such asymmetrical
migration is also apparent on the mainland from City to PC and Aa. Despite the
potential for PC and Aa populations to also be receiving migrants from surrounding
inland areas, these populations exhibited relatedness amongst individuals, with
relatedness being higher amongst females. This result may partly be a reflection of the
sampling strategy, as multiple possums were often sampled from the same farms in
these locations, which is likely to increase the likelihood of relatedness, especially due
to female philopatry (Clout & Efford 1984; Ji et al. 2001; Stow et al. 2006). Results
from the analysis examining relatedness amongst females and males do however need
to be treated with caution, due to low sample sizes.
Although pairwise FST values revealed significant genetic differentiation among
populations, both Bayesian clustering techniques implemented in this study provided
evidence of geographic structuring of possums into two distinct clusters: a Western
cluster (Aa, PC, City populations) and an Eastern cluster (TH, CS, PB, BZ
populations). This clustering indicates that there is a potential reinvasion pathway onto
the Otago Peninsula through the suburbs of the BZ area (Arrow 1 in Fig. 5.1). These
results also indicate that the Otago Harbour is a barrier to possum dispersal, preventing
reinvasion of possums onto the Otago Peninsula from Aa and PC. Individual
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
150
assignment tests also provide evidence that reinvasion across the Otago Harbour is
unlikely, with a 100% correct assignment rate when analysing possums from Aa and
TH, and a 96.7% correct assignment rate for possums between PC and PB. Population
structure within a species generally relates to habitat suitability and connectivity, and
the species’ dispersal abilities (Piertney et al. 1998; Wood & Pullin 2002; Jones et al.
2004; Pilot et al. 2006). The presence of two population clusters in this study may again
be attributed to the dispersal abilities of possums and the probable unsuitable urban
habitat between the City and BZ populations, affecting dispersal. Similar trends have
been found in Tasmania where intense urbanisation has resulted in limited gene flow,
and separate population clusters, in Tasmanian devils (Sarcophilus harrisii; Jones et al.
2004).
When analysing the two sexes separately (Aa, PC, City, BZ populations only),
population structuring suggested two clusters for males and three clusters for females.
This pattern could reflect the dispersal patterns of possums in New Zealand, which tend
to be male-biased (Clout & Efford 1984; Efford 1991; Cowan et al. 1996; Taylor et al.
2000; Ji et al. 2001; Stow et al. 2006). Females are typically philopatric; they establish
home ranges that overlap with, or are next to, their mother’s home range (Clout &
Efford 1984; Ji et al. 2001; Stow et al. 2006); males however tend to travel further
away from their natal location before establishing a home range (Efford 1991; Ji et al.
2001; Stow et al. 2006). This male-biased dispersal is common in many mammalian
(Goudet et al. 2002) and marsupial species (Jones et al. 2004), and a male-female
difference in population clusters has been documented for feral cats (Hansen et al.
2007). When analysing all possums together, a lower level of population structuring
can be expected due to the higher rates of male dispersal, which would overshadow the
more localised dispersal of females. However, these results are based on a very low
sample size, as sex information was not available for all possums included in this study,
and therefore should be interpreted cautiously. In future, a larger sample size will
provide more confidence in the differences of population clustering between males and
females.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
151
5.4.1 Management implications
A key factor influencing the success of implemented control strategies is dispersal from
adjacent, uncontrolled areas (Cowan & Clout 2000; Abdelkrim et al. 2005).
Management strategies for controlling possums (and other invasive species) throughout
New Zealand can be improved by incorporating molecular genetics into the preliminary
decision-making process, especially via the identification of potential reinvasion
pathways (Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim et al. 2005; Rollins et al. 2006).
Additionally, molecular genetics can be an important tool in ongoing control efforts by
utilising assignment tests to identify whether individuals caught in the controlled area
after operations are survivors or recolonisers (Robertson & Gemmell 2004).
This study revealed that microsatellites are extremely useful in assessing the genetic
population structure of possums within New Zealand. Possum populations on the Otago
Peninsula are a separate cluster to those on the mainland, with the only likely potential
reinvasion pathway being on land through the suburbs of Dunedin City. These findings
have important implications for the eradication operation developed by the OPBG, as
they suggest that minimal trapping is required along the Otago Peninsula once possums
have initially been removed from the area and long-term success will be dependent on
the implementation, monitoring, and maintenance of an urban buffer zone at the base of
the Otago Peninsula between the suburbs and rural areas (the buffer zone). Another
implication from these results is the direction of eradication. Eradication efforts are
often too expensive and labour extensive to occur over the entire target area at once and
like the possum eradication on the Otago Peninsula, they are completed in stages.
Based on the reinvasion pathway from the suburbs at the base of the Peninsula, the
eradication project may benefit from sequential possum eradication beginning at the
Southern end of the Otago Peninsula. Establishing the urban buffer zone will
effectively put a “cork in the bottle” and prevent further possum movement onto the
Peninsula. Eradication can then focus on the possums already on the Peninsula without
migrants adding to the population. In terms of the urban area, control will need to be
more intensive and ongoing due to the area being a likely sink population, receiving
migrants from other populations and across a wider area.
Chapter V: Genetic population structure in possums
152
Additionally, large water bodies appear to be barriers to possum dispersal and
movements. This could have implications to other areas undergoing possum control,
where water bodies may act as natural barriers defining areas where control can be
implemented with minimal reinvasion potential.
This study highlights that mainland eradications of invasive mammalian populations
can be successful if planning and control efforts are based on well-informed
information regarding the target species. Using molecular genetics to optimise the long-
term success of control initiatives will ultimately benefit native biodiversity and reduce
operational costs. For New Zealand, this is positive news in the quest for reaching a
pest-free country and conserving the native biodiversity.
Chapter VI: General discussion
153
Chapter VI:
6 General discussion
A common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in urban New Zealand.
Chapter VI: General discussion
154
Globally, biological invasions are a major threat to native species, ecosystems, and
ecosystem functioning (Courchamp et al. 2003; Clavero & Garcia-Berthou 2005;
Thomsen et al. 2011). In particular, islands are especially vulnerable to invasions due to
niche opportunities, availability of resources, and absence (or reductions) of natural
competitors, predators, and parasites (Shea & Chesson 2002; Courchamp et al. 2003).
New Zealand is an example of an island ecosystem where invasive species have had
devastating impacts on the native fauna and flora, as well as ecosystem composition
and functioning. While numerous control operations have successfully been
implemented in New Zealand in an effort to mitigate the impacts of invaders, the
majority occur on offshore islands and within more traditional habitat types (Saunders
& Norton 2001; Courchamp et al. 2003). There is mounting evidence that urban
environments can support significant populations of wildlife, including exotic species
(Blair 1996; McKinney 2002; Ditchkoff et al. 2006; Riley 2006; Pickett et al. 2008;
Goddard et al. 2010). It is therefore likely that the negative biodiversity impacts caused
by invasive species extend into urban environments and therefore control efforts should
include these landscapes as well as within traditional environments.
Due to the rapid global expansion of urban areas, it is important to gain a
comprehensive understanding of how urbanisation impacts animal species for both
conservation and management purposes, because species compositions, abundances,
behaviour, and movements can be drastically altered in these environments (Czech et
al. 2000; Davison et al. 2009; Gehrt et al. 2009; Faeth et al. 2011). Both conserving and
controlling urban species is dependent on gaining a thorough understanding of the
processes, both anthropogenic and natural, which influence their spatial ecology (Faeth
et al. 2011). However, knowledge regarding the spatial ecology and connectivity of
invasive species for use in management within urban areas is lacking (Magle et al.
2012).
Formulation of effective control strategies for invasive species is enhanced by gaining
species-specific information regarding behaviour, movements, resource selection, and
population structure within specific locations (Nathan et al. 2008; Patterson et al. 2008).
A comprehensive picture of the dynamics and impacts of invasive species can be
achieved by collecting information at several scales and at both the individual and
population levels using multiple, complementary spatial methods. In order to expand on
Chapter VI: General discussion
155
the successes New Zealand has already achieved in controlling and eradicating
populations of invasive animals, more multi-disciplinary approaches are required to
gain necessary fine-scale information. Developments in technology will enable the
collection of very fine-scale data and improved analyses will provide more accurate
conclusions. The present research benefits from using an interdisciplinary approach to
improve our understanding of the spatial ecology, habitat use, and population
connectivity of the invasive possum within an urban landscape in New Zealand, with an
overall aim of informing the urban management of this species, and providing location-
specific information to a conservation group (the OPBG) to assist in their possum
eradication on the Otago Peninsula. Hence, some results of this research are specific to
possums in the studied area, while others have a more general management application
to other urban habitats.
6.1 Key results and management implications
6.1.1 GPS technology
The development of GPS telemetry has great potential for remotely collecting a large
dataset of locations for a wide range of wildlife species to investigate distributions,
movements, and habitat and resource selection. This study is the first in New Zealand
to use lightweight GPS collars to track possums within an urban environment from a
management viewpoint. The use of such collars is an appropriate and successful
method to determine the short-term spatial ecology and habitat use of possums within
urban habitats (Chapters III and IV), and the performance of the collars in the urban
environment was similar to that of comparable collars in other environments (Di Orio et
al. 2003; Cain et al. 2005; Jiang et al. 2008; Blackie 2010; Dennis et al. 2010). With the
ability to collect up to 321 locational fixes from an individual over an average of 8
days, the GPS collars allowed the collection of finer-scale data in comparison to
traditional tracking methods, such as live-trapping and VHF radio-tracking, and their
use is recommended when examining fine-scale spatial patterns (Clout & Gaze 1984;
Ward 1985; Green & Coleman 1986; Brockie et al. 1997).
This study was the first to evaluate GPS collar performance in a suburban environment.
Similar environmental and technical factors affected collar performance in the suburban
environment as in other habitats (Rempel et al. 1995; Moen et al. 1997; D'Eon 2003; Di
Chapter VI: General discussion
156
Orio et al. 2003; Lewis et al. 2007; Dennis et al. 2010; Recio et al. 2011), despite the
presence of buildings that have the potential to block signal acquisition. As in other
environments, these factors have the potential to cause large error values to be acquired
by the GPS collars. Hence, I recommend that data filtering techniques using species-
specific movement information is required for data collected from animals within urban
habitats (see Chapter IV; Bjorneraas et al. 2010; Frair et al. 2010). Error rates obtained
from my validation experiment (Chapter III) were incorporated into subsequent habitat
selection analyses to produce more robust results (Chapter IV), as well as being able to
be applied to analyses conducted in comparable landscapes globally. Use of such error
estimates are already being incorporated into other spatial ecology research to generate
more robust conclusions (e.g. Recio 2011).
The main limitation of GPS telemetry on small-to-medium sized animals is that of the
battery weight and life. This is particularly relevant to management and conservation in
New Zealand where the most damaging invasive species and the most threatened native
species are small. However, ongoing advances in this technology (e.g. miniaturisation
of electronic components and increases in battery longevity) are occurring at a rapid
rate, and will eventually overcome these limitations (Cagnacci et al. 2010). These
advances, as well as cost reductions of devices, will enable very fine-scale data
regarding spatial ecology and resource selection to be collected across more individuals
within a study, and on other smaller taxa, such as reptiles and birds.
6.1.2 Control recommendations
Previous research into the spatial ecology and control of possums in New Zealand has
largely been focussed on native habitats and at a coarser scale (due to VHF radio-
tracking and spotlighting methods). However, resource use and movements of
individuals within urban environments can differ from those in natural habitats
(Ditchkoff et al. 2006; Baker & Harris 2007), and so it is important to understand the
spatial distribution and resource use of urban possums to be able to adequately select
areas requiring control. Within urban areas, current council-led possum control is
typically directed at forest remnants. Complementary analyses of both presence-
absence data at a broad scale (Chapter II) and GPS telemetry data at a fine scale
(Chapter IV) revealed that possums are utilising both native (forest fragments) and non-
Chapter VI: General discussion
157
native (residential gardens) habitats within urban environments and have the ability to
live independently of forest fragments within residential properties comprised of
structurally-complex and diverse vegetation. This behaviour is similar to that of other
opportunistic mammalian species inhabiting urban areas, which show preferences
towards residential areas and exploit the often novel resources (such as shelter and
food) located in these habitats (Tigas et al. 2002; Baker & Harris 2007; Davison et al.
2009; Rosatte et al. 2011; Podgorski et al. 2013). The features of these residential
gardens have also been shown to support native bird populations (van Heezik et al.
2010), thus possums are likely to be having negative biodiversity impacts by preying on
native birds, chicks, and eggs, in both forest fragments and residential areas where
possum distribution overlaps with native bird populations (Brown et al. 1993;
McLennan et al. 1996; Sadlier 2000). Additionally, residential areas can act as a source
for reinvasion into remnants that are subject to control operations around the city.
Therefore, I recommend that while control should continue to be targeted at forest
fragments due to the higher use by possums (Chapters II and IV) and greater densities
of native birds, these fragments should not be treated as isolated units separated from
adjacent residential areas. Instead, control efforts need also to be directed at residential
areas comprised of structurally-complex, mature vegetation to increase the success of
possum control within urban environments. The urban environment can also act as a
source for reinvasion into other adjacent habitats, affecting the success of control
operations in these areas (Cowan & Clout 2000; Abdelkrim et al. 2005).
Within Dunedin, the aim of the OPBG conservation group is to work alongside the
community in a collaborative manner to eradicate animal pests, especially possums,
from the Otago Peninsula to protect the native biodiversity on the Peninsula.
Identification of potential reinvasion pathways is therefore crucial for designing a long-
term, successful eradication (Robertson & Gemmell 2004; Abdelkrim et al. 2005;
Rollins et al. 2006). The genetic analyses of possum populations around Dunedin and
on the Otago Peninsula showed a significant isolation by distance pattern (i.e. the
majority of dispersal occurs between neighbouring populations) and revealed that two
population clusters exist: an Eastern Otago Peninsula cluster and a Western Dunedin
cluster (Chapter V). These two clusters indicate the existence of a potential reinvasion
pathway from the residential suburbs at the base of the Otago Peninsula to the rural
habitats on the Otago Peninsula (Chapter V). Such separation of populations has also
Chapter VI: General discussion
158
been documented in other species where intense urbanisation divides populations and
limits gene flow and dispersion (Eldridge et al. 2001; Jones et al. 2004; Mitrovski et al.
2007; Walker et al. 2008). Isolation by distance patterns are also evident in many other
Australian marsupials (Sinclair 2001; Hazlitt et al. 2006; Mitrovski et al. 2007). In
terms of the OPBG’s eradication operation, to ensure long-term success of possum
eradication on the Otago Peninsula, it will be imperative to monitor and maintain an
appropriate urban buffer zone. The spatial ecology, habitat use, and genetic population
connectivity of an invasive species is a key factor in determining placement of traps
and/or poison stations. Minimal trapping will be needed along the Otago Peninsula after
the initial eradication of possums, due to the presence of one likely terrestrial
reinvasion pathway through the BZ and the low connectivity between BZ and City
populations (Chapters II, IV, and V). To prevent reinvasion onto the Peninsula, possum
control will need to be concentrated within the BZ. Additionally, control of urban
possums in general should be focussed in forest fragments and residential properties
with mature, structurally-diverse vegetation and supplementary food sources (Chapters
II and IV) rather than spread out evenly across the entire urban landscape.
This research shows the potential and value of combining different tools to collect
information across over multiple scales to gain a more comprehensive understanding of
the dynamics of a species. For invasive species, this knowledge can be incorporated
into the decision-making process for formulating successful control strategies. For
example, this research gave broad-scale insights into urban possum populations with
site occupancy methods showing that the probability of urban possum occupancy is
influenced by habitat type, supplementary food, and distance from forest fragments,
and which varied across different residential suburbs. Additionally, molecular genetics
tools examined possum movements and connectivity over a large scale. This revealed
the existence of two population clusters, a Western mainland cluster and an Eastern
Peninsula cluster, providing insights into the separation of populations and direction of
movements (i.e. reinvasion pathways). On a finer scale, the GPS tracking provided
insights into the mechanisms and ecology of the large scale population patterns. Urban
possums have small home ranges and the strongest selection was for forest fragments,
but individuals are still able to exist in sufficiently vegetated gardens, and in areas in
close proximity to fragments. Combining information from all three methods, there
appears to be a separation between possums within the BZ and City areas, where the
Chapter VI: General discussion
159
heavily urbanised part of the city appears to be acting as a barrier to possum movement
both within the urban area and between the Eastern and Western sides of the Otago
Harbour.
A reduction in the overall costs associated with control operations and optimisation of
long-term success of such efforts on mainland New Zealand can be achieved by
combining similar multidisciplinary investigations into the genetic population structure
of the species targeted for control with information regarding the spatial ecology of the
species to determine where they are, what resources they are exploiting, and optimal
placement of control devices.
6.2 Recommendations for future research
This research focused on the spatial ecology and habitat use across spring and summer
when possums are the most active. Variation between seasons and across years was not
examined, and more research relating seasonal trends to resource availability would
strengthen the conclusions made here. Additionally, since large variations were
sometimes found between individuals and sexes, further GPS tracking of more urban
possums should be undertaken. A larger sample size was not obtained in this study due
to time limitations and the difficulty of trapping and re-trapping possums within the
urban environment. As a result of the low trapping success (5%) and the limited
number of GPS collars I had access to, data were only collected for one season split
over two years to acquire a substantial sample size for one season to produce more
robust results. This research was limited to Dunedin, and provided location-specific
data to a local possum control operation. While results are likely to apply to other urban
environments within New Zealand since Dunedin is a typical heterogeneous urban
landscape, GPS tracking should be extended to additional urban areas in future. This
would extend the scope of inference to all urban New Zealand environments, and also
the assessment of likely possum impacts on native bird populations within these
habitats.
It would also be of interest to determine dispersal patterns of juvenile possums to
identify how far they are travelling from their natal range, how this differs from
dispersal within more traditional habitats, and identification of any features within the
Chapter VI: General discussion
160
urban environment acting to limit dispersal and/or distances. Future miniaturisation of
batteries, hence devices, will enable juveniles to be tracked and these questions to be
addressed. However, molecular genetics could be utilised to address these questions by
sampling juveniles within and around urban areas.
Interpretation of resource selection of urban possums was also limited by the scale of
the habitat map available. With the development of a very fine-scale habitat map (i.e.
depicting resources available in private gardens), the GPS data collected in this study
could be further examined to identify landscape features and resources influencing
possum movements and habitat use at a very fine-scale. For example, what components
within individual gardens make them more attractive to possum use? However, caution
will need to be exerted when analysing spatial data in combination with a fine-scale
map in highly heterogeneous habitats, such as urban environments, due to the telemetry
error surrounding collected location points and the associated large buffer sizes. I
recommend the use of mechanistic modelling techniques that are not dependent on
buffer sizes, but these still may not overcome the difficulties in predicting habitat and
resource selection in a patchy landscape at a very fine-scale.
Another particular issue that would be interesting to pursue is that of how urban
residents view urban possum control and their attitudes towards this. Because urban
environments often have high human populations, the success of control operations in
these habitats can be largely dependent on social attitudes and public willingness to be
involved. Community-based control initiatives have been successfully created both
independently by community groups (Saunders & Norton 2001), and in rural areas in
conjunction with conservation groups (for example, community trapping on the Otago
Peninsula in conjunction with the OPBG), but these may not work within highly-
populated urban areas. Gauging the level of public enthusiasm for possum control and
people’s willingness to participate in such initiatives and combining this information
with spatial ecology data would likely help develop cost-effective, successful control
strategies for these areas.
Chapter VI: General discussion
161
6.3 Conclusions
This research is the first to incorporate the use of multiple tools at different scales to
examine the spatial ecology, habitat use, and genetic population structure of an invasive
species within an urban New Zealand environment. The occupancy and molecular
genetics tools examines possum movements and population structure over a broad
scale, while GPS tracking examined the spatial ecology and habitat use across a fine
scale providing insights into possum ecology and mechanisms behind the broad scale
population patterns. Using all three methods, this study identified clear patterns of
habitat use and spatial distribution of possums that can be used to develop a more
effective management strategy for this invasive pest within urban landscapes.
Furthermore, results can be utilised by the conservation group, the OPBG, to enhance
the long-term success of their possum eradication from adjacent rural areas. This multi-
disciplinary methodology approach is recommended in future urban studies to
determine patterns and processes occurring within animal populations persisting in
these highly heterogeneous habitats. Such an approach has the potential to be adopted
by other conservation groups around New Zealand, and globally, to enhance the
understanding of the target species and local populations, thereby improving the
development and effectiveness of management initiatives. If subsequent control
strategies are successful, it is likely that with more targeted management, populations
of native species will increase both in areas of complete eradication, as well as in urban
areas.
References
162
References
Abdelkrim, J., Pascal, M., Calmet, C. & Samadi, S. (2005). Importance of assessing
population genetic structure before eradication of invasive species: Examples
from insular Norway rat populations. Conservation Biology, 19, 1509-1518.
Abdelkrim, J., Pascal, M. & Samadi, S. (2007). Establishing causes of eradication
failure based on genetics: Case study of ship rat eradication in Ste. Anne
archipelago. Conservation Biology, 21, 719-730.
Abdelkrim, J., Byrom, A.E. & Gemmell, N.J. (2010). Fine-scale genetic structure of
mainland invasive Rattus rattus populations: Implications for restoration of
forested conservation areas in New Zealand. Conservation Genetics, 11, 1953-
1964.
Adams, A.L. (2008). Impacts of urbanisation on avian communities in Dunedin, New
Zealand. Honours dissertation, University of Otago.
Adams, A.L., Dickinson, K.J.M., Robertson, B.C. & van Heezik, Y. (2013). Predicting
summer site occupancy for an invasive species, the common brushtail possum
(Trichosurus vulpecula), in an urban environment. Plos One, 8, e58422.
doi:58410.51371/journal.pone.0058422.
Adams, E.S. (2001). Approaches to the study of territory size and shape. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics, 32, 277-303.
Adkins, C.A. & Stott, P. (1998). Home ranges, movements and habitat associations of
red foxes Vulpes vulpes in suburban Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Journal of
Zoology, 244, 335-346.
Aebischer, N.J., Robertson, P.A. & Kenward, R.E. (1993). Compositional analysis of
habitat use from animal radio-tracking data. Ecology, 74, 1313-1325.
Allen, N.T. (1982). A study of the hormonal control, chemical constituents, and
functional significance of the paracloacal glands in Trichosurus vulpecula
(including comparisons with other marsupials). MSc Thesis. University of
Western Australia.
Allendorf, F.W. & Luikart, G. (2007). Conservation and the genetics of populations.
Blackwell Publishing, UK.
Altman, D.G., Lausen, B., Sauerbrei, W. & Schumacher, M. (1994). Dangers of using
optimal cutpoints in the evaluation of prognostic factors. Journal of the
National Cancer Institute, 86, 829-835.
Amos, W., Hoffman, J.I., Frodsham, A., Zhang, L., Best, S. & Hill, A.V.S. (2007).
Automated binning of microsatellite alleles: Problems and solutions. Molecular
Ecology Notes, 7, 10-14.
References
163
Anderson, T.J.C., Berry, A.J., Amos, J.N. & Cook, J.M. (1988). Spool-and-line
tracking of the New Guinea spiny bandicoot, Echymipera kalubu (Marsupialia,
Peramelidae). Journal of Mammalogy, 69, 114-120.
Animal Care and Use Committee (1998). Guidelines for the capture, handling, and care
of mammals as approved by the American Society of Mammalogists. Journal of
Mammalogy, 79, 1416-1431.
Apps, C.D., McLellan, B.N., Woods, J.G. & Proctor, M.F. (2004). Estimating grizzly
bear distribution and abundance relative to habitat and human influence.
Journal of Wildlife Management, 68, 138-152.
Atkinson, I.A.E. (2001). Introduced mammals and models for restoration. Biological
Conservation, 99, 81-96.
Atkinson, I.A.E. (2006). Introduced mammals in a new environment. Biological
invasions in New Zealand (eds R.B. Allen & W.G. Lee), pp. 49-66. Springer-
Verlag, Berlin.
Attiwill, P.M. & Leeper, G.W. (1987). Forest soils and nutrient cycles. Melbourne
University Press, Victoria, Australia.
Augustine, B.C., Crowley, P.H. & Cox, J.J. (2011). A mechanistic model of GPS collar
location data: Implications for analysis and bias mitigation. Ecological
Modelling, 222, 3616-3625.
Bailey, E.P. (1993). Introduction of foxes to Alaskan Islands - History, effects on
avifauna, and eradication. pp. 1-53. United States Department of the Interior
Fish and Wildlife Service, Resource Publication, Washington.
Bailey, L.L., Simons, T.R. & Pollock, K.H. (2004). Estimating site occupancy and
species detection probability parameters for terrestrial salamanders. Ecological
Applications, 14, 692-702.
Baker, P.J. & Harris, S. (2007). Urban mammals: What does the future hold? An
analysis of the factors affecting patterns of use of residential gardens in Great
Britain. Mammal Review, 37, 297-315.
Baker, P.J., Dowding, C.V., Molony, S.E., White, P.C.L. & Harris, S. (2007). Activity
patterns of urban red foxes (Vulpes vulpes) reduce the risk of traffic-induced
mortality. Behavioral Ecology, 18, 716-724.
Ball, S.J., Ramsey, D., Nugent, G., Warburton, B. & Efford, M. (2005). A method for
estimating wildlife detection probabilities in relation to home-range use:
Insights from a field study on the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus
vulpecula). Wildlife Research, 32, 217-227.
Balloux, F. & Lugon-Moulin, N. (2002). The estimation of population differentiation
with microsatellite markers. Molecular Ecology, 11, 155-165.
Bamford, J. (1970). Evaluating opossum poisoning operations by interference with non-
toxic baits. Proceedings of the New Zealand Ecological Society, 17, 118-125.
References
164
Barbosa, A.M., Real, R., Olivero, J. & Vargas, J.M. (2003). Otter (Lutra lutra)
distribution modeling at two resolution scales suited to conservation planning in
the Iberian Peninsula. Biological Conservation, 114, 377-387.
Barton, R.A., Whiten, A., Strum, S.C., Byrne, R.W. & Simpson, A.J. (1992). Habitat
use and resource availability in baboons. Animal Behaviour, 43, 831-844.
Beamesderfer, R.C. & Rieman, B.E. (1991). Abundance and distribution of northern
squawfish, walleyes, and smallmouth bass in John Day Reservoir, Columbia
River. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 120, 439-447.
Belant, J.L. & Follmann, E.H. (2002). Sampling considerations for American black and
brown bear home range and habitat use. Ursus, 13, 299-315.
Bell, B., D. (2002). The eradication of alien mammals from five offshore islands,
Mauritius, Indian Ocean. Turning the tide: The eradication of invasive species
(eds C.R. Veitch & M.N. Clout), pp. 40-45. IUCN SSC Invasive Species
Specialist Group, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
Bellingham, P.J., Towns, D.R., Cameron, E.K., Davis, J.J., Wardle, D.A., Wilmshurst,
J.M. & Mulder, C.P.H. (2010). New Zealand island restoration: Seabirds,
predators, and the importance of history. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 34,
115-136.
Bender, D.J., Contreras, T.A. & Fahrig, L. (1998). Habitat loss and population decline:
A meta-analysis of the patch size effect. Ecology, 79, 517-533.
Benhamou, S. & Riotte-Lambert, L. (2012). Beyond the Utilization Distribution:
Identifying home range areas that are intensively exploited or repeatedly visited.
Ecological Modelling, 227, 112-116.
Bergl, R.A. & Vigilant, L. (2007). Genetic analysis reveals population structure and
recent migration within the highly fragmented range of the Cross River gorilla
(Gorilla gorilla diehli). Molecular Ecology, 16, 501-516.
Beyer, H.L. (2004). Hawth's Analysis Tools for ArcGIS.
www.spatialecology.com/htools.
Biggins, J.G. & Overstreet, D.H. (1978). Aggressive and nonaggressive interactions
among captive populations of the brush-tail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula
(Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Journal of Mammalogy, 59, 149-159.
Bjorneraas, K., Van Moorter, B., Rolandsen, C.M. & Herfindal, I. (2010). Screening
global positioning system location data for errors using animal movement
characteristics. Journal of Wildlife Management, 74, 1361-1366.
Blackie, H., M. (2004). High-resolution spatiotemporal behaviour and ecology of
brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula), characterised using global
positioning devices. MSc Thesis, University of Auckland.
Blackie, H.M. (2010). Comparative performance of three brands of lightweight global
positioning system collars. Journal of Wildlife Management, 74, 1911-1916.
References
165
Blackie, H.M., Russell, J.C. & Clout, M.N. (2011). Maternal influence on philopatry
and space use by juvenile brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of
Animal Ecology, 80, 477-483.
Blair, R.B. (1996). Land use and avian species diversity along an urban gradient.
Ecological Applications, 6, 506-519.
Bolton, R.M. & Ahokas, J.T. (1997). Mixed function oxidases in an Australian
marsupial, the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Archives of
Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 33, 83-89.
Borger, L., Dalziel, B.D. & Fryxell, J.M. (2008). Are there general mechanisms of
animal home range behaviour? A review and prospects for future research.
Ecology Letters, 11, 637-650.
Bowman, J.L., Kochanny, C.O., Demarais, S. & Leopold, B.D. (2000). Evaluation of a
GPS collar for white-tailed deer. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 28, 141-145.
Boyce, M.S. & McDonald, L.L. (1999). Relating populations to habitats using resource
selection functions. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 14, 268-272.
Boyce, M.S., Vernier, P.R., Nielsen, S.E. & Schmiegelow, F.K.A. (2002). Evaluating
resource selection functions. Ecological Modelling, 157, 281-300.
Bradshaw, C.J.A., Boutin, S. & Hebert, D.M. (1997). Effects of petroleum exploration
on woodland caribou in northeastern Alberta. Journal of Wildlife Management,
61, 1127-1133.
Brockie, R. (1992). A living New Zealand forest. David Bateman, Auckland.
Brockie, R.E., Bell, B., D. & White, A.J. (1981). Age structure and mortality of possum
Trichosurus vulpecula populations from New Zealand. Proceedings of the 1st
Symposium on Marsupials in New Zealand (ed. B. Bell, D.), pp. 63-83. Zoology
Publications from Victoria University of Wellington 74, Wellington.
Brockie, R.E., Fairweather, A.A.C., Ward, G.D. & Porter, R.E.R. (1987). Field biology
of Hawke's Bay farmland possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. pp. 40. Department
of Scientific and Industrial Research, Lower Hutt, New Zealand.
Brockie, R.E., Ward, G.D. & Cowan, P.E. (1997). Possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) on
Hawke's bay farmland: Spatial distribution and population structure before and
after a control operation. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 27, 181-
191.
Broquet, T., Ray, N., Petit, E., Fryxell, J.M. & Burel, F. (2006). Genetic isolation by
distance and landscape connectivity in the American marten (Martes
americana). Landscape Ecology, 21, 877-889.
Brown, J.H., Stevens, G.C. & Kaufman, D.M. (1996). The geographic range: Size,
shape, boundaries, and internal structure. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics, 27, 597-623.
References
166
Brown, K., Innes, J. & Shorten, R. (1993). Evidence that possums prey on and
scavenge birds' eggs, birds and mammals. Notornis, 40, 169-177.
Brussard, P.F., Reed, J.M. & Tracy, C.R. (1998). Ecosystem management: What is it
really? Landscape and Urban Planning, 40, 9-20.
Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P., Laake, J.L., Borchers, D.L. &
Thomas, L. (2001). Introduction to distance sampling. Oxford University Press,
Oxford, UK.
Bullard, F. (1999). Estimating the home range of an animal: A Brownian bridge
approach. MSc Thesis, University of North Carolina.
Burbidge, A.A. & Manly, B.F.J. (2002). Mammal extinctions on Australian islands:
Causes and conservation implications. Journal of Biogeography, 29, 465-473.
Burnham, K.P. & Anderson, D.R. (2002). Model selection and multimodel inference: A
practical information-theoretic approach, 2nd edn. Springer, New York.
Burnham, K.P. & Anderson, D.R. (2004). Multimodel inference - understanding AIC
and BIC in model selection. Sociological Methods & Research, 33, 261-304.
Burt, W.H. (1943). Territoriality and home range concepts as applied to mammals.
Journal of Mammalogy, 24, 346-352.
Cagnacci, F., Boitani, L., Powell, R.A. & Boyce, M.S. (2010). Animal ecology meets
GPS-based radiotelemetry: A perfect storm of opportunities and challenges.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B-Biological Sciences, 365,
2157-2162.
Cain, J.W., Krausman, P.R., Jansen, B.D. & Morgart, J.R. (2005). Influence of
topography and GPS fix interval on GPS collar performance. Wildlife Society
Bulletin, 33, 926-934.
Calenge, C. (2006). The package "adehabitat" for the R software: A tool for the
analysis of space and habitat use by animals. Ecological Modelling, 197, 516-
519.
Cameron, B.G., van Heezik, Y., Maloney, R.F., Seddon, P.J. & Harraway, J.A. (2005).
Improving predator capture rates: Analysis of river margin trap site data in the
Waitaki Basin, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 29, 117-128.
Campbell, K. & Donlan, C.J. (2005). Feral goat eradications on islands. Conservation
Biology, 19, 1362-1374.
Capaccio, S., Lowe, D., Walsh, D.M.A. & Daly, P. (1997). Real-time differential
GPS/Glonass trials in Europe using all-in-view 20 channel receivers. Journal of
Navigation, 50, 193-208.
Carey, A.B., Reid, J.A. & Horton, S.P. (1990). Spotted owl home range and habitat use
in southern Oregon coast ranges. Journal of Wildlife Management, 54, 11-17.
References
167
Cargnelutti, B., Coulon, A., Hewison, A.J.M., Goulard, M., Angibault, J.M. &
Morellet, N. (2007). Testing global positioning system performance for wildlife
monitoring using mobile collars and known reference points. Journal of Wildlife
Management, 71, 1380-1387.
Carvalho, D.C., Oliveira, D.A.A., Santos, J.E., Teske, P., Beheregaray, L.B., Schneider,
H. & Sampaio, I. (2009). Genetic characterization of native and introduced
populations of the neotropical cichlid genus Cichla in Brazil. Genetics and
Molecular Biology, 32, 601-607.
Caughley, G. (1989). New Zealand plant-herbivore systems: Past and present. New
Zealand Journal of Ecology, 12, 3-10.
Chakraborty, R. & Nei, M. (1977). Bottleneck effects on average heterozygosity and
genetic distance with the stepwise mutation model. Evolution, 31, 347-356.
Chamberlain, M.J., Conner, L.M. & Leopold, B.D. (2002). Seasonal habitat selection
by raccoons (Procyon lotor) in intensively managed pine forests of central
Mississippi. American Midland Naturalist, 147, 102-108.
Chen, C., Durand, E., Forbes, F. & Francois, O. (2007). Bayesian clustering algorithms
ascertaining spatial population structure: A new computer program and a
comparison study. Molecular Ecology Notes, 7, 747-756.
Cianfrani, C., Le Lay, G., Hirzel, A.H. & Loy, A. (2010). Do habitat suitability models
reliably predict the recovery areas of threatened species? Journal of Applied
Ecology, 47, 421-430.
Ciuti, S., Bongi, P., Vassale, S. & Apollonio, M. (2006). Influence of fawning on the
spatial behaviour and habitat selection of female fallow deer (Dama dama)
during late pregnancy and early lactation. Journal of Zoology, 268, 97-107.
Clavero, M. & Garcia-Berthou, E. (2005). Invasive species are a leading cause of
animal extinctions. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 20, 110.
Clegg, S.M., Degnan, S.M., Kikkawa, J., Moritz, C., Estoup, A. & Owens, I.P.F.
(2002). Genetic consequences of sequential founder events by an island-
colonizing bird. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 99,
8127-8132.
Clinchy, M., Taylor, A.C., Zanette, L.Y., Krebs, C.J. & Jarman, P.J. (2004). Body size,
age and paternity in common brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula).
Molecular Ecology, 13, 195-202.
Clout, M. (2001). Where protection is not enough: Active conservation in New
Zealand. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 16, 415-416.
Clout, M.N. (1977). The ecology of the possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in Pinus
radiata plantations. PhD Thesis, University of Auckland.
References
168
Clout, M.N. & Efford, M.G. (1984). Sex differences in the dispersal and settlement of
brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of Animal Ecology, 53, 737-
749.
Clout, M.N. & Gaze, P.D. (1984). Brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in a
New Zealand beech (Nothofagus) forest. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 7,
147-155.
Clout, M.N. & Erickson, K. (2000). Anatomy of a disastrous success: The brushtail
possum as an invasive species. The brushtail possum: Biology, impact and
management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L. Montague), pp. 1-9. Manaaki
Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Clout, M.N. (2002). Biodiversity loss caused by invasive alien vertebrates. Zeitschrift
Fur Jagdwissenschaft, 48, 51-58.
Clout, M.N. & Russell, J.C. (2006). The eradication of mammals from New Zealand
islands. Assessment and Control of Biological Invasion Risks (eds F. Koike,
M.N. Clout, M. Kawamichi, M. De Poorter & K. Iwatsuki), pp. 127-141. IUCN,
Gland, Switzerland.
Coleman, J. & Caley, P. (2000). Possums as a reservoir of bovine Tb. The brushtail
possum: Biology, impact and management of an introduced marsupial, pp. 92-
104. Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Coleman, J.D., Gillman, A. & Green, W.Q. (1980). Forest patterns and possum
densities within podocarp/mixed hardwood forests on Mt Bryan O'Lynn,
Westland. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 3, 69-84.
Coleman, J.D. & Green, W.Q. (1984). Variations in the sex and age distributions of
brush-tailed possum populations. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 11, 313-
318.
Coleman, J.D., Green, W.Q. & Polson, J.G. (1985). Diet of brushtail possums over a
pasture-alpine gradient in Westland, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of
Ecology, 8, 21-35.
Collinge, S.K. (2001). Spatial ecology and biological conservation - Introduction.
Biological Conservation, 100, 1-2.
Conry, P.J. (1988). Management of feral and exotic game species on Guam.
Transactions of the Western Section of the Wildlife Society, 24, 26-30.
Cooke, S.J., Hinch, S.G., Wikelski, M., Andrews, R.D., Kuchel, L.J., Wolcott, T.G. &
Butler, P.J. (2004). Biotelemetry: A mechanistic approach to ecology. Trends in
Ecology & Evolution, 19, 334-343.
Cork, S.J. (1996). Optimal digestive strategies for arboreal herbivorous mammals in
contrasting forest types: Why koalas and colobines are different. Australian
Journal of Ecology, 21, 10-20.
References
169
Cornuet, J.M., Piry, S., Luikart, G., Estoup, A. & Solignac, M. (1999). New methods
employing multilocus genotypes to select or exclude populations as origins of
individuals. Genetics, 153, 1989-2000.
Courchamp, F. & Sugihara, G. (1999). Modeling the biological control of an alien
predator to protect island species from extinction. Ecological Applications, 9,
112-123.
Courchamp, F., Chapuis, J.L. & Pascal, M. (2003). Mammal invaders on islands:
Impact, control and control impact. Biological Reviews, 78, 347-383.
Cowan, P. & Clout, M. (2000). Possums on the move: Activity patterns, home ranges
and dispersal. The brushtail possum: Biology, impact and management of an
introduced marsupial (ed. T.L. Montague), pp. 24-34. Manaaki Whenua Press,
Lincoln, New Zealand.
Cowan, P., Sarre, S. & Aitken, N. (2007). The genetics of possum dispersal. Kararehe
Kino Vertebrate Pest Research Issue 10, pp. 5-6. Landcare Research Manaaki
Whenua, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Cowan, P.E. & Moeed, A. (1987). Invertebrates in the diet of brushtail possums,
Trichosurus vulpecula, in lowland podocarp broadleaf forest, Orongorongo
Valley, Wellington, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 14, 163-
177.
Cowan, P.E. (1989). Denning habits of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus
vulpecula, in New Zealand lowland forest. Australian Wildlife Research, 16, 63-
78.
Cowan, P.E. & White, A.J. (1989). Evaluation of a tooth-wear age index for brushtail
possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Wildlife Research, 16, 321-322.
Cowan, P.E. (1990). Fruits, seeds, and flowers in the diet of brushtail possums,
Trichosurus vulpecula, in lowland podocarp/mixed hardwood forest,
Orongorongo Valley, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 17, 549-
566.
Cowan, P.E. (1992). The eradication of introduced Australian brushtail possums,
Trichosurus vulpecula, from Kapiti Island, a New Zealand nature reserve.
Biological Conservation, 61, 217-226.
Cowan, P.E. & Rhodes, D.S. (1993). Electric fences and poison buffers as barriers to
movements and dispersal of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) on
farmland. Wildlife Research, 20, 671-686.
Cowan, P.E., Brockie, R.E., Ward, G.D. & Efford, M.G. (1996). Long-distance
movements of juvenile brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) on farmland,
Hawke's Bay, New Zealand. Wildlife Research, 23, 237-244.
Cowan, P.E., Brockie, R.E., Smith, R.N. & Hearfield, M.E. (1997). Dispersal of
juvenile brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, after a control operation.
Wildlife Research, 24, 279-288.
References
170
Cowan, P.E. (2001). Advances in New Zealand mammalogy 1990-2000: Brushtail
possum. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 31, 15-29.
Cowan, P.E. (2005). Brushtail possum. The handbook of New Zealand mammals (ed.
C.M. King), pp. 56-80. Oxford University Press, Melbourne.
Crawley, M.C. (1973). A live trapping study of Australian brushtailed possums,
Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr), in the Orongorongo Valley, Wellington, New
Zealand. Australian Journal of Zoology, 21, 75-90.
Creel, S., Winnie, J., Maxwell, B., Hamlin, K. & Creel, M. (2005). Elk alter habitat
selection as an antipredator response to wolves. Ecology, 86, 3387-3397.
Cromarty, P.L., Broome, K.G., Cox, A., Empson, R.A., Hutchinson, W.M. &
McFadden, I. (2002). Eradication planning for invasive alien animal species on
islands: The approach developed by the New Zealand Department of
Conservation. Turning the tide: The eradication of invasive species (eds C.R.
Veitch & M.N. Clout), pp. 85-91. IUCN SSC Invasive Species Specialist
Group, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
Czech, B., Krausman, P.R. & Devers, P.K. (2000). Economic associations among
causes of species endangerment in the United States. Bioscience, 50, 593-601.
D'Eon, R.G., Serrouya, R., Smith, G. & Kochanny, C.O. (2002). GPS radiotelemetry
error and bias in mountainous terrain. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 30, 430-439.
D'Eon, R.G. (2003). Effects of a stationary GPS fix-rate bias on habitat selection
analyses. Journal of Wildlife Management, 67, 858-863.
D'Eon, R.G. & Delparte, D. (2005). Effects of radio-collar position and orientation on
GPS radio-collar performance, and the implications of PDOP in data screening.
Journal of Applied Ecology, 42, 383-388.
Dahle, B. & Swenson, J.E. (2003). Seasonal range size in relation to reproductive
strategies in brown bears Ursus arctos. Journal of Animal Ecology, 72, 660-667.
Dakin, E.E. & Avise, J.C. (2004). Microsatellite null alleles in parentage analysis.
Heredity, 93, 504-509.
Davison, J., Huck, M., Delahay, R.J. & Roper, T.J. (2009). Restricted ranging
behaviour in a high-density population of urban badgers. Journal of Zoology,
277, 45-53.
Day, T., O'Connor, C. & Matthews, L. (2000). Possum social behaviour. The brushtail
possum: Biology, impact and management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L.
Montague), pp. 35-46. Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
DeGabriel, J.L., Moore, B.D., Foley, W.J. & Johnson, C.N. (2009). The effects of plant
defensive chemistry on nutrient availability predict reproductive success in a
mammal. Ecology, 90, 711-719.
References
171
Delaney, K.S., Riley, S.P.D. & Fisher, R.N. (2010). A rapid, strong, and convergent
genetic response to urban habitat fragmentation in four divergent and
widespread vertebrates. Plos One, 5, e12767.
doi:12710.11371/journal.pone.0012767.
Dennis, T.E., Chen, W.C., Koefoed, I.M., Lacoursiere, C.J., Walker, M.M., Laube, P.
& Forer, P. (2010). Performance characteristics of small global-positioning-
system tracking collars for terrestrial animals. Wildlife Biology in Practice, 6,
14-31.
Denys, P. (2010). A note on the accuracy of consumer grade GPS recievers. Survey
Quarterly, 62, 20-21.
Desender, K., Small, E., Gaublomme, E. & Verdyck, P. (2005). Rural-urban gradients
and the population genetic structure of woodland ground beetles. Conservation
Genetics, 6, 51-62.
Di Orio, A.P., Callas, R. & Schaefer, R.J. (2003). Performance of two GPS telemetry
collars under different habitat conditions. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 31, 372-379.
Dickman, C.R. (1996). Impact of exotic generalist predators on the native fauna of
Australia. Wildlife Biology, 2, 185-195.
Ditchkoff, S.S., Saalfeld, S.T. & Gibson, C.J. (2006). Animal behavior in urban
ecosystems: Modifications due to human-induced stress. Urban Ecosystems, 9,
5-12.
Dlugosch, K.M. & Parker, I.M. (2008). Founding events in species invasions: Genetic
variation, adaptive evolution, and the role of multiple introductions. Molecular
Ecology, 17, 431-449.
Donlan, C.J. & Wilcox, C. (2008). Integrating invasive mammal eradications and
biodiversity offsets for fisheries bycatch: Conservation opportunities and
challenges for seabirds and sea turtles. Biological Invasions, 10, 1053-1060.
Donnelly, M.J. & Townson, H. (2000). Evidence for extensive genetic differentiation
among populations of the malaria vector Anopheles arabiensis in Eastern
Africa. Insect Molecular Biology, 9, 357-367.
Dunedin City Council (2007). Street maps and aerial maps of Dunedin. Available from:
http://www.stats.govt.nz/Census/2006CensusHomePage.aspx.
Dunnet, G.M. (1956). A live-trapping study of the brush-tailed possum Trichosurus
vulpecula Kerr (Marsupialia). Wildlife Research, 1, 1-18.
Dunning, J.B., Danielson, B.J. & Pulliam, H.R. (1992). Ecological processes that affect
populations in complex landscapes. Oikos, 65, 169-175.
Durand, E., Jay, F., Gaggiotti, O.E. & Francois, O. (2009). Spatial inference of
admixture proportions and secondary contact zones. Molecular Biology and
Evolution, 26, 1963-1973.
References
172
Dussault, C., Courtois, R., Ouellet, J.P. & Huot, J. (1999). Evaluation of GPS telemetry
collar performance for habitat studies in the boreal forest. Wildlife Society
Bulletin, 27, 965-972.
Dussault, C., Ouellet, J.P., Courtois, R., Huot, J., Breton, L. & Jolicoeur, H. (2005).
Linking moose habitat selection to limiting factors. Ecography, 28, 619-628.
Ebenhard, T. (1988). Introduced birds and mammals and their ecological effects.
Swedish Wildlife Research, 13, 1-107.
Edenius, L. (1997). Field test of a GPS location system for moose Alces alces under
Scandinavian boreal conditions. Wildlife Biology, 3, 39-43.
Efford, M. (1991). A review of possum dispersal. DSIR Land Resources Scientific
Report 23, pp. 74. Dunedin.
Efford, M. (1998). Demographic consequences of sex-biased dispersal in a population
of brushtail possums. Journal of Animal Ecology, 67, 503-517.
Efford, M. (2000). Possum density, population structure, and dynamics. The brushtail
possum: Biology, impact and management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L.
Montague), pp. 47-61. Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Ekdahl, M.O., Smith, B.L. & Money, D.F. (1970). Tuberculosis in some wild and feral
animals in New Zealand. New Zealand Veterinary Journal, 18, 44-45.
El-Rabbany, A. (2006). Introduction to GPS: The Global Positioning System, 2nd edn.
Artech House Inc., Norwood, MA.
Eldridge, M.D.B., Kinnear, J.E. & Onus, M.L. (2001). Source population of dispersing
rock-wallabies (Petrogale lateralis) identified by assignment tests on multilocus
genotypic data. Molecular Ecology, 10, 2867-2876.
Elton, C.S. (1958). The ecology of invasions by animals and plants. Methuen, London.
Erickson, W.P., McDonald, T.L., Gerow, K.G., Howlin, S. & Kern, J.W. (2001).
Statistical issues in resource selection studies with radio-marked animals. Radio
tracking and animal populations (eds J.J. Millspaugh & J.M. Marzluff), pp.
210-242. Academic Press, San Diego.
ESRI (2009). ArcGIS. Environmental Systems Resource Institute, Redlands, CA.
Etter, D.R., Hollis, K.M., Van Deelen, T.R., Ludwig, D.R., Chelsvig, J.E., Anchor,
C.L. & Warner, R.E. (2002). Survival and movements of white-tailed deer in
suburban Chicago, Illinois. Journal of Wildlife Management, 66, 500-510.
Evanno, G., Regnaut, S. & Goudet, J. (2005). Detecting the number of clusters of
individuals using the software STRUCTURE: A simulation study. Molecular
Ecology, 14, 2611-2620.
Evans, K.L., Gaston, K.J., Frantz, A.C., Simeoni, M., Sharp, S.P., McGowan, A.,
Dawson, D.A., Walasz, K., Partecke, J., Burke, T. & Hatchwell, B.J. (2009).
References
173
Independent colonization of multiple urban centres by a formerly forest
specialist bird species. Proceedings of the Royal Society B-Biological Sciences,
276, 2403-2410.
Evans, M.C. (1992). Diet of the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia:
Phalangeridae) in central Australia. Australian Mammalogy, 15, 25-30.
Excoffier, L. & Lischer, H.E.L. (2010). Arlequin suite ver 3.5: A new series of
programs to perform population genetics analyses under Linux and Windows.
Molecular Ecology Resources, 10, 564-567.
Eyre, T.J. (2004). Distribution and conservation status of the possums and gliders of
southern Queensland. The biology of Australian possums and gliders (eds R.L.
Goldingay & S.M. Jackson), pp. 1-25. Surrey Beatty & Sons Pty Limited,
NSW.
Faeth, S.H., Bang, C. & Saari, S. (2011). Urban biodiversity: Patterns and mechanisms.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1223, 69-81.
Fahrig, L. (2003). Effects of habitat fragmentation on biodiversity. Annual Review of
Ecology Evolution and Systematics, 34, 487-515.
Falush, D., Stephens, M. & Pritchard, J.K. (2003). Inference of population structure
using multilocus genotype data: Linked loci and correlated allele frequencies.
Genetics, 164, 1567-1587.
Ferguson, S.H., Bergerud, A.T. & Ferguson, R. (1988). Predation risk and habitat
selection in the persistence of a remnant caribou population. Oecologia, 76,
236-245.
Fielding, A.H. & Bell, J.F. (1997). A review of methods for the assessment of
prediction errors in conservation presence/absence models. Environmental
Conservation, 24, 38-49.
Fitzgerald, A.E. (1976). Diet of the opossum Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr) in the
Orongorongo Valley, Wellington, New Zealand, in relation to food-plant
availability. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 3, 399-419.
Fitzgerald, A.E. (1984). Diet of the opossum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in three
Tasmanian forest types and its relevance to the diet of possums in New Zealand
forests. Possums and gliders (eds A.P. Smith & I.D. Hume), pp. 137-143.
Surrey Beatty in association with the Australian Mammal Society, Sydney.
Fleming, C.A. (1979). The geological history of New Zealand and its life. Auckland
University Press, Auckland.
Forman, R.T.T. & Alexander, L.E. (1998). Roads and their major ecological effects.
Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, 29, 207-231.
Frair, J.L., Nielsen, S.E., Merrill, E.H., Lele, S.R., Boyce, M.S., Munro, R.H.M.,
Stenhouse, G.B. & Beyer, H.L. (2004). Removing GPS collar bias in habitat
selection studies. Journal of Applied Ecology, 41, 201-212.
References
174
Frair, J.L., Fieberg, J., Hebblewhite, M., Cagnacci, F., DeCesare, N.J. & Pedrotti, L.
(2010). Resolving issues of imprecise and habitat-biased locations in ecological
analyses using GPS telemetry data. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B-Biological Sciences, 365, 2187-2200.
Francois, O. & Durand, E. (2010). The state of the field: Spatially explicit Bayesian
clustering models in population genetics. Molecular Ecology Resources, 10,
773-784.
Frankham, R., Ballou, J.D. & Briscoe, D.A. (2010). Introduction to conservation
genetics, 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Freeland, W.J. & Winter, J.W. (1975). Evolutionary consequences of eating:
Trichosurus vulpecula (marsupialia) and the genus Eucalyptus. Journal of
Chemical Ecology, 1, 439-455.
Freeman, C. & Buck, O. (2003). Development of an ecological mapping methodology
for urban areas in New Zealand. Landscape and Urban Planning, 63, 161-173.
Freeman, E.A. & Moisen, G. (2008). PresenceAbsence: An R package for presence
absence analysis. Journal of Statistical Software, 23, 1-31.
Galanti, V., Tosi, G., Rossi, R. & Foley, C. (2000). The use of GPS radio-collars to
track elephants (Loxodonta africana) in the Tarangire National Park (Tanzania).
Hystrix, 11, 27-37.
Galanti, V., Preatoni, D., Martinoti, A., Wauters, L.A. & Tosi, G. (2006). Space and
habitat use of the African elephant in the Tarangire-Manyara ecosystem,
Tanzania: Implications for conservation. Mammalian Biology, 71, 99-114.
Ganzhorn, J.U. (2002). Distribution of a folivorous lemur in relation to seasonally
varying food resources: Integrating quantitative and qualitative aspects of food
characteristics. Oecologia, 131, 427-435.
Gardner-Santana, L.C., Norris, D.E., Fornadel, C.M., Hinson, E.R., Klein, S.L. &
Glass, G.E. (2009). Commensal ecology, urban landscapes, and their influence
on the genetic characteristics of city-dwelling Norway rats (Rattus norvegicus).
Molecular Ecology, 18, 2766-2778.
Garton, E.O., Wisdom, M.J., Leban, F.A. & Johnson, B.K. (2001). Experimental design
for radiotelemetry studies. Radio tracking and animal populations (eds J.J.
Millspaugh & J.M. Marzluff), pp. 15-42. Academic Press, San Diego.
Gau, R.J., Mulders, R., Ciarniello, L.J., Heard, D.C., Chetkiewicz, C.L.B., Boyce, M.,
Munro, R., Stenhouse, G., Chruszcz, B., Gibeau, M.L., Milakovic, B. & Parker,
K.L. (2004). Uncontrolled field performance of Televilt GPS-SimplexTM
collars
on grizzly bears in western and northern Canada. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 32,
693-701.
Gehrt, S.D., Anchor, C. & White, L.A. (2009). Home range and landscape use of
coyotes in a metropolitan landscape: Conflict or coexistence? Journal of
Mammalogy, 90, 1045-1057.
References
175
Gelman, A. & Hill, J. (2007). Data analysis using regression and
multilevel/hierarchical models. Cambridge University Press, New York.
Gerlach, G. & Musolf, K. (2000). Fragmentation of landscape as a cause for genetic
subdivision in bank voles. Conservation Biology, 14, 1066-1074.
Gese, E.M., Morey, P.S. & Gehrt, S.D. (2012). Influence of the urban matrix on space
use of coyotes in the Chicago metropolitan area. Journal of Ethology, 30, 413-
425.
Gibson, L.A., Wilson, B.A., Cahill, D.M. & Hill, J. (2004). Spatial prediction of rufous
bristlebird habitat in a coastal heathland: A GIS-based approach. Journal of
Applied Ecology, 41, 213-223.
Gillies, C.S. & St Clair, C.C. (2010). Functional responses in habitat selection by
tropical birds moving through fragmented forest. Journal of Applied Ecology,
47, 182-190.
Girard, I., Dussault, C., Ouellet, J.P., Courtois, R. & Caron, A. (2006). Balancing
number of locations with number of individuals in telemetry studies. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 70, 1249-1256.
Gleeson, D., Harman, H. & Armstrong, T. (2006). Genetics of invasive species in New
Zealand. Biological invasions in New Zealand (eds R.B. Allen & W.G. Lee), pp.
103-118. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Glen, A.S., Byrom, A.E., Pech, R.P., Cruz, J., Schwab, A., Sweetapple, P.J., Yockney,
I., Nugent, G., Coleman, M. & Whitford, J. (2012). Ecology of brushtail
possums in a New Zealand dryland ecosystem. New Zealand Journal of
Ecology, 36, 29-37.
Goddard, M.A., Dougill, A.J. & Benton, T.G. (2010). Scaling up from gardens:
Biodiversity conservation in urban environments. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 25, 90-98.
Gompper, M.E., Kays, R.W., Ray, J.C., Lapoint, S.D., Bogan, D.A. & Cryan, J.R.
(2006). A comparison of noninvasive techniques to survey carnivore
communities in northeastern North America. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 34, 1142-
1151.
Gormley, A.M., Forsyth, D.M., Griffioen, P., Lindeman, M., Ramsey, D.S.L., Scroggie,
M.P. & Woodford, L. (2011). Using presence-only and presence-absence data to
estimate the current and potential distributions of established invasive species.
Journal of Applied Ecology, 48, 25-34.
Goudet, J. (2001). FSTAT, A program to estimate and test gene diversities and fixation
indices (version 2.9.3). Available from
http://www.unil.ch/izea/softwares/fstat.html.
Goudet, J., Perrin, N. & Waser, P. (2002). Tests for sex-biased dispersal using bi-
parentally inherited genetic markers. Molecular Ecology, 11, 1103-1114.
References
176
Graves, T.A. & Waller, J.S. (2006). Understanding the causes of missed global
positioning system telemetry fixes. Journal of Wildlife Management, 70, 844-
851.
Gray, T.N.E., Phan, C. & Long, B. (2010). Modelling species distribution at multiple
spatial scales: Gibbon habitat preferences in a fragmented landscape. Animal
Conservation, 13, 324-332.
Green, W.Q. (1984). A review of ecological studies relevant to management of the
common brushtail possum. Possums and gliders (eds A.P. Smith & I.D. Hume),
pp. 483-499. Surrey Beatty in association with the Australian Mammal Society,
Sydney.
Green, W.Q. & Coleman, J.D. (1986). Movement of possums (Trichosurus vulpecula)
between forest and pasture in Westland, New Zealand: Implications for bovine
tuberculosis transmission. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 9, 57-69.
Gregory, R.D. & Ballie, S.R. (1998). Large-scale habitat use of some declining British
birds. Journal of Applied Ecology, 35, 785-799.
Grimm, N.B., Faeth, S.H., Golubiewski, N.E., Redman, C.L., Wu, J., Bai, X. & Briggs,
J.M. (2008). Global change and the ecology of cities. Science, 319, 756-760.
Grinder, M.I. & Krausman, P.R. (2001). Home range, habitat use, and nocturnal
activity of coyotes in an urban environment. Journal of Wildlife Management,
65, 887-898.
Groves, C.P. (2005). Order Diprotodontia. Mammal species of the world: A taxonomic
and geographic reference (eds D.E. Wilson & D.M. Reeder), pp. 43-70. John
Hopkins University Press, Baltimore.
Grueber, C.E., Maxwell, J.M. & Jamieson, I.G. (2012). Are introduced takahe
populations on offshore islands at carrying capacity? Implications for genetic
management. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 36, 223-227.
Gu, W.D. & Swihart, R.K. (2004). Absent or undetected? Effects of non-detection of
species occurrence on wildlife-habitat models. Biological Conservation, 116,
195-203.
Guisan, A. & Thuiller, W. (2005). Predicting species distribution: Offering more than
simple habitat models. Ecology Letters, 8, 993-1009.
Haines, A.M., Grassman, L.I., Tewes, M.E. & Janecka, J.E. (2006). First ocelot
(Leopardus pardalis) monitored with GPS telemetry. European Journal of
Wildlife Research, 52, 216-218.
Hampton, J.O., Spencer, P.B.S., Alpers, D.L., Twigg, L.E., Woolnough, A.P., Doust, J.,
Higgs, T. & Pluske, J. (2004). Molecular techniques, wildlife management and
the importance of genetic population structure and dispersal: A case study with
feral pigs. Journal of Applied Ecology, 41, 735-743.
References
177
Handcock, M.S. & Stein, M.L. (1993). A Bayesian analysis of kriging. Technometrics,
35, 403-410.
Hansen, H., Hess, S.C., Cole, D. & Banko, P.C. (2007). Using population genetic tools
to develop a control strategy for feral cats (Felis catus) in Hawai ' i. Wildlife
Research, 34, 587-596.
Hansen, M.C. & Riggs, R.A. (2008). Accuracy, precision, and observation rates of
global positioning system telemetry collars. Journal of Wildlife Management,
72, 518-526.
Hardy, O.J. & Vekemans, X. (1999). Isolation by distance in a continuous population:
Reconciliation between spatial autocorrelation analysis and population genetics
models. Heredity, 83, 145-154.
Harper, M.J. (2005). Home range and den use of common brushtail possums
(Trichosurus vulpecula) in urban forest remnants. Wildlife Research, 32, 681-
687.
Harper, M.J., McCarthy, M.A. & van der Ree, R. (2008). Resources at the landscape
scale influence possum abundance. Austral Ecology, 33, 243-252.
Harris, S. (1981). The food of suburban foxes (Vulpes vulpes), with special reference to
London. Mammal Review, 11, 151-168.
Harris, S., Cresswell, W.J., Forde, P.G., Trewhella, W.J., Woollard, T. & Wray, S.
(1990). Home-range analysis using radio-tracking data - A review of problems
and techniques particularly as applied to the study of mammals. Mammal
Review, 20, 97-123.
Hauser, C.E. & McCarthy, M.A. (2009). Streamlining 'search and destroy': Cost-
effective surveillance for invasive species management. Ecology Letters, 12,
683-692.
Hazlitt, S.L., Goldizen, A.W. & Eldridge, M.D.B. (2006). Significant patterns of
population genetic structure and limited gene flow in a threatened macropodid
marsupial despite continuous habitat in southeast Queensland, Australia.
Conservation Genetics, 7, 675-689.
Hebblewhite, M., Percy, M. & Merrill, E.H. (2007). Are all global positioning system
collars created equal? Correcting habitat-induced bias using three brands in the
Central Canadian Rockies. Journal of Wildlife Management, 71, 2026-2033.
Hebblewhite, M. & Haydon, D.T. (2010). Distinguishing technology from biology: A
critical review of the use of GPS telemetry data in ecology. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B, 365, 2303-2312.
Hemson, G., Johnson, P., South, A., Kenward, R., Ripley, R. & MacDonald, D. (2005).
Are kernels the mustard? Data from global positioning system (GPS) collars
suggests problems for kernel home-range analyses with least-squares cross-
validation. Journal of Animal Ecology, 74, 455-463.
References
178
Higuchi, H., Ozaki, K., Fijita, G., Minton, J., Ueta, M., Soma, M. & Mita, N. (1996).
Satellite tracking of White-naped crane migration and the importance of the
Korean demilitarized zone. Conservation Biology, 10, 806-812.
Hill, N.J., Deane, E.M. & Power, M.L. (2008). Prevalence and genetic characterization
of Cryptosporidium isolates from common brushtail possums (Trichosurus
vulpecula) adapted to urban settings. Applied and Environmental Microbiology,
74, 5549-5555.
Hines, J.E. (2006). PRESENCE2: Software to estimate patch occupancy and related
parameters. USGS-PWRC,
http://www.mbr-pwrc.usgs.gov/software/presence.html.
Hines, J.E. (2011). PRESENCE analysis help forum.
http://www.phidot.org/forum/viewforum.php?f=11. Accessed 20.06.11.
Hirzel, A.H., Le Lay, G., Helfer, V., Randin, C. & Guisan, A. (2006). Evaluating the
ability of habitat suitability models to predict species presences. Ecological
Modelling, 199, 142-152.
Hobbs, R.J., Higgs, E. & Harris, J.A. (2009). Novel ecosystems: Implications for
conservation and restoration. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 24, 599-605.
Hocking, G.J. (1981). The population ecology of the brush-tailed possum, Trichosurus
vulpecula (Kerr), in Tasmania. MSc thesis. University of Tasmania.
Hoffman, J.I. & Amos, W. (2005). Microsatellite genotyping errors: Detection
approaches, common sources and consequences for paternal exclusion.
Molecular Ecology, 14, 599-612.
Hofmann-Wellenhof, B., Lichtenegger, H. & Collins, J. (2001). Global positioning
system: Theory and practice, 5th edn. Springer-Velag, Wien, Germany.
Holt, R.D. (2003). On the evolutionary ecology of species' ranges. Evolutionary
Ecology Research, 5, 159-178.
Hope, D., Gries, C., Zhu, W.X., Fagan, W.F., Redman, C.L., Grimm, N.B., Nelson,
A.L., Martin, C. & Kinzig, A. (2003). Socioeconomics drive urban plant
diversity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 100, 8788-8792.
Horn, J.A., Mateus-Pinilla, N., Warner, R.E. & Heske, E.J. (2011). Home range, habitat
use, and activity patterns of free-roaming domestic cats. Journal of Wildlife
Management, 75, 1177-1185.
Horne, J.S., Garton, E.O., Krone, S.M. & Lewis, J.S. (2007). Analyzing animal
movements using Brownian bridges. Ecology, 88, 2354-2363.
Hosmer, D.W. & Lemeshow, S. (2000). Applied logistic regression. Wiley, New York.
References
179
How, R.A. (1981). Population parameters of two congeneric possums, Trichosurus
spp., in north eastern New South Wales. Australian Journal of Zoology, 29,
205-215.
Howald, G., Donlan, C.J., Galvan, J.P., Russell, J.C., Parkes, J., Samaniego, A., Wang,
Y., Veitch, D., Genovesi, P., Pascal, M., Saunders, A. & Tershy, B. (2007).
Invasive rodent eradication on islands. Conservation Biology, 21, 1258-1268.
Howald, G., Donlan, C.J., Faulkner, K.R., Ortega, S., Gellerman, H., Croll, D.A. &
Tershy, B.R. (2009). Eradication of black rats Rattus rattus from Anacapa
Island. Oryx, 44, 30-40.
Howard, W.E. (1967). Biological control of vertebrate pests. Proceedings of the 3rd
Vertebrate Pest Conference (ed. M.W. Cummings), pp. 137-157. San Francisco,
California.
Howlin, S., Erickson, W.P. & Nielsen, R.M. (2003). A validation technique for
assessing predictive abilities of resource selection functions Proceedings of the
symposium on resource selection methods and applications (ed. S. Huzurbazar),
pp. 40-51. Omnipress, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.
Hrbek, T., Farias, I.P., Crossa, M., Sampaio, I., Porto, J.I.R. & Meyer, A. (2005).
Population genetic analysis of Arapaima gigas, one of the largest freshwater
fishes of the Amazon basin: Implications for its conservation. Animal
Conservation, 8, 297-308.
Huck, M., Frantz, A.C., Dawson, D.A., Burke, T. & Roper, T.J. (2008). Low genetic
variability, female-biased dispersal and high movement rates in an urban
population of Eurasian badgers Meles meles. Journal of Animal Ecology, 77,
905-915.
Hughes, J.J., Ward, D. & Perrin, M.R. (1994). Predation risk and competition affect
habitat selection and activity of namib desert gerbils. Ecology, 75, 1397-1405.
Hulbert, I.A.R. & French, J. (2001). The accuracy of GPS for wildlife telemetry and
habitat mapping. Journal of Applied Ecology, 38, 869-878.
Hume, I.D. (1999). Marsupial nutrition. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Hurford, A. (2009). GPS measurement error gives rise to spurious 180 degrees turning
angles and strong directional biases in animal movement data. Plos One, 4,
e5632. doi:5610.1371/journal.pone.0005632.
Innes, J., Crook, B. & Jansen, B.D. (1994). A time-lapse video camera system for
detecting predators at nests of forest birds: A trial with North Island Kokako.
Proceedings of the Resource Technology '94 Conference (ed. I. Bishop), pp.
439-448. University of Melbourne, Melbourne.
Iverson, J.B. (1978). The impact of feral cats and dogs on populations of the West
Indian rock iguana, Cyclura carinata. Biological Conservation, 14, 63-73.
References
180
Jakobsson, M. & Rosenberg, N.A. (2007). CLUMPP: A cluster matching and
permutation program for dealing with label switching and multimodality in
analysis of population structure. Bioinformatics, 23, 1801-1806.
Jamieson, I.G. (2011). Founder effects, inbreeding, and loss of genetic diversity in four
avian reintroduction programs. Conservation Biology, 25, 115-123.
Jeschke, J.M. (2008). Across islands and continents, mammals are more successful
invaders than birds. Diversity and Distributions, 14, 913-916.
Ji, W., Sarre, S.D., Aitken, N., Hankin, R.K.S. & Clout, M.N. (2001). Sex-biased
dispersal and a density-independent mating system in the Australian brushtail
possum, as revealed by minisatellite DNA profiling. Molecular Ecology, 10,
1527-1537.
Jiang, Z., Sugita, M., Kitahara, M., Takatsuki, S., Goto, T. & Yoshida, Y. (2008).
Effects of habitat feature, antenna position, movement, and fix interval on GPS
radio collar performance in Mount Fuji, central Japan. Ecological Research, 23,
581-588.
Jimenez-Valverde, A. & Lobo, J.M. (2007). Threshold criteria for conversion of
probability of species presence to either-or presence-absence. Acta Oecologica-
International Journal of Ecology, 31, 361-369.
Johansson, A., Karlsson, P. & Gyllensten, U. (2003). A novel method for automatic
genotyping of microsatellite markers based on parametric pattern recognition.
Human Genetics, 113, 316-324.
Johnson, B.K., Kern, J.W., Wisdom, M.J., Findholt, S.L. & Kie, J.G. (2000). Resource
selection and spatial separation of mule deer and elk during spring. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 64, 685-697.
Johnson, D.H. (1980). The comparison of usage and availability measurements for
evaluating resource preference. Ecology, 61, 65-71.
Jolly, J.N. (1976). Habitat use and movements of the opossum (Trichosurus vulpecula)
in a pastoral habitat on Banks Peninsula. Proceedings of the New Zealand
Ecological Society, 23, 70-78.
Jones, H.P., Williamhenry, R., Howald, G.R., Tershy, B.R. & Croll, D.A. (2005).
Predation of artificial Xantus's murrelet (Synthliboramphus hypoleucus scrippsi)
nests before and after black rat (Rattus rattus) eradication. Environmental
Conservation, 32, 320-325.
Jones, M.E., Paetkau, D., Geffen, E. & Moritz, C. (2004). Genetic diversity and
population structure of Tasmanian devils, the largest marsupial carnivore.
Molecular Ecology, 13, 2197-2209.
Kaneko, Y., Maruyama, N. & Macdonald, D.W. (2006). Food habits and habitat
selection of suburban badgers (Meles meles) in Japan. Journal of Zoology, 270,
78-89.
References
181
Kenward, R.E., Walls, S.S., South, A.B. & Casey, N.M. (2008). Ranges8: For the
analysis of tracking and location data. Anatrack Ltd, Wareham, UK.
Kerle, A., Foulkes, J.N., Kimber, R.G. & Papenfus, D. (1992). The decline of the
brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr 1798), in arid Australia.
Rangeland Journal, 14, 107-127.
Kerle, A. (2001). Possums: The brushtails, ringtails and greater glider. University of
New South Wales Press Ltd, Sydney, Australia.
Kerle, A. (2004). A cautionary tale: Decline of the common brushtail possum
Trichosurus vulpecula and common ringtail possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus
in the woodlands of the western slopes and plains of New South Wales. The
biology of Australian possums and gliders (eds R.L. Goldingay & S.M.
Jackson), pp. 71-84. Surrey Beatty & Sons Pty Limited, Sydney.
Kerle, J.A. (1984). Variation in the ecology of Trichosurus: Its adaptive significance.
Possums and gliders (eds A.P. Smith & I.D. Hume), pp. 115-128. Surrey Beatty
in association with the Australian Mammal Society, Sydney.
Kernohan, B.J., Gitzen, R.A. & Millspaugh, J. (2001). Analysis of animal space use and
movements. Radio tracking and animal populations (eds J.J. Millspaugh & J.M.
Marzluff), pp. 127-166. Academic Press, San Diego.
Kertson, B.N. & Marzluff, J.M. (2011). Improving studies of resource selection by
understanding resource use. Environmental Conservation, 38, 18-27.
Key, G.E. & Woods, R.D. (1996). Spool-and-line studies on the behavioural ecology of
rats (Rattus spp.) in the Galapagos Islands. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 74,
733-737.
King, C.M. (2005). The handbook of New Zealand mammals, 2nd edn. Oxford
University Press, Melbourne.
King, C.M., Innes, J.G., Gleeson, D., Fitzgerald, N., Winstanley, T., O'Brien, B.,
Bridgman, L. & Cox, N. (2011). Reinvasion by ship rats (Rattus rattus) of forest
fragments after eradication. Biological Invasions, 13, 2391-2408.
King, T.M., Williams, M. & Lambert, D.M. (2000). Dams, ducks and DNA: Identifying
the effects of a hydro-electric scheme on New Zealand’s endangered blue duck.
Conservation Genetics, 1, 103-113.
Koehler, G.M. & Hornocker, M.G. (1991). Seasonal resource use among mountain
lions, bobcats, and coyotes. Journal of Mammalogy, 72, 391-396.
Kolbe, J.J., Glor, R.E., Schettino, L.R.G., Lara, A.C., Larson, A. & Losos, J.B. (2004).
Genetic variation increases during biological invasion by a Cuban lizard.
Nature, 431, 177-181.
Krajick, K. (2005). Winning the war against island invaders. Science, 310, 1410-1413.
References
182
Kranstauber, B., Kays, R., LaPoint, S.D., Wikelski, M. & Safi, K. (2012). A dynamic
Brownian bridge movement model to estimate utilization distributions for
heterogeneous animal movement. Journal of Animal Ecology, 81, 738-746.
Krebs, J.R. & Davies, N.B. (1997). Behavioural ecology: An evolutionary approach.
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
Krummel, J.R., Gardner, R.H., Sugihara, G., Oneill, R.V. & Coleman, P.R. (1987).
Landscape patterns in a disturbed environment. Oikos, 48, 321-324.
Lam, M.K.-P., Hickson, R.E., Cowan, P.E. & Cooper, D.W. (2000). A major
histocompatibility (MHC) microsatellite locus in brushtail possums
(Trichosurus vulpecula). Online Journal of Veterinary Research, 4, 139-141.
Land, E.D., Shindle, D.B., Kawula, R.J., Benson, J.F., Lotz, M.A. & Onorato, D.P.
(2008). Florida panther habitat selection analysis of concurrent GPS and VHF
telemetry data. Journal of Wildlife Management, 72, 633-639.
Latch, E.K., Dharmarajan, G., Glaubitz, J.C. & Rhodes, O.E. (2006). Relative
performance of Bayesian clustering software for inferring population
substructure and individual assignment at low levels of population
differentiation. Conservation Genetics, 7, 295-302.
Laver, P.N. & Kelly, M.J. (2008). A critical review of home range studies. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 72, 290-298.
Lawson, E.J. & Rodgers, A.R. (1997). Differences in home-range size computed in
commonly used software programs. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 25, 721-729.
le Mar, K. (2002). Spatial organisation and habitat selection patterns of three
marsupial herbivores within a patchy forest environment. PhD Thesis,
University of Tasmania.
Lecis, R., Pierpaoli, M., Biro, Z.S., Szemethy, L., Ragni, B., Vercillo, F. & Randi, E.
(2006). Bayesian analyses of admixture in wild and domestic cats (Felis
silvestris) using linked microsatellite loci. Molecular Ecology, 15, 119-131.
Lemmon, P.E. (1956). A spherical densiometer for estimating forest overstory density.
Forest Science, 2, 314-320.
Lepczyk, C.A., Mertig, A.G. & Liu, J.G. (2004). Landowners and cat predation across
rural-to-urban landscapes. Biological Conservation, 115, 191-201.
Leutert, A. (1988). Mortality, foliage loss, and possum browsing in southern rata
(Metrosideros umbellata) in Westland, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of
Botany, 26, 7-20.
Lewis, J.S., Rachlow, J.L., Garton, E.O. & Vierling, L.A. (2007). Effects of habitat on
GPS collar performance: Using data screening to reduce location error. Journal
of Applied Ecology, 44, 663-671.
References
183
Lima, S.L. & Dill, L.M. (1990). Behavioral decisions made under the risk of predation:
A review and prospectus. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 68, 619-640.
Litt, M., Hauge, X. & Sharma, V. (1993). Shadow bands seen when typing
polymorphic dinucleotide repeats: Some causes and cures. Biotechniques, 15,
280-284.
Lizcano, D.J. & Cavelier, J. (2004). Using GPS collars to study mountain tapirs
(Tapirus pinchaque) in the central Andes of Colombia. Tapir Conservation, 13,
18-23.
Long, R.A., Muir, J.D., Rachlow, J.L. & Kie, J.G. (2009). A comparison of two
modeling approaches for evaluating wildlife-habitat relationships. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 73, 294-302.
Long, R.A., Donovan, T.M., MacKay, P., Zielinski, W.J. & Buzas, J.S. (2011).
Predicting carnivore occurence with noninvasive surveys and occupancy
modeling. Landscape Ecology, 26, 327-340.
Loram, A., Tratalos, J., Warren, P.H. & Gaston, K.J. (2007). Urban domestic gardens
(X): The extent & structure of the resource in five major cities. Landscape
Ecology, 22, 601-615.
Lowe, A., Harris, S. & Ashton, P. (2004). Ecological genetics: Design, analysis, and
application. Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford.
Luck, G.W. (2002). The habitat requirements of the rufous treecreeper (Climacteris
rufa). 2. Validating predictive habitat models. Biological Conservation, 105,
395-403.
Luniak, M. (2004). Synurbization - adaptation of animal wildlife to urban development.
Proceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Urban Wildlife
Conservation (eds W.W. Shaw, L.K. Harris & L. Vandruff), pp. 50-55.
University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona.
MacArthur, R.H. (1972). Geographical ecology: Patterns in the distribution of species.
Harper & Row, New York.
Mack, R.N., Simberloff, D., Lonsdale, W.M., Evans, H., Clout, M. & Bazzaz, F.A.
(2000). Biotic invasions: Causes, epidemiology, global consequences, and
control. Ecological Applications, 10, 689-710.
MacKay, J.W.B., Russell, J.C. & Murphy, E.C. (2007). Eradicating house mice from
islands: Successes, failures and the way forward. Managing vertebrate invasive
species: Proceedings of an international symposium (eds G.W. Witmer, W.C.
Pitt & K.A. Fagerstone), pp. 294-304. United States Department of Agriculture,
Fort Collins.
MacKenzie, D.I., Nichols, J.D., Lachman, G.B., Droege, S., Royle, J.A. & Langtimm,
C.A. (2002). Estimating site occupancy rates when detection probabilities are
less than one. Ecology, 83, 2248-2255.
References
184
MacKenzie, D.I., Nichols, J.D., Hines, J.E., Knutson, M.G. & Franklin, A.B. (2003).
Estimating site occupancy, colonization, and local extinction when a species is
detected imperfectly. Ecology, 84, 2200-2207.
MacKenzie, D.I. & Bailey, L.L. (2004). Assessing the fit of site-occupancy models.
Journal of Agricultural Biological and Environmental Statistics, 9, 300-318.
MacKenzie, D.I., Nichols, J.D., Royle, J.A., Pollock, K.H., Bailey, L.L. & Hines, J.E.
(2006). Occupancy estimation and modeling: Inferring patterns and dynamics
of species occurrence. Elsevier Academic Press, San Diego, California.
Mackey, B.G. & Lindenmayer, D.B. (2001). Towards a hierarchical framework for
modelling the spatial distribution of animals. Journal of Biogeography, 28,
1147-1166.
MacLennan, D.G. (1984). The feeding behaviour and activity patterns of the brushtail
possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, in an open eucalypt woodland in southeast
Queensland. Possums and gliders (eds A.P. Smith & I.D. Hume), pp. 155-161.
Surrey Beatty in association with the Australian Mammal Society, Sydney.
Magle, S.B., Hunt, V.M., Vernon, M. & Crooks, K.R. (2012). Urban wildlife research:
Past, present, and future. Biological Conservation, 155, 23-32.
Manel, S., Williams, H.C. & Ormerod, S.J. (2001). Evaluating presence-absence
models in ecology: The need to account for prevalence. Journal of Applied
Ecology, 38, 921-931.
Manel, S., Schwartz, M.K., Luikart, G. & Taberlet, P. (2003). Landscape genetics:
Combining landscape ecology and population genetics. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 18, 189-197.
Manly, B.F.J., McDonald, L.L., Thomas, D.L., McDonald, T.L. & Erickson, W.P.
(2002). Resource selection by animals: Statistical design and analysis for field
studies, 2nd edn. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
Mantel, N. (1967). The detection of disease clustering and a generalized regression
approach. Cancer Research, 27, 209-220.
Marks, C.A. & Bloomfield, T.E. (1999). Distribution and density estimates for urban
foxes (Vulpes vulpes) in Melbourne: Implications for rabies control. Wildlife
Research, 26, 763-775.
Marks, C.A. & Bloomfield, T.E. (2006). Home-range size and selection of natal den
and diurnal shelter sites by urban red foxes (Vulpes vulpes) in Melbourne.
Wildlife Research, 33, 339-347.
Marzluff, J.M., Vekasy, M.S. & Coody, C. (1994). Comparative accuracy of aerial and
ground telemetry locations of foraging raptors. Condor, 96, 447-454.
Marzluff, J.M., Knick, S.T. & Millspaugh, J. (2001). High-tech behavioural ecology:
Modeling the distribution of animal activities to better understand wildlife space
References
185
use and resource selection. Radio tracking and animal populations (eds J.J.
Millspaugh & J.M. Marzluff), pp. 309-326. Academic Press, San Diego.
Marzluff, J.M., Millspaugh, J.J., Hurvitz, P. & Handcock, M.S. (2004). Relating
resources to a probabilistic measure of space use: Forest fragments and Steller's
Jays. Ecology, 85, 1411-1427.
Mason, C.F. (2000). Thrushes now largely restricted to the built environment in eastern
England. Diversity and Distributions, 6, 189-194.
Mathieu, R., Freeman, C. & Aryal, J. (2007). Mapping private gardens in urban areas
using object-oriented techniques and very high-resolution satellite imagery.
Landscape and Urban Planning, 81, 179-192.
Matthews, A., Lunney, D., Waples, K. & Hardy, J. (2004). Brushtail possums:
"Champion of the suburbs" or "Our tormentors"? Urban wildlife: More than
meets the eye (eds D. Lunney & S. Burgin), pp. 159-168. Royal Zoological
Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
McClennen, N., Wigglesworth, R.R. & Anderson, S.H. (2001). The effect of suburban
and agricultural development on the activity patterns of coyotes (Canis latrans).
American Midland Naturalist, 146, 27-36.
McDonald-Madden, E., Akers, L.K., Brenner, D.J., Howell, S., Patullo, B.W. & Elgar,
M.A. (2000). Possums in the park: Efficient foraging under the risk of predation
or of competition? Australian Journal of Zoology, 48, 155-160.
McDowall, R. (1994). Gamekeepers for the nation: The story of New Zealand's
acclimatisation societies, 1861-1990. Canterbury University Press,
Christchurch.
McKay, G.M. & Winter, J.W. (1989). Phalangeridae. Fauna of Australia Volume 1B
mammalia (eds D.W. Walton & B.J. Richardson), pp. 636-651. AGPS
Canberra, Canberra.
McKelvey, K.S., Von Kienast, J., Aubry, K.B., Koehler, G.M., Maletzke, B.T., Squires,
J.R., Lindquist, E.L., Loch, S. & Schwartz, M.K. (2006). DNA analysis of hair
and scat collected along snow tracks to document the presence of Canada lynx.
Wildlife Society Bulletin, 34, 451-455.
McKinney, M.L. (2002). Urbanization, biodiversity, and conservation. Bioscience, 52,
883-890.
McKinney, M.L. (2006). Urbanization as a major cause of biotic homogenization.
Biological Conservation, 127, 247-260.
McLennan, J.A., Potter, M.A., Robertson, H.A., Wake, G.C., Colbourne, R., Dew, L.,
Joyce, L., McCann, A.J., Miles, J., Miller, P.J. & Reid, J. (1996). Role of
predation in the decline of kiwi, Apteryx spp, in New Zealand. New Zealand
Journal of Ecology, 20, 27-35.
References
186
McNab, B.K. (1963). Bioenergetics and the determination of home range size.
American Naturalist, 97, 133-140.
Meads, M.J. (1976). Effects of opossum browsing on northern rata trees in the
Orongorongo Valley, Wellington, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of
Zoology, 3, 127-139.
Meenken, D. (2005). Contagion and WaxTag possum monitoring. Available from
http://www.pestcontrolresearch.co.nz/docs-
monitoring/contagionandwaxtagmonitoring.pdf, Christchurch.
Merila, J., Bjorklund, M. & Baker, A.J. (1996). The successful founder: Genetics of
introduced Carduelis chloris (greenfinch) populations in New Zealand.
Heredity, 77, 410-422.
Merrill, S.B., Adams, L.G., Nelson, M.E. & Mech, L.D. (1998). Testing releasable GPS
radiocollars on wolves and white-tailed deer. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 26, 830-
835.
Metz, C.E. (1978). Basic principles of ROC analysis. Seminars in Nuclear Medicine, 8,
283-298.
Miller, J.R. (2005). Biodiversity conservation and the extinction of experience. Trends
in Ecology & Evolution, 20, 430-434.
Millspaugh, J.J., Nielson, R.M., McDonald, L., Marzluff, J.M., Gitzen, R.A.,
Rittenhouse, C.D., Hubbard, M.W. & Sheriff, S.L. (2006). Analysis of resource
selection using utilization distributions. Journal of Wildlife Management, 70,
384-395.
Mitrovski, P., Heinze, D.A., Broome, L., Hoffmann, A.A. & Weeks, A.R. (2007). High
levels of variation despite genetic fragmentation in populations of the
endangered mountain pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus, in alpine Australia.
Molecular Ecology, 16, 75-87.
Moen, R., Pastor, J., Cohen, Y. & Schwartz, C.C. (1996). Effects of moose movement
and habitat use on GPS collar performance. Journal of Wildlife Management,
60, 659-668.
Moen, R., Pastor, J. & Cohen, Y. (1997). Accuracy of GPS telemetry collar locations
with differential correction. Journal of Wildlife Management, 61, 530-539.
Moen, R., Pastor, J. & Cohen, Y. (2001). Effects of animal activity on GPS telemetry
location attempts. Alces, 37, 207-216.
Mohr, C.O. & Stumpf, W.A. (1966). Comparison of methods for calculating areas of
animal activity. Journal of Wildlife Management, 30, 293-&.
Moller, A.P., Diaz, M., Flensted-Jensen, E., Grim, T., Ibanez-Alamo, J.D., Jokimaki, J.,
Mand, R., Marko, G. & Tryjanowski, P. (2012). High urban population density
of birds reflects their timing of urbanization. Oecologia, 170, 867-875.
References
187
Moorcroft, P.R., Lewis, M.A. & Crabtree, R.L. (1999). Home range analysis using a
mechanistic home range model. Ecology, 80, 1656-1665.
Moorcroft, P.R., Lewis, M.A. & Crabtree, R.L. (2006). Mechanistic home range
models capture spatial patterns and dynamics of coyote territories in
Yellowstone. Proceedings of the Royal Society B-Biological Sciences, 273,
1651-1659.
Moorcroft, P.R. & Barnett, A. (2008). Mechanistic home range models and resource
selection analysis: A reconciliation and unification. Ecology, 89, 1112-1119.
Mortberg, U. & Wallentinus, H.G. (2000). Red-listed forest bird species in an urban
environment: Assessment of green space corridors. Landscape and Urban
Planning, 50, 215-226.
Murcia, C. (1995). Edge effects in fragmented forests: Implications for conservation.
Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 10, 58-62.
Myers, J.H., Savoie, A. & van Randen, E. (1998). Eradication and pest management.
Annual Review of Entomology, 43, 471-491.
Myers, J.H., Simberloff, D., Kuris, A.M. & Carey, J.R. (2000). Eradication revisited:
Dealing with exotic species. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 15, 316-320.
Nathan, R., Getz, W.M., Revilla, E., Holyoak, M., Kadmon, R., Saltz, D. & Smouse,
P.E. (2008). A movement ecology paradigm for unifying organismal movement
research. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 105, 52-59.
National Possum Control Agencies (2010). Possum population monitoring using the
WaxTag method. National Possum Control Agencies, Wellington.
Nei, M., Maruyama, T. & Chakraborty, R. (1975). The bottleneck effect and genetic
variability in populations. Evolution, 29, 1-10.
Neigel, J.E. (1997). A comparison of alternative strategies for estimating gene flow
from genetic markers. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, 28, 105-128.
Nielsen, R.M., Sawyer, H. & McDonald, T.L. (2011). BBMM: Brownian bridge
movement model for estimating the movement path of an animal using discrete
location data. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria.
http://CRAN.Rproject.org/package=BBMM.
Nielson, S.E., Boyce, M.S., Stenhouse, G.B. & Munro, R.H.M. (2002). Modeling
grizzly bear habitats in the Yellowhead Ecosystem of Alberta: Taking
autocorrelation seriously. Ursus, 13, 45-56.
Noel, S., Ouellet, M., Galois, P. & Lapointe, F.J. (2007). Impact of urban fragmentation
on the genetic structure of the eastern red-backed salamander. Conservation
Genetics, 8, 599-606.
References
188
Nogales, M., Martin, A., Tershy, B.R., Donlan, C.J., Witch, D., Puerta, N., Wood, B. &
Alonso, J. (2004). A review of feral cat eradication on islands. Conservation
Biology, 18, 310-319.
Norbury, G.L., Norbury, D.C. & Heyward, R.P. (1998). Space use and denning
behaviour of wild ferrets (Mustela furo) and cats (Felis catus). New Zealand
Journal of Ecology, 22, 149-159.
North, S.G., Bullock, D.J. & Dulloo, M.E. (1994). Changes in the vegetation and reptile
populations on Round Island, Mauritius, following eradication of rabbits.
Biological Conservation, 67, 21-28.
Nsubuga, A.M., Holzman, J., Chemnick, L.G. & Ryder, O.A. (2010). The cryptic
genetic structure of the North American captive gorilla population.
Conservation Genetics, 11, 161-172.
Nugent, G., Fraser, K.W. & Sweetapple, P.J. (1997). Comparison of red deer and
possum diets and impacts in podocarp-hardwood forest, Waihaha Catchment,
Pureora Conservation Park. Science for Conservation, Wellington.
Nugent, G., Sweetapple, P., Coleman, J. & Suisted, P. (2000). Possum feeding patterns:
Dietary tactics of a reluctant folivore. The brushtail possum: Biology, impact
and management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L. Montague), pp. 10-23.
Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Nugent, G., Fraser, W. & Sweetapple, P. (2001). Top down or bottom up? Comparing
the impacts of introduced arboreal possums and 'terrestrial' ruminants on native
forests in New Zealand. Biological Conservation, 99, 65-79.
O'Neil, B.D. & Pharo, H.J. (1995). The control of bovine tuberculosis in New Zealand.
New Zealand Veterinary Journal, 43, 249-255.
Ogilvie, S.C., Paterson, A.M., Ross, J.G. & Thomas, M.D. (2006). Improving
techniques for the WaxTag possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) monitoring index.
New Zealand Plant Protection, 59, 28-33.
Oppel, S., Beaven, B.M., Bolton, M., Vickery, J. & Bodey, T.W. (2010). Eradication of
invasive mammals on islands inhabited by humans and domesticated animals.
Conservation Biology, 25, 232-240.
Osborne, P.E., Alonso, J.C. & Bryant, R.G. (2001). Modelling landscape-scale habitat
use using GIS and remote sensing: A case study with great bustards. Journal of
Applied Ecology, 38, 458-471.
Ostfeld, R.S. & Keesing, F. (2000). Pulsed resources and community dynamics of
consumers in terrestrial ecosystems. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 15, 232-
237.
Otis, D.L. & White, G.C. (1999). Autocorrelation of location estimates and the analysis
of radiotracking data. Journal of Wildlife Management, 63, 1039-1044.
References
189
Owen, H.J. & Norton, D.A. (1995). The diet of introduced brushtail possums
Trichosurus vulpecula in a low diversity New Zealand Nothofagus forest and
possible implications for conservation management. Biological Conservation,
71, 339-345.
Paetkau, D., Waits, L.P., Clarkson, P.L., Craighead, L. & Strobeck, C. (1997). An
empirical evaluation of genetic distance statistics using microsatellite data from
bear (Ursidae) populations. Genetics, 147, 1943-1957.
Paetkau, D., Slade, R., Burden, M. & Estoup, A. (2004). Genetic assignment methods
for the direct, real-time estimation of migration rate: A simulation-based
exploration of accuracy and power. Molecular Ecology, 13, 55-65.
Palsson, S. (2000). Microsatellite variation in Daphnia pulex from both sides of the
Baltic Sea. Molecular Ecology, 9, 1075-1088.
Parker, I.M., Simberloff, D., Lonsdale, W.M., Goodell, K., Wonham, M., Kareiva,
P.M., Williamson, M.H., Von Holle, B., Moyle, P.B., Byers, J.E. & Byers, L.G.
(1999). Impact: Toward a framework for understanding the ecological effects of
invaders. Biological Invasions, 1, 3-19.
Parkes, J. & Murphy, E. (2003). Management of introduced mammals in New Zealand.
New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 30, 335-359.
Partecke, J., Gwinner, E. & Bensch, S. (2006). Is urbanisation of European blackbirds
(Turdus merula) associated with genetic differentiation? Journal of
Ornithology, 147, 549-552.
Pass, G.J., McLean, S. & Stupans, I. (1999). Induction of xenobiotic metabolising
enzymes in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, by
Eucalyptus terpenes. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology C-
Pharmacology Toxicology & Endocrinology, 124, 239-246.
Paterson, B.M., Morris, R.S., Weston, J. & Cowan, P.E. (1995). Foraging and denning
patterns of brushtail possums, and their possible relationship to contact with
cattle and the transmission of bovine tuberculosis. New Zealand Veterinary
Journal, 43, 281-288.
Patterson, T.A., Thomas, L., Wilcox, C., Ovaskainen, O. & Matthiopoulos, J. (2008).
State-space models of individual animal movement. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 23, 87-94.
Paull, D. & Kerle, A. (2004). Recent decline of common brushtail and common ringtail
possums in the Pilliga forest, New South Wales? The biology of Australian
possums and gliders (eds R.L. Goldingay & S.M. Jackson), pp. 85-90. Surrey
Beatty & Sons Pty Limited, Sydney.
Payton, I. (2000). Damage to native forests. The brushtail possum: Biology, impact and
management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L. Montague), pp. 111-125.
Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
References
190
Peakall, R. & Smouse, P.E. (2006). GENALEX 6: Genetic analysis in Excel.
Population genetic software for teaching and research. Molecular Ecology
Notes, 6, 288-295.
Pearce, J. & Ferrier, S. (2000). Evaluating the predictive performance of habitat models
developed using logistic regression. Ecological Modelling, 133, 225-245.
Pebsworth, P.A., Morgan, H.R. & Huffman, M.A. (2012). Evaluating home range
techniques: Use of Global Positioning System (GPS) collar data from chacma
baboons. Primates, 53, 345-355.
Pech, R., Byrom, A., Anderson, D., Thomson, C. & Coleman, M. (2010). The effect of
poisoned and notional vaccinated buffers on possum (Trichosurus vulpecula)
movements: Minimising the risk of bovine tuberculosis spread from forest to
farmland. Wildlife Research, 37, 282-292.
Petren, K. & Case, T.J. (1996). An experimental demonstration of exploitation
competition in an ongoing invasion. Ecology, 77, 118-132.
Pickett, K.N., Hik, D.S., Newsome, A.E. & Pech, R.P. (2005). The influence of
predation risk on foraging behaviour of brushtail possums in Australian
woodlands. Wildlife Research, 32, 121-130.
Pickett, S.T.A., Cadenasso, M.L., Grove, J.M., Groffman, P.M., Band, L.E., Boone,
C.G., Burch, W.R., Grimmond, C.S.B., Hom, J., Jenkins, J.C., Law, N.L.,
Nilon, C.H., Pouyat, R.V., Szlavecz, K., Warren, P.S. & Wilson, M.A. (2008).
Beyond urban legends: An emerging framework of urban ecology, as illustrated
by the Baltimore Ecosystem Study. Bioscience, 58, 139-150.
Piertney, S.B., MacColl, A.D.C., Bacon, P.J. & Dallas, J.F. (1998). Local genetic
structure in red grouse (Lagopus lagopus scoticus): Evidence from
microsatellite DNA markers. Molecular Ecology, 7, 1645-1654.
Pilot, M., Jedrzejewski, W., Branicki, W., Sidorovich, V.E., Jedrzejewska, B., Stachura,
K. & Funk, S.M. (2006). Ecological factors influence population genetic
structure of European grey wolves. Molecular Ecology, 15, 4533-4553.
Pimentel, D., Zuniga, R. & Morrison, D. (2005). Update on the environmental and
economic costs associated with alien-invasive species in the United States.
Ecological Economics, 52, 273-288.
Pinceel, J., Jordaens, K., Van Houtte, N., Bernon, G. & Backeljau, T. (2005).
Population genetics and identity of an introduced terrestrial slug: Arion
subfuscus s.l. in the North-East USA (Gastropoda, Pulmonata, Arionidae).
Genetica, 125, 155-171.
Piry, S., Alapetite, A., Cornuet, J.M., Paetkau, D., Baudouin, L. & Estoup, A. (2004).
GENECLASS2: A software for genetic assignment and first-generation migrant
detection. Journal of Heredity, 95, 536-539.
Podgorski, T., Bas, G., Jedrzejewska, B., Sonnichsen, L., Sniezko, S., Jedrzejewski, W.
& Okarma, H. (2013). Spatiotemporal behavioral plasticity of wild boar (Sus
References
191
scrofa) under contrasting conditions of human pressure: Primeval forest and
metropolitan area. Journal of Mammalogy, 94, 109-119.
Pope, L.C., Sharp, A. & Moritz, C. (1996). Population structure of the yellow-footed
rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus (Gray, 1854) inferred from mtDNA
sequences and microsatellite loci. Molecular Ecology, 5, 629-640.
Powell, R.A. (2000). Animal home ranges and territories and home range estimators.
Research techniques in animal ecology: Controversies and consequences (eds
L. Boitoni & T.K. Fuller), pp. 65-110. Columbia University Press, New York.
Powell, R.A. & Mitchell, M.S. (2012). What is a home range? Journal of Mammalogy,
93, 948-958.
Pracy, L.T. (1974). Introduction and liberation of the opossum (Trichosurus vulpecula)
into New Zealand., pp. 28. New Zealand Forest Service, Wellington.
Prange, S., Gehrt, S.D. & Wiggers, E.P. (2004). Influences of anthropogenic resources
on raccoon (Procyon lotor) movements and spatial distribution. Journal of
Mammalogy, 85, 483-490.
Pritchard, J.K., Stephens, M. & Donnelly, P. (2000). Inference of population structure
using multilocus genotype data. Genetics, 155, 945-959.
Queller, D.C. & Goodnight, K.F. (1989). Estimating relatedness using genetic markers.
Evolution, 43, 258-275.
R Development Core Team (2011). R: A language and environment for statistical
computing (version 14.1). R Foundation for Statistical Computing Vienna,
Austria. http://www.R-project.org.
Rambaut, A. & Drummond, A.J. (2009). Tracer v1.5. Available from
http://tree.bio.ed.ac.uk/software/tracer/.
Ramsey, D., Efford, M., Cowan, P. & Coleman, J. (2002). Factors influencing annual
variation in breeding by common brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) in
New Zealand. Wildlife Research, 29, 39-50.
Rannala, B. & Mountain, J.L. (1997). Detecting immigration by using multilocus
genotypes. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United
States of America, 94, 9197-9201.
Rauzon, M.J. (2007). Island restoration: Exploring the past, anticipating the future.
Marine Ornithology, 35, 97-107.
Raymond, M. & Rousset, F. (1995). GENEPOP (Version 1.2): Population genetics
software for exact tests and ecumenicism. Journal of Heredity, 86, 248-249.
Recio, M.R., Mathieu, R., Maloney, R. & Seddon, P.J. (2010). First results of feral cats
(Felis catus) monitored with GPS collars in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal
of Ecology, 34, 288-296.
References
192
Recio, M.R., Mathieu, R., Denys, P., Sirguey, P. & Seddon, P.J. (2011). Lightweight
GPS-tags, one giant leap for wildlife tracking? An assessment approach. Plos
One, 6, e28225. doi:28210.21371/journal.pone.0028225.
Rempel, R.S., Rodgers, A.R. & Abraham, K.F. (1995). Performance of a GPS animal
location system under boreal forest canopy. Journal of Wildlife Management,
59, 543-551.
Rempel, R.S. & Rodgers, A.R. (1997). Effects of differential correction on accuracy of
a GPS animal location system. Journal of Wildlife Management, 61, 525-530.
Rettie, W.J. & Messier, F. (2000). Hierarchical habitat selection by woodland caribou:
Its relationship to limiting factors. Ecography, 23, 466-478.
Reunanen, P., Nikula, A., Monkkonen, M., Hurme, E. & Nivala, V. (2002). Predicting
occupancy for the Siberian flying squirrel in old-growth forest patches.
Ecological Applications, 12, 1188-1198.
Riley, S.P.D., Sauvajot, R.M., Fuller, T.K., York, E.C., Kamradt, D.A., Bromley, C. &
Wayne, R.K. (2003). Effects of urbanization and habitat fragmentation on
bobcats and coyotes in southern California. Conservation Biology, 17, 566-576.
Riley, S.P.D. (2006). Spatial ecology of bobcats and gray foxes in urban and rural
zones of a national park. The Journal of Wildlife Management, 70, 1425-1435.
Rittenhouse, C.D., Millspaugh, J.J., Hubbard, M.W., Sheriff, S.L. & Dijak, W.D.
(2008). Resource selection by translocated three-toed box turtles in Missouri.
Journal of Wildlife Management, 72, 268-275.
Robertson, B.C. & Gemmell, N.J. (2004). Defining eradication units to control invasive
pests. Journal of Applied Ecology, 41, 1042-1048.
Robertson, B.C. (2006). The role of genetics in kakapo recovery. Notornis, 53, 173-
183.
Robertson, B.C., Steeves, T.E., McBride, K.P., Goldstien, S.J., Williams, M. &
Gemmell, N.J. (2007). Phylogeography of the New Zealand blue duck
(Hymenolaimus malacorhynchos): Implications for translocation and species
recovery. Conservation Genetics, 8, 1431-1440.
Robinson, S.K. & Holmes, R.T. (1982). Forgaing behavior of forest birds: The
relationship among search tactics, diet, and habitat structure. Ecology, 63, 1918-
1931.
Rodgers, A.R., Rempel, R.S. & Abraham, K.F. (1996). A GPS-based telemetry system.
Wildlife Society Bulletin, 24, 559-566.
Rodgers, A.R. (2001). Tracking animals with GPS: The first 10 years. Tracking
animals with GPS (eds A.M. Sibbald & I.J. Gordon), pp. 1-10. The Macaulay
Land Use Research Institute, Aberdeen, Scotland.
References
193
Rodriguez, C., Torres, R. & Drummond, H. (2006). Eradicating introduced mammals
from a forested tropical island. Biological Conservation, 130, 98-105.
Rogers, G.M. & Leathwick, J.R. (1997). Factors predisposing forests to canopy
collapse in the southern Ruahine Range, New Zealand. Biological
Conservation, 80, 325-338.
Roitberg, B.D. & Mangel, M. (1997). Individuals on the landscape: Behavior can
mitigate landscape differences among habitats. Oikos, 80, 234-240.
Rollins, L.A., Woolnough, A.P. & Sherwin, W.B. (2006). Population genetic tools for
pest management: A review. Wildlife Research, 33, 251-261.
Rosatte, R., Kelly, P. & Power, M. (2011). Home range, movements, and habitat
utilization of striped skunk (Mephitis mephitis) in Scarborough, Ontario,
Canada: Disease management implications. The Canadian Field Naturalist,
125, 27-33.
Rose, A.B., Pekelharing, C.J. & Platt, K.H. (1992). Magnitude of canopy dieback and
implications for conservation of Southern rata-Kamahi (Metrosideris umbellata-
Weinmannia racemosa) forests, Central Westland, New Zealand. New Zealand
Journal of Ecology, 16, 23-32.
Rose, E., Nagel, P. & Haag-Wackernagel, D. (2005). Suitability of using the global
positioning system (GPS) for studying feral pigeons Columba livia in the urban
habitat. Bird Study, 52, 145-152.
Rosenberg, N.A. (2004). DISTRUCT: A program for the graphical display of
population structure. Molecular Ecology Notes, 4, 137-138.
Rosenzweig, M.L. (1991). Habitat selection and population interactions: The search for
mechanism. American Naturalist, 137, S5-S28.
Roshier, D.A., Doerr, V.A.J. & Doerr, E.D. (2008). Animal movement in dynamic
landscapes: Interaction between behavioural strategies and resource
distributions. Oecologia, 156, 465-477.
Rouco, C., Norbury, G.L., Smith, J., Bryom, A.E. & Pech, R.P. (2013). Population
density estimates of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) in dry grassland
in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 37, 12-17.
Rumble, M.A. & Lindzey, F. (1997). Effects of forest vegetation and topography on
global positioning system collars for elk. Resource Technology Institute
Symposium, 4, 492-501.
Rumble, M.A., Benkobi, L., Lindzey, F. & Gamo, R.S. (2001). Evaluating elk habitat
interactions with GPS collars. Tracking animals with GPS (eds A.M. Sibbald &
I.J. Gordon), pp. 11-17. The Macaulay Land Use Research Institute, Aberdeen,
Scotland.
References
194
Rutkowski, R., Rejt, L. & Szczuka, A. (2006). Analysis of microsatellite polymorphism
and genetic differentiation in urban and rural kestrels Falco tinnunculus (L.).
Polish Journal of Ecology, 54, 473-480.
Sadlier, R. (2000). Evidence of possums as predators of native animals. The brushtail
possum: Biology, impact and management of an introduced marsupial (ed. T.L.
Montague), pp. 126-131. Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.
Sager-Fradkin, K.A., Jenkins, K.J., Hoffman, R.A., Happe, P.J., Beecham, J.J. &
Wright, R.G. (2007). Fix success and accuracy of global positioning system
collars in old-growth temperate coniferous forests. Journal of Wildlife
Management, 71, 1298-1308.
Samama, N. (2008). Global positioning: Technologies and performance. Wiley-
Interscience, Hoboken, New Jersey.
Samuel, M.D., Pierce, D.J. & Garton, E.O. (1985). Identifying areas of concentrated
use within the home range. Journal of Animal Ecology, 54, 711-719.
Samuel, M.D. & Fuller, M.R. (1996). Wildlife telemetry. Research and management
techniques for wildlife and habitats (ed. T.A. Bookhout), pp. 370-418. The
Wildlife Society Inc, Maryland.
San Jose, C. & Lovari, S. (1998). Ranging movements of female roe deer: Do home-
loving does roam to mate? Ethology, 104, 721-728.
Sanderson, G.C. (1966). The study of mammal movements: A review. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 30, 215-235.
Sarre, S.D., Aitken, N., Clout, M.N., Ji, W., Robins, J. & Lambert, D.M. (2000).
Molecular ecology and biological control: The mating system of a marsupial
pest. Molecular Ecology, 9, 723-733.
Saunders, A. & Norton, D.A. (2001). Ecological restoration at mainland islands in New
Zealand. Biological Conservation, 99, 109-119.
Saunders, D.A., Hobbs, R.J. & Margules, C.R. (1991). Biological consequences of
ecosystem fragmentation: A review. Conservation Biology, 5, 18-32.
Saunders, G. & Bryant, H. (1988). The evaluation of a feral pig eradication program
during a simulated exotic disease outbreak. Australian Wildlife Research, 15,
73-81.
Sawyer, H., Nielson, R.M., Lindzey, F.G., Keith, L., Powell, J.H. & Abraham, A.A.
(2007). Habitat selection of Rocky Mountain elk in a nonforested environment.
Journal of Wildlife Management, 71, 868-874.
Sawyer, H., Kauffman, M.J., Nielson, R.M. & Horne, J.S. (2009). Identifying and
prioritizing ungulate migration routes for landscape-level conservation.
Ecological Applications, 19, 2016-2025.
References
195
Schmuki, C., Vorburger, C., Runciman, D., Maceachern, S. & Sunnucks, P. (2006).
When log-dwellers meet loggers: Impacts of forest fragmentation on two
endemic log-dwelling beetles in southeastern Australia. Molecular Ecology, 15,
1481-1492.
Schuelke, M. (2000). An economic method for the fluorescent labeling of PCR
fragments. Nature Biotechnology, 18, 233-234.
Seaman, D.E., Millspaugh, J.J., Kernohan, B.J., Brundige, G.C., Raedeke, K.J. &
Gitzen, R.A. (1999). Effects of sample size on kernel home range estimates.
Journal of Wildlife Management, 63, 739-747.
Seegar, W.S., Cutchis, P.N., Fuller, M.R., Suter, J.J., Bhatnagar, V. & Wall, J.G.
(1996). Fifteen years of satellite tracking development and application to
wildlife research and conservation. Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, 17,
401-411.
Shea, K. & Chesson, P. (2002). Community ecology theory as a framework for
biological invasions. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 17, 170-176.
Shigesada, N. & Kawasaki, K. (1997). Biological invasions: Theory and practice.
Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Silverman, B.W. (1986). Density estimation for statistics and data analysis. Chapman
and Hall, London.
Sinclair, E.A. (2001). Phylogeographic variation in the quokka, Setonix brachyurus
(Marsupialia : Macropodidae): Implications for conservation. Animal
Conservation, 4, 325-333.
Skrondal, A. & Rabe-Hesketh, S. (2004). Generalized latent variable modeling:
Multilevel, longitudinal, and structural equation models. Chapman and Hall,
New York.
Smith, A.P. & Lee, A.K. (1984). The evolution of strategies for survival and
reproduction in possums and gliders. Possums and gliders (eds A.P. Smith &
I.D. Hume), pp. 17-33. Surrey Beatty in association with the Australian
Mammal Society, Sydney.
Smith, D.G., Shiinoki, E.K. & VanderWerf, E.A. (2006). Recovery of native species
following rat eradication on Mokoli'i Island, O'ahu, Hawai'i. Pacific Science,
60, 299-303.
Smith, H.T. & Engeman, R.M. (2002). An extraordinary raccoon, Procyon lotor,
density at an urban park. Canadian Field-Naturalist, 116, 636-639.
Sol, D., Bartomeus, I. & Griffin, A.S. (2012). The paradox of invasion in birds:
Competitive superiority or ecological opportunism? Oecologia, 169, 553-564.
Spong, G., Johansson, M. & Bjorklund, M. (2000). High genetic variation in leopards
indicates large and long-term stable effective population size. Molecular
Ecology, 9, 1773-1782.
References
196
SPSS Inc (2006). SPSS for Windows, Version 15.0. SPSS Inc, Chicago.
Statham, M. & Statham, H.L. (1997). Movements and habits of brushtail possums
(Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in an urban area. Wildlife Research, 24, 715-726.
Statistics New Zealand (2006). 2006 Census data: Statistics New Zealand. Available
from: http://www.stats.govt.nz/Census/2006CensusHomePage.aspx.
Stokely, J.M. (2005). The feasibility of utilizing the cellular infrastructure for urban
wildlife telemetry. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Virgina.
Storm, D.J., Nielsen, C.K., Schauber, E.M. & Woolf, A. (2007). Space use and survival
of white-tailed deer in an exurban landscape. Journal of Wildlife Management,
71, 1170-1176.
Stow, A.J., Minarovic, N., Eymann, J., Cooper, D.W. & Webley, L.S. (2006). Genetic
structure infers generally high philopatry and male-biased dispersal of brushtail
possums (Trichosurus vulpecula) in urban Australia. Wildlife Research, 33,
409-415.
Strohbach, M.W., Haase, D. & Kabisch, N. (2009). Birds and the city: Urban
biodiversity, land use, and socioeconomics. Ecology and Society, 14.
Sulkava, R. (2007). Snow tracking: A relevant method for estimating otter Lutra lutra
populations. Wildlife Biology, 13, 208-218.
Takami, Y., Koshio, C., Ishii, M., Fujii, H., Hidaka, T. & Shimizu, I. (2004). Genetic
diversity and structure of urban populations of Pieris butterflies assessed using
amplified fragment length polymorphism. Molecular Ecology, 13, 245-258.
Taylor, A.C. & Cooper, D.W. (1998). Microsatellite markers for the Phalangerid
marsupial, the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Molecular
Ecology, 7, 1780-1782.
Taylor, A.C., Cowan, P.E., Lam, M.K., Harrison, G.A. & Cooper, D.W. (1999).
Genetic marker studies in New Zealand brushtail possum populations
(Trichosurus vulpecula). Advances in the biological control of possums (ed. G.
Sutherland), pp. 77-79. The Royal Society of New Zealand Miscellaneous
Series 56, Wellington.
Taylor, A.C., Cowan, P.E., Fricke, B.L. & Cooper, D.W. (2000). Genetic analysis of
the mating system of the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in
New Zealand farmland. Molecular Ecology, 9, 869-879.
Taylor, A.C., Cowan, P.E., Fricke, B.L., Geddes, S., Hansen, B.D., Lam, M. & Cooper,
D.W. (2004). High microsatellite diversity and differential structuring among
populations of the introduced common brushtail possum, Trichosurus
vulpecula, in New Zealand. Genetical Research, 83, 101-111.
Taylor, P.D., Fahrig, L., Henein, K. & Merriam, G. (1993). Connectivity is a vital
element of landscape structure. Oikos, 68, 571-573.
References
197
Taylor, R.H. (1979). Predation on sooty terns at Raoul Island by rats and cats. Notornis,
26, 199-202.
Tchamba, M.N., Bauer, H. & DeIongh, H.H. (1995). Application of VHF-radio and
satellite telemetry techniques on elephants in northern Cameroon. African
Journal of Ecology, 33, 335-346.
Tew, T.E. & Macdonald, D.W. (1994). Dynamics of space use and male vigour
amongst wood mice, Apodemus sylvaticus, in the cereal ecosystem. Behavioral
Ecology and Sociobiology, 34, 337-345.
Thomas, D.L. & Taylor, E.J. (2006). Study designs and tests for comparing resource
use and availability II. Journal of Wildlife Management, 70, 324-336.
Thomas, M. (2011). Some notes on the identification of bite-marks on WaxTags. pp. 6.
Pest Control Research, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Thomas, M.D., Warburton, B. & Coleman, J.D. (1984). Brush-tailed possum
(Trichosurus vulpecula) movements about an erosion-control planting of
poplars. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 11, 429-436.
Thomas, M.D., Morgan, D.R. & Maddigan, F. (2007). Accuracy of possum monitoring
using WaxTags. Pest Control Research Contract Report 2006/7.
Thomsen, M.S., Olden, J.D., Wernberg, T., Griffin, J.N. & Silliman, B.R. (2011). A
broad framework to organize and compare ecological invasion impacts.
Environmental Research, 111, 899-908.
Tiedemann, R., Hardy, O., Vekemans, X. & Milinkovitch, M.C. (2000). Higher impact
of female than male migration on population structure in large mammals.
Molecular Ecology, 9, 1159-1163.
Tigas, L.A., Van Vuren, D.H. & Sauvajot, R.M. (2002). Behavioral responses of
bobcats and coyotes to habitat fragmentation and corridors in an urban
environment. Biological Conservation, 108, 299-306.
Towns, D.R. & Daugherty, C.H. (1994). Patterns of range contractions and extinctions
in the New Zealand herpetofauna following human colonization. New Zealand
Journal of Zoology, 21, 325-339.
Towns, D.R., Daugherty, C.H. & Cree, A. (2001). Raising the prospects for a forgotten
fauna: A review of 10 years of conservation effort for New Zealand reptiles.
Biological Conservation, 99, 3-16.
Towns, D.R. & Broome, K.G. (2003). From small Maria to massive Campbell: Forty
years of rat eradications from New Zealand islands. New Zealand Journal of
Zoology, 30, 377-398.
Towns, D.R., West, C.J. & Broome, K.G. (2013). Purposes, outcomes and challenges
of eradicating invasive mammals from New Zealand islands: An historical
perspective. Wildlife Research, 40, 94-107.
References
198
Triggs, S.J. (1982). Comparative ecology of the possum, Trichosurus vulpecula in three
pastoral habitats. MSc thesis. University of Auckland.
Triggs, S.J. & Green, W.Q. (1989). Geographic patterns of genetic variation in brushtail
possums Trichosurus vulpecula and implications for pest control. New Zealand
Journal of Ecology, 12, 1-16.
Turchin, P. (1991). Translating foraging movements in heterogeneous environments
into the spatial distribution of foragers. Ecology, 72, 1253-1266.
Turchin, P. (1998). Quantitative analysis of movement: Measuring and modeling
population redistribution in animals and plants. Sinauer Associate, Sunderland.
Turner, M.G. (1989). Landscape ecology: The effect of pattern on process. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics, 20, 171-197.
Turner, W.R., Nakamura, T. & Dinetti, M. (2004). Global urbanization and the
separation of humans from nature. Bioscience, 54, 585-590.
Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. & Renfree, M. (1987). Reproductive physiology of marsupials.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Tyre, A.J., Tenhumberg, B., Field, S.A., Niejalke, D., Parris, K. & Possingham, H.P.
(2003). Improving precision and reducing bias in biological surveys: Estimating
false-negative error rates. Ecological Applications, 13, 1790-1801.
United Nations (2011). World urbanization prospects: The 2011 revision. New York.
Available from http://www.un.org/esa/population/.
Valeix, M., Loveridge, A.J., Chamaille-Jammes, S., Davidson, Z., Murindagomo, F.,
Fritz, H. & Macdonald, D.W. (2009). Behavioral adjustments of African
herbivores to predation risk by lions: Spatiotemporal variations influence habitat
use. Ecology, 90, 23-30.
van Heezik, Y., Smyth, A. & Mathieu, R. (2008a). Diversity of native and exotic birds
across an urban gradient in a New Zealand city. Landscape and Urban
Planning, 87, 223-232.
van Heezik, Y., Ludwig, K., Whitwell, S. & McLean, I.G. (2008b). Nest survival of
birds in an urban environment in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of
Ecology, 32, 155-165.
van Heezik, Y., Smyth, A., Adams, A. & Gordon, J. (2010). Do domestic cats impose
an unsustainable harvest on urban bird populations? Biological Conservation,
143, 121-130.
Van Winkle, W. (1975). Comparison of several probabilistic home-range models.
Journal of Wildlife Management, 39, 118-123.
Veblen, T.T. & Stewart, G.H. (1982). The effects of introduced wild animals on New
Zealand forests. Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 72, 372-
397.
References
199
Veitch, C.R. & Bell, B., D. (1990). Eradication of introduced animals from the islands
of New Zealand. Ecological restoration of New Zealand islands, Conservation
Sciences Publication No 2 (eds D.R. Towns, I.A.E. Atkinson & C.H.
Daugherty), pp. 137-146. Department of Conservation, Wellington.
Veitch, C.R. & Clout, M.N. (2001). Human dimensions in the management of invasive
species in New Zealand. The great reshuffling: Human dimensions of invasive
alien species (ed. J.A. McNeely), pp. 63-71. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and
Cambridge, UK.
Vila, M., Basnou, C., Pysek, P., Josefsson, M., Genovesi, P., Gollasch, S., Nentwig,
W., Olenin, S., Roques, A., Roy, D., Hulme, P.E. & DAISIE partners (2010).
How well do we understand the impacts of alien species on ecosystem services?
A pan-European, cross-taxa assessment. Frontiers in Ecology and the
Environment, 8, 135-144.
Villard, M.A., Trzcinski, M.K. & Merriam, G. (1999). Fragmentation effects on forest
birds: Relative influence of woodland cover and configuration on landscape
occupancy. Conservation Biology, 13, 774-783.
Villepique, J.T., Bleich, V.C., Pierce, B.M., Stephenson, T.R., Botta, R.A. & Bowyer,
R.T. (2008). Evaluating GPS collar error: A critical evaluation of Televilt
POSREC-ScienceTM
; collars and a method for screening location data.
California Fish and Game, 94, 155-168.
Vitousek, P.M., D'Antonio, C.M., Loope, L.L., Rejmanek, M. & Westbrooks, R.
(1997). Introduced species: A significant component of human-caused global
change. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 21, 1-16.
Walker, F.M., Sunnucks, P. & Taylor, A.C. (2008). Evidence for habitat fragmentation
altering within-population processes in wombats. Molecular Ecology, 17, 1674-
1684.
Walsh, P.S., Metzger, D.A. & Higuchi, R. (1991). Chelex 100 as a medium for simple
extraction of DNA for PCR-based typing from forensic material. Biotechniques,
10, 506-513.
Wandeler, P., Funk, S.M., Largiader, C.R., Gloor, S. & Breitenmoser, U. (2003). The
city-fox phenomenon: Genetic consequences of a recent colonization of urban
habitat. Molecular Ecology, 12, 647-656.
Waples, R.S. & Gaggiotti, O. (2006). What is a population? An empirical evaluation of
some genetic methods for identifying the number of gene pools and their degree
of connectivity. Molecular Ecology, 15, 1419-1439.
Warburton, B. (1977). Ecology of the Australian brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus
vulpecula Kerr) in an exotic forest. MSc Thesis, University of Canterbury.
Warburton, B. (1978). Foods of the Australian brushtailed opossum (Trichosurus
vulpecula) in an exotic forest. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 1, 126-131.
References
200
Ward, G.D. (1978). Habitat use and home range of radio tagged opossums Trichosurus
vulpecula (Kerr) in New Zealand lowland forest. The ecology of arboreal
folivores. Symposia of the National Zoological Park (ed. G.G. Montgomery),
pp. 267-287. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington DC.
Ward, G.D. (1984). Comparison of trap- and radio-revealed home ranges of the brush-
tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in New Zealand lowland forest.
New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 11, 85-92.
Ward, G.D. (1985). The fate of young radiotagged common brushtail possums,
Trichosurus vulpecula, in New Zealand lowland forest. Australian Wildlife
Research, 12, 145-150.
Warren, P.S., Katti, M., Ermann, M. & Brazel, A. (2006). Urban bioacoustics: It's not
just noise. Animal Behaviour, 71, 491-502.
White, C.G., Schweitzer, S.H., Moore, C.T., Parnell, I.B. & Lewis-Weis, L.A. (2005).
Evaluation of the landscape surrounding northern bobwhite nest sites: A
multiscale analysis. Journal of Wildlife Management, 69, 1528-1537.
White, G.C. & Garrott, R.A. (1990). Analysis of wildlife radio-tracking data. Academic
Press, San Diego.
White, P.C.L., Saunders, G. & Harris, S. (1996). Spatio-temporal patterns of home
range use by foxes (Vulpes vulpes) in urban environments. Journal of Animal
Ecology, 65, 121-125.
Whitlock, M.C., Ingvarsson, P.K. & Hatfield, T. (2000). Local drift load and the
heterosis of interconnected populations. Heredity, 84, 452-457.
Wilkinson, J. & Dickman, C.R. (2006). Cuscuses and brushtail possums. The
encyclopedia of mammals (ed. D.W. MacDonald), pp. 36-41. Oxford University
Press, New York.
Williamson, M. (1996). Biological invasions. Chapman and Hall, London.
Wilson, G.A. & Rannala, B. (2003). Bayesian inference of recent migration rates using
multilocus genotypes. Genetics, 163, 1177-1191.
Winter, J.W. (1963). Observations on a population of the brush-tailed opossum
(Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr). MSc Thesis, University of Otago.
Winter, J.W. (1976). The behaviour and social organisation of the brush-tail possum
(Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr). PhD Thesis, University of Queensland.
Winter, J.W. (1980). Tooth wear as an age index in a population of the brushtailed
possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr). Australian Wildlife Research, 7, 359-
363.
Wintle, B.A., Elith, J. & Potts, J.M. (2005). Fauna habitat modelling and mapping: A
review and case study in the Lower Hunter Central Coast region of NSW.
Austral Ecology, 30, 719-738.
References
201
Withey, J.C., Bloxton, T.D. & Marzluff, J.M. (2001). Effects of tagging and location
error in wildlife radiotelemetry studies. Radio tracking and animal populations
(eds J.J. Millspaugh & J.M. Marzluff), pp. 43-69. Academic, San Diego,
California.
Wood, B.C. & Pullin, A.S. (2002). Persistence of species in a fragmented urban
landscape: The importance of dispersal ability and habitat availability for
grassland butterflies. Biodiversity and Conservation, 11, 1451-1468.
Worton, B.J. (1989). Kernel methods for estimating the utilization distribution in home-
range studies. Ecology, 70, 164-168.
Wright, J.D., Burt, M.S. & Jackson, V.L. (2012). Influences of an urban environment
on home range and body mass of Virginia opossums (Didelphis virginiana).
Northeastern Naturalist, 19, 77-86.
Wright, S. (1943). Isolation by distance. Genetics, 28, 114-138.
Wright, S. (1946). Isolation by distance under diverse systems of mating. Genetics, 31,
39-59.
Yom-Tov, Y., Green, W.O. & Coleman, J.D. (1986). Morphological trends in the
common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, in New Zealand. Journal of
Zoology, 208, 583-593.
Zar, J.H. (1984). Biostatistical analysis, 2nd edn. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New
Jeresy.
Zenger, K.R., Richardson, B.J. & Vachot-Griffin, A.M. (2003). A rapid population
expansion retains genetic diversity within European rabbits in Australia.
Molecular Ecology, 12, 789-794.
Zimmerman, J.W. & Powell, R.A. (1995). Radiotelemetry error: Location error method
compared with error polygons and confidence ellipses. Canadian Journal of
Zoology, 73, 1123-1133.
Zweifel-Schielly, B. & Suter, W. (2007). Performance of GPS telemetry collars for red
deer Cervus elaphus in rugged Alpine terrain under controlled and free-living
conditions. Wildlife Biology, 13, 299-312.
Appendices
203
Appendix 1: List of species
Common name Latin name Authority
American black bear Ursus americanus Pallas 1780
Arctic fox Alopex lagopus Linnaeus 1758
Black rat Rattus rattus Linnaeus 1758
Brush-tailed rock wallaby Petrogale penicillata Gray 1827
Carpet python Morelia spilota Lacépède 1804
Cat Felis catus Linnaeus 1758
Chacma baboon Papio cynocephalus ursinus Kerr 1792
Common brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr 1792
Common house gecko Hemidactylus frenatus Schlegel 1836
Coyote Canis latrans Say 1823
Bobcat Lynx rufus Schreber 1977
Brown anole Anolis sagrei Duméril & Bibron
1837
Dingo Canis familiaris Linnaeus 1758
Dog Canis lupus familiaris Linnaeus 1758
Elephant Loxodonta africana Blumenbach 1797
Eastern grey squirrel Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin 1788
Eurasian badgers Meles meles Linnaeus 1758
Eurasian red squirrel Sciurus vulgaris Linnaeus 1758
European blackbird Turdus merula Linnaeus 1758
European rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus Linnaeus 1758
European starling Sturnus vulgaris Linnaeus 1758
Fantail Rhipidura fuliginosa Sparrman 1787
Feral pigeon Columba livia Gmelin 1789
Ferret Mustela furo Linnaeus 1758
Fisher Martes pennanti Erxleben 1777
Goat Capra hircus Linnaeus 1758
Greenfinch Carduelis chloris Linnaeus 1758
Grizzly bear Ursus arctos Linnaeus 1758
Haast’s eagle Harpagornis moorei Haast 1872
Appendices
204
Hedgehog Erinaceus europaeus Linnaeus 1758
Himalayan thar Hemitragus jemlahicus Smith 1826
House mouse Mus musculus Linnaeus 1758
Kererū Hemiphaga novaeseelandiae Gmelin 1789
Kōkako Callaeas cinereus wilsoni Bonaparte 1850
Lace monitor Varanus varius White 1790
Lion Panthera leo Linnaeus 1758
Moose Alces alces Linnaeus 1758
Mountain pygmy possum Burramys parvus Broom 1896
Mourning gecko Lepidodactylus lugubris Duméril & Bibron
1836
North Island saddleback Philesturnus carunculatus rufusater Lesson 1828
Northern raccoon Procyon lotor Linnaeus 1758
Norway rat Rattus norvegicus Berkenhout 1769
Ocelot Leopardus pardalis Linnaeus 1758
Pig Sus scrofa Linnaeus 1758
Polynesian rat Rattus exulans Peale 1848
Powerful owl Ninox strenua Gould 1838
Quokka Setonix brachyurus Quoy & Gaimard
1830
Red fox Vulpes vulpes Linnaeus 1758
Rufous bristlebird Dasyornis broadbenti Milligan 1902
Sambar deer Rusa unicolor Kerr 1792
Stoat Mustela erminea Linnaeus 1758
Stone marten Martes foina Erxleben 1777
Striped skunk Mephitis mephitis Schreber 1776
Tasmanian devil Sarcophilus harrisii Boitard 1841
Weasel Mustela nivalis Linnaeus 1766
Wedge-tailed eagle Aquila audax Latham 1801
Wolf Canis lupus Linnaeus 1758
Yellow-cheeked Nomascus gabriellae Thomas 1909
crested gibbon
Appendices
205
Appendix 2: OPBG possum eradication
information The following information has been sourced from pamphlets
2 the OPBG has distributed
containing the management plan for their campaign to eradicate possums from the
Otago Peninsula, with an aim of “towards a pest-free Peninsula”.
2 For pamphlets and more information, see the OPBG’s website at http://www.pestfreepeninsula.org.nz
Appendices
207
Appendix 3: Incremental graphs
The presence of an asymptote in incremental analyses indicates that a home range has
been fully revealed for an individual, and indicates the number of poisitional fixes
required before home ranges are revealed. The following incremental graphs are for the
24 possums tracked within this study.
Males:
0 36 72 108 144 180
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 3.486652 ha
0 17 34 51 68 85
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.177377 ha
0 41 82 123 164 205
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 12.250273 ha
0 57 114 171 228 285
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.628327 ha
0 58 116 174 232 290
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 6.933432 ha
0 11 22 33 44 55
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 3.939567 ha
Appendices
208
0 28 56 84 112 140
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.797552 ha
0 29 58 87 116 145
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 2.885002 ha
0 60 120 180 240 300
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 8.657373 ha
0 25 50 75 100 125
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 7.275452 ha
0 41 82 123 164 205
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 14.545642 ha
Appendices
209
Females:
0 44 88 132 176 220
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.561142 ha
0 38 76 114 152 190
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 2.450407 ha
0 36 72 108 144 180
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.124293 ha
0 43 86 129 172 215
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.47857 ha
0 34 68 102 136 170
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 2.00755 ha
0 27 54 81 108 135
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 4.451567 ha
0 52 104 156 208 260
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 0.854042 ha
0 15 30 45 60 75
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.393608 ha
Appendices
210
0 42 84 126 168 210
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 2.04773 ha
0 31 62 93 124 155
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 9.089915 ha
0 12 24 36 48 60
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 0.9926 ha
0 72 144 216 288 360
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.4807 ha
0 35 70 105 140 175
00
2020
4040
6060
8080
100100
Num. locations
Area(%) Max. range area 1.313093 ha
Appendices
211
Appendix 4: Resource utilisation function
equations
The following three equations were sourced from Marzluff et al. (2004) to examine the
coefficients of resource variables and their variances in resource utilisation functions
(RUFs). Unstandardised coefficients generated by the ‘ruf’’ package in R enables the
prediction of a species expected use of examined resources within a study area, while
standardised coefficients can be used to rank the use of resources by a species.
Equation 1: Estimating the standardised partial regression coefficients ( β̂ ) for each
resource variable (j):
RUF
xj
s
sjj β̂ β̂
where jβ̂ is the maximum likelihood estimate of jβ̂ , the unstandardised
partial regression coefficient from the multiple regression equation; sxj is
the standard deviation for each resource variable examined; and sRUF is
the standard deviation of the 95% UD values.
Equation 2: Calculating the arithmetic means ( βˆ
) of coefficients for each resource
variable to produce an average RUF with the variance:
ijjn
inβ̂SE )β
ˆVar( 2
21
1
for i, .... n individuals.
*
* *
* *